Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
NOVI iPhone 16 telefoni već su nekoliko dana u rukama kupaca, a neki od njih sada prijavljuju određene probleme. Naime, korisnici iPhonea, uključujući i korisnike iPhonea 16 Pro, prijavljuju da telefoni povremeno ne reagiraju na dodire na zaslonu.
Nije poznato koliko je ovaj problem široko rasprostranjen, ali neki korisnici primjećuju da njihovi zasloni ne reagiraju na dodire, pomicanja i druge geste, piše Apple Insider. Ovaj problem nije konstantno prisutan, a obično se sam od sebe riješi unutar nekoliko trenutaka.
Većina prijava ovog problema odnosi se na iPhone 16 Pro i iPhone 16 Pro Max telefone, ali problemi se ne javljaju samo kod novih modela. Po tome neki zaključuju da problemi leže zapravo u novom iOS-u 18.
Sustav za odbijanje slučajnih dodira je preosjetljiv?
Prema 9to5macu, čini se da je sustav za odbijanje slučajnih dodira u iOS-u 18 preosjetljiv. Taj sustav pomaže iPhoneu da razlikuje slučajne dodire od onih namjernih, koji zahtijevaju reakciju.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Nema informacija o tome koliko je korisnika pogođeno, a pojedini korisnici na Redditu prijavljuju da se problem javlja i na određenim iPad uređajima, kao i na modelima iPhone 15 i starijima, uključujući i nove iPhone 16 telefone, konkretno Pro modele.
Neki korisnici prijavljuju probleme i s novim gumbom za kontrolu kamere na novim iPhone 16 telefonima. Međutim, nije jasno je li to isti problem jer kad se dodirne ekran u blizini, to može privremeno onemogućiti rad tog gumba.
Budući da se čini da problem utječe i na iPade te starije iPhone modele, najvjerojatnije je riječ o softverskom problemu, a ne fizičkom kvaru iPhonea 16 Pro. Sličan problem pogodio je iPhone 12 mini 2020. godine, a ispostavilo se da je bio povezan s maskicama i zaštitama ekrana koje su ometale osjetljivost na dodir.
Apple se još nije očitovao o ovome.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
After receiving bad news about player injuries the day after the first two games of the season, the Rams coach arrived at the team facility Monday confident but also wary.
On Sunday, immediately following the Rams’ 27-24 victory over the San Francisco 49ers, team medical personnel indicated players suffered no major injuries. Still McVay, perhaps shell-shocked from the previous weeks, steeled himself for a possible change.
“If you’re asking if that was something that I was holding my breath about,” McVay said during a videoconference with reporters, “well, hell yeah.”
As it turned out, no news was entirely welcome news for McVay, who said Reggie Scott, the Rams’ vice-president of sports medicine and performance, confirmed the initial postgame report.
“A couple little nicks and bruises but nothing that’s going to keep anybody out,” McVay said.
That is a stark departure from the first two weeks, when the Rams lost six significant players because of injuries.
In the season-opening defeat by the Detroit Lions, receiver Puka Nacua (knee) and offensive linemen Steve Avila (knee) and Joe Noteboom (ankle) went down. All are on injured reserve. The earliest they can return is for an Oct. 20 game against the Las Vegas Raiders.
In a rout by the Arizona Cardinals, the Rams lost receiver Cooper Kupp (ankle), offensive lineman Jonah Jackson (shoulder) and safety John Johnson III (shoulder). Kupp remains out indefinitely — he will not play against the Chicago Bears on Sunday, McVay said — and Jackson and Johnson are on injured reserve. Jackson and Johnson cannot return until an Oct. 24 game against the Minnesota Vikings.
No new injuries means the Rams can prepare for the Bears with a semblance of continuity. The offensive line and quarterback Matthew Stafford and receivers could benefit most.
“We talk about a process: there hasn’t been a process when we can’t work together,” McVay said, adding, “I’m very glad that we came out of this clean and now I want to see us continue to improve.”
Cellecor Gadgets Limited has announced its latest additions to the home appliance market. The company has announced a new series of refrigerators, geysers, and room heaters this October.
Cellecor has launched a new line of refrigerators, available in 180L, 185L, and 205L capacities. “These refrigerators cater to household needs, combining energy efficiency and durability. With an energy-efficient compressor and toughened glass shelves, these refrigerators provide reliable performance and ample storage, ensuring reduced electricity bills and lasting durability,” the company said in an exchange filing.
The refrigerators feature stabilizer-free operation to handle voltage fluctuations, making them ideal for regions with irregular power supply. Additionally, the anti-bacterial gasket prevents the growth of harmful bacteria, ensuring that food remains fresh for longer periods.
These products will be available at retail outlets, exclusive stores, Cellecor’s website, and various e-commerce platforms.
Earlier, the company announced the launch of its premium range of smart TVs. According to the company, it aims to tap customers in Tier 1 metro cities with these new models. These TVs will be launched in 75″, 86″ and 98″ sizes.
“The decision to launch these premium smart TVs stems from the overwhelming demand following the success of Cellecor’s models in tier 2 and tier 3 cities. In a time when viewing TV isn’t the only way to pass the time, Cellecor’s latest high-end smart TVs provide an unmatched fusion of innovative technology and sophisticated style. Every model is designed to provide an immersive sound experience and incredibly sharp 4K pictures in your living room,” the company said.
Convenience is a virtue, and pod or capsule hotels offer just that. A concept which is quite popular in Japan, capsule hotels have sprung up in different parts of the world, including India. An X (formerly Twitter) user recently visited a pod hotel in Noida and shared her experience with netizens. Read on to take a tour, find out the cost, and learn more.
Recently, an X user stayed at a pod hotel in Noida.
Nap and Go in Noida
The pod hotel in Noida is called NapTapGo. The X user (@Somya_Crazy) posted pictures and videos of her experience of staying at the unique hotel in a thread caption, “Stayed in a pod-style hotel in Noida!”
In the thread, she revealed that the pod hotel has designated capsules/pods for guests and private pod suites. She stayed inside a capsule with a single bed, a mirror, a panel with different settings and charging points, manual and centralised locks, and an entertainment screen.
The hotel also had a dedicated washroom for women, along with a common washroom that was ‘quite clean’ and a common area to share with guests. The X user shared that she stayed at the pod hotel for 8 hours and listed some cons. She shared, “It was not soundproof (people were quiet, though). [It] is sort of like dorms – when someone moves, you can feel the disturbance.” She added, “They had private room options as well, which cost almost the same. I think it would have no disturbance & would be soundproof. They charge on an hourly basis. I paid 1K for 8 hours on a Saturday (4 am to 12 pm). It’s cheaper on weekdays.”
Price, location and more
Currently, NapTapGo is only open in Noida. For a booking of 12 hours, the hotel charges approximately ₹1,000. While they offer similar amenities for the Private Pods and the Private POD Room Suite, only one occupant can stay inside the latter. As for the suite, it can accommodate 1 adult and a kid.
NapTapGo in Noida.
Address: Plot No 4, H01A, Sector 63, Noida, Uttar Pradesh
What are pod hotels?
Pod/capsule hotels are cheap, tiny rooms suitable for budget travellers. The concept was developed in Japan, and it became popular among locals and foreigners. They feature many small, bed-sized rooms known as capsules. They were originally meant for business professionals to sleep close to populated business districts without the large price tag.
Sir Winston Churchill was voted the Greatest Briton by the UK public after leading the nation to victory in World War II. Over the decades there have been many portrayals of the prime minister who adorns the £5 note, from his early life and Second World War leadership to his later years. Here are our Top 10 Churchill movies ranked, including TV movies and feature-length documentaries, with Darkest Hour missing out on No 1.
Skoda was on to a winner with the original Kodiaq seven-seater SUV.
It hit the Australian market when buyers were looking for a European three-row model that didn’t break the bank. Volkswagen didn’t have a seven-seater at the time, and an Audi Q7 was about double the price.
Now the Kodiaq has entered its second generation, scoring new underpinnings from the Volkswagen Group MQB Evo toolkit, a new exterior look that makes it arguably more palatable than the previous one, and some big interior improvements, not to mention a technology overhaul.
CarExpert had a chance to sample the new Kodiaq in Germany, and while the model driven wasn’t completely representative of what Australia will see, this family-friendly high-rider is a big improvement over its excellent predecessor.
How does the Skoda Kodiaq compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Skoda Kodiaq against similarly sized vehicles.
Skoda
Kodiaq
How much does the Skoda Kodiaq cost?
Australian pricing and specifications for the new-generation Kodiaq are still to be confirmed – it arrives locally around February 2025, so pricing should be released in the first few weeks of the new year.
In the meantime Skoda Australia has confirmed it will continue to offer three grades of the Kodiaq.
The entry-level model will be called the Select, and we’ve been told it won’t stray far from the existing Style’s price and positioning despite a significant bump in standard equipment. For reference, the outgoing Kodiaq Style is currently $56,490 drive-away.
The Sportline will form the middle ground in the Kodiaq range, with a sportier look inside and out, and no doubt a few extra features. The Sportline model in the outgoing range recently had a $5000 price cut to match the Style at $56,490 drive-away.
The range-topping RS model is priced at $76,890 drive-away in outgoing model form. The latest take on the theme hasn’t yet been revealed, but a second-generation RS price in the $70,000 range seems likely.
As with the existing range, all models sold in Australia will be petrol-powered, and will come as standard with seven seats.
To see how the Skoda Kodiaq stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
What is the Skoda Kodiaq like on the inside?
The previous Kodiaq was still one of our favourites in the segment, because it truly lived up to what we’ve come to expect from Skoda’s ‘Simply Clever’ mantra.
The new one looks more special thanks to its revised design, bigger touchscreen, and new materials and trims. Thankfully however the brand hasn’t strayed from what worked so well first time around.
That new 15-inch touchscreen media system is a big differentiator, at almost twice the diameter of the last display.
While products from the Volkswagen Group have copped some criticism over software quirks, the screen here is easy enough to get to grips with – I managed to learn most of the menus that I needed within just a few minutes of driving.
A lot of that is down to Skoda’s new Smart Dials, which make interacting with some of the main controls far simpler than having to learn your way through the menus on the display.
The Smart Dials are configurable, tactile controls with small displays inside that allow you adjust certain elements of the car. The middle dial can be customised to control fan speed, airflow, volume, drive modes, or map zoom. Two other dials sit either side of it for climate control, and you push the dial in to adjust seat heating and cooling, if equipped.
They are indeed smarter than using the touchscreen for all that stuff, but you can do that if you wish. There’s also a terrific screen wipe for the touchscreen that eliminates fingerprints in just a second or two.
Expect standard built-in sat navigation, wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, and a beautiful digital instrument cluster.
For the most part the technology in the new Kodiaq is simple, and the controls are manageable. These include the shortcuts to disable the safety systems that may annoy you. It takes just a couple of steering wheel button presses to turn off the lane-keeping assist and speed-sign bing-bong noises.
Up front there’s a sizeable centre console bin, cupholders between the seats, and a coverable storage zone where the gear selector would traditionally be placed (it’s a column-mounted shift-by-wire one instead). The latter also houses two USB-C ports and a pair of wireless phone chargers.
Material quality has clearly been a focus, with lovely touches to the cabin trim on the dashboard, doors and between the seats. Our German test vehicle had a convincing part-leather, part-vinyl finish, with seat heating and cooling for the front occupants.
Second-row space is good enough for a six-footer behind someone similarly sized, with manageable leg-, foot- and headspace, and ample shoulder room. Three adults across the back is doable and three child seats should be too.
The second-row seats have a sliding function that allows you to allow for more space in the back.
As a family hauler, there are ISOFIX points in the window seats and three top-tethers in the second row, but no positions for kiddos in the very back row. This might make something like a Hyundai Santa Fe or Kia Sorento appeal more to you, as they can accommodate child seats in the very back.
Amenities for second-row riders include multi-pocket seat backs, big bottle holders in the doors, integrated window shades, a storage zone on the transmission tunnel, a flip-down armrest with cupholders, and dual-zone climate control with outboard seat heating.
Access to the third-row is done by a lever that flips the seat back forward and slides the base easily. I managed to step in without too much hassle.
Third-row space is probably better considered a short-term rental rather than a forever home, because there are no air vents, no fan controller, and no child-seat points.
There is enough space for a smaller occupant to sit up straight, with a grown-up still capable of being comfortable in the middle row.
There are armrests over the wheel-arches in the third row, as well as a decent amount of headroom thanks to the boxy-backed design.
With all the seats up there’s a claimed 340 litres of boot space. This expands up to 910 litres with the third row of seats folded which is excellent for the class.
The cargo area includes a space-saver spare wheel under the boot floor, shopping bag hooks on the sides, and a pair of crevasses on either side of the floor area for loose items.
To see how the Skoda Kodiaq stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
What’s under the bonnet?
Australia won’t get the diesel engine I drove in Europe. There is no market for diesels in Australia, according to Skoda, with the New Vehicle Efficiency Standard (NVES) mandates killing that segment for newcomers.
That means, like the outgoing model, the new Kodiaq will be a petrol-only line-up in Australia.
Final specs are still to be determined, but we’ve been told the base model Select and mid-spec Sportline variants will have a 2.0-litre turbo-petrol engine with 140kW, with a seven-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission and all-wheel drive as standard.
The engine for the range-topping RS variant hasn’t been confirmed yet. It’ll likely score the same engine as the Superb Sportline and the updated Golf GTI, a 2.0-litre turbocharged petrol with 195kW/400Nm.
Skoda hasn’t published details on the towing capacity of its higher-capacity petrol engines yet, but you can expect an unbraked capacity of 750kg. Braked towing is expected to be between 2000kg and 2500kg for the models sold Down Under.
To see how the Skoda Kodiaq stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
How does the Skoda Kodiaq drive?
The version of the Kodiaq on test in Germany for this review didn’t feature a relevant powertrain for our market. It’s a shame because the 2.0-litre turbo-diesel is a terrific unit, offering great low- to mid-range oomph and surprisingly good refinement.
Instead, Aussies will get petrol models only, and they’ll no doubt be delightful if the previous version of the Kodiaq is anything to go by.
What was also delightful in this instance was the drivability of the new Kodiaq.
Across a mix of different scenarios including traffic around Munich airport and the surrounding arterial roads, some stretches of unrestricted Autobahn driving, to twisting mountain roads and tight streets in high-altitude villages, this family-focused SUV is an absolute charm to drive.
The steering is precise and well weighted, making it easy enough to dart back to the edge of the road when oncoming traffic strays too close to the median, but also allowing for simple parking moves.
That’s once I got my head around that gear selector – you twist up to go forwards, down to go backwards.
The visibility from the driver’s seat impresses, with a good forward view, nice side-mirror vision, though with people in the second- and third rows I couldn’t see out the back. A digital rear-view mirror would alleviate this.
On the parking front our tester came equipped with a surround-view system, as well as front and rear parking sensors with auto-braking that helped when a silly pedestrian decided to walk exactly where I was reversing.
The ride comfort is very well suited to this sort of vehicle, with a smooth and comfortable status on most surfaces I drove on, though sharp edges did catch the front suspension out a bit at times.
Perhaps most impressive was the feeling of solidity in the new Kodiaq.
It has a really well-built feel to it, never feeling clumsy or unmanageable in any of the situations I drove.
To see how the Skoda Kodiaq stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
What do you get?
The standard equipment for the new-generation Skoda Kodiaq hasn’t yet been confirmed.
Skoda Australia has outlined what you can expect to be offered as standard in the Sportline trim.
Skoda Kodiaq Sportline highlights:
Gloss black exterior highlights
Matrix LED headlights
LED daytime running lights
LED tail-lights with sequential indicators
Power tailgate
19-inch alloys (20-inch units may be offered in Australia)
Proximity entry and push-button start
Sportline Design Selection interior trim
Electric seat adjustment
Driver’s seat memory
Ambient interior lighting
Dark headliner
Suedia trim finishes
Contrast grey stitching
Three-spoke sports steering wheel
10-inch Virtual Cockpit digital instrument cluster
13-inch touchscreen infotainment display
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Power-folding door mirrors
Satellite navigation
DAB+ digital radio
Wireless phone charger
Smart Dials
To see how the Skoda Kodiaq stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
Is the Skoda Kodiaq safe?
Euro NCAP put the new-generation Skoda Kodiaq through its testing in 2024, and the result was the maximum five-star rating. It has carried over to ANCAP just yet.
It achieved 89 per cent for adult occupant protection, 83 per cent for child occupant protection, 82 per cent for vulnerable road user protection and 78 per cent for its safety assist systems.
Standard safety technology includes:
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Pedestrian, cyclist, head-on and junction detection
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Lane-keep assist
Adaptive cruise control with stop and go
Travel Assist (lane centring)
Parking assist
Reversing camera
Front and rear parking sensors with auto braking
The new Kodiaq is expected to be offered with up to nine airbags – dual front, front centre, front side, rear side and full-length curtain coverage.
To see how the Skoda Kodiaq stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
How much does the Skoda Kodiaq cost to run?
Name another European brand that offers a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty in Australia…. That’s right, there isn’t another one.
Skoda offers prepaid service plans for up to seven years too.
Servicing for the new Kodiaq is expected to be due every 12 months or 15,000km, whichever occurs first. If you prepay your servicing, it might add to the resale value because you can pass it on to the next owner with maintenance already covered.
Skoda also offers the option of a guaranteed future value for the vehicle if you finance through its in-house loans operation, which might be enticing for those concerned about resale values.
To see how the Skoda Kodiaq stacks up against it rivals, use our comparison tool.
CarExpert’s Take on the Skoda Kodiaq
There is no doubt in my mind the new Skoda Kodiaq will be one of the best medium SUVs with seven seats when it reaches our shores in 2025.
Whether or not it will be a superstar on price remains to be seen, but there’s potentially plenty of value here, and it’s one of the more practical three-row offerings among its current peers.
Interested in buying a Skoda Kodiaq? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Sjoerd Leenart, JPMorgan’s Asia Pacific CEO (Image source: LinkedIn)
JPMorgan, the largest bank in the U.S., is bullish on India and Japan within Asia but is also keen to allocate resources towards Southeast Asia
JPMorgan, the largest bank in the U.S., is bullish on India and Japan within Asia but is also keen to allocate resources towards Southeast Asia, which is benefiting from the “China Plus One” strategy, a top official at the bank said.
“India is still firmly in the top three, possibly top two in Asia, together with Japan. Growth in India is actually very broad-based,” Sjoerd Leenart, JPMorgan’s Asia Pacific CEO, said in an interview on Monday.
“We are investing on all fronts in India. We’re adding bankers, we’re putting more capital into the business and we’re building capabilities such as technology investments to service new segments of the market,” he added.
JPMorgan expects its commercial banking business, which is focused on mid-sized companies, to grow as much as 30% in India over the next few years, Leenart said.
India would need to further build its manufacturing ecosystem and ensure scalability to gain from the “China Plus One” strategy which has currently largely benefited the Southeast Asian countries, he added.
China Plus One is a strategy that businesses are following to diversify investment and supply chains from China into other countries.
“In India this next leg will to an extent be about becoming a manufacturing hub, creating blue collar jobs, and that’s an opportunity, but it’s almost a necessity for India,” Leenart said.
“So if that strategy doesn’t work, then India may not do as well as people expect. That’s probably the hardest to execute,” he said, adding he still expected India could succeed.
On Japan, Leenart said with interest rates now positive, clients have become interested again and from a corporate activity and rates view, the country is full of opportunity.
JPMorgan’s business in China has been growing significantly and Leenart said despite concerns about slow economic growth there, the country cannot be ignored.
“We’re actually very excited about what we have in China. We have all the capabilities, and we’re looking to maximize the opportunity that we have with domestic clients and international clients. It’s been growing actually nicely.”
JPMorgan is looking to invest in Southeast Asia, where the size of the combined economies is around $3 trillion, making it almost as big as India, Leenart said.
“Obviously it is a little bit more difficult to navigate because it’s fragmented across five or six countries, but that’s a place where we are keen to invest.”
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – Reuters)
Namit Singh Sengar
Namit writes on personal finance, economy and brands. Currently contributing to News18.com as a Senior Sub Editor in the business vertical. Prior to t…Read More
The crypto market teases a bull market ahead, with the Bitcoin price rejecting targets below $63,000 and aiming for a breakout rally to surpass $64K. Amid such conditions, the social engagement of AI crypto tokens, gaming tokens, and meme coins is rising.
Based on Lunar Crush’s top coins, TAO ranks among the top AI tokens. Amid such improvement, a rise in demand for AI tokens, and the recent bull run witnessed last week, AI crypto is set to explode, as the new alt season is likely.
So, without further ado, let’s take a quick look at the must-buy AI cryptos this week.
Top AI Crypto Tokens To Buy :
Bittensor (TAO)
With a 7-day return of 86.76%, BitTensor is making waves in the crypto market. Recently, it has reclaimed the $4 billion market cap and ranks among the top four AI crypto tokens.
Currently, the AI crypto token is trading at $547 with an intraday gain of 1.07%. This comes after the recovery of the bullish run of 14.97% yesterday. With a streak of 8 bullish candles, it has increased by 93.26% with a bounce back from the 50-day EMA.
Based on the Fibonacci levels, a breakout of the 1.618 level at $591 is the immediate target price. Beyond this, the psychological mark of $700 and the 2.618 Fibonacci level at $825 are potential price targets.
Near Protocol (NEAR)
As the biggest AI crypto, the NEAR protocol has increased by 32.05% in the last 7 days. With a market cap of nearly $6 billion, the NEAR token traded at $5.26, with a 9.18% rise in the last 24 hours.
Based on the daily chart, the recovery rally in the NEAR token price reveals a double-bottom reversal, breaking above the neckline at the $5 psychological mark. Further, the recovery run surpasses the 50 and 200 EMA, teasing a potential golden crossover.
The recovery run is ready to challenge the 38.20% Fibonacci level at $5.56, with a 14.22% jump yesterday, creating a bullish engulfing candle. The overall sentiment for the NEAR protocol is bullish.
As the broader market recovers and the demand for AI crypto increases, the NEAR protocol will likely challenge the 50% Fibonacci level by the end of this week, standing at $6.19. As for the October rally, the meme coin will likely hit its 52-week high level of $9, with a long-term target of $12.15 at 1.618 Fibonacci level.
Curious if the NEAR Protocol can give 5x gains? Find out more about Coinpedia’s NEAR Price Prediction article, which includes price analysis, insights, and much more!
Worldcoin (WLD)
In the daily chart, the WLD token shows an intense correction phase following the rejection phase near the $12 mark in early March. Since then, the AI crypto token has broken multiple crucial supports, resulting in a downtrend to the $1.35 mark.
Currently, it is maintaining a sideways trend with the overhead resistance of the 50-day EMA. With a price jump of 9.30% yesterday, the WLD token challenges the 50-day EMA with the increasing possibility of a bullish breakout.
If the AI crypto token price surpasses the dynamic resistance, the overhead target for the WLD token stands at the 200-day EMA near $2.89. Furthermore, the range breakout will likely result in an overall trend reversal for the WLD coin.
Based on this assumption, the technical analysis demands a potential uptick in the 50-day EMA to tease a golden crossover. This will solidify the possibility of trend reversal and set the $6 target for the WLD coin in the coming times.
You may sense that governments are not as competent as they once were. Upon entering the White House in 2021, President Joe Biden promised to revitalise American infrastructure. In fact, spending on things like roads and rail has fallen. A flagship plan to expand access to fast broadband for rural Americans has so far helped precisely no one. Britain’s National Health Service soaks up ever more money, and provides ever worse care. Germany mothballed its last three nuclear plants last year, despite uncertain energy supplies. The country’s trains, once a source of national pride, are now always late.
To put these detectors to the test, we took to the lab and built a test rig designed to measure each unit’s response time to varying concentrations of carbon monoxide, specifically at 250 ppm and 400 ppm. Our goal was to determine each detector’s respective effectiveness at detecting potentially hazardous levels of carbon monoxide. To declare our winners, we also took into account features that add to the overall user experience, performance and cost-efficiency of each unit.
For the 250 ppm concentration level, we try to simulate a situation where carbon monoxide has begun to build up to hazardous levels. We test twice at this concentration and average the results. At 400 ppm, we replicate a worst-case scenario, a potentially deadly situation, and give the units a pass or fail score. Spoiler alert: They will all save your life, which goes to show how important it is to have carbon monoxide detectors installed on every floor of your home.
Our custom-built carbon monoxide detector test station. It’s one of the deadliest things we’ve ever put together in our product testing lab.
Gianmarco Chumbe/CNET
This is one of the most dangerous tests we’ve ever conducted. Carbon monoxide exposure is no joke. It’s virtually undetectable and, well, quite deadly. We needed to create a safe way of testing carbon monoxide detectors without risking the health and safety of our laboratory staff. So I made use of my rudimentary carpentry skills and built a carbon monoxide detector test station. Its components are:
Carbon monoxide detector chamber — made using wood, plexiglass, silicon, tape and a bunch of finish nails.
Carbon monoxide tank with gas flow regulator — cylinder tank containing carbon monoxide at 2,500 ppm and balance air.
Testo 300 with carbon monoxide Ambient sensor — our control device for this experiment.
Two portable carbon monoxide gas alarms.
A look at the interior of CNET’s carbon monoxide detector test rig.
Gianmarco Chumbe/CNET
The chamber houses two carbon monoxide detectors, a) the CO Ambient sensor portion of our control device, the Testo 300, which is a combustion analyzer used by heating engineers who carry out installation and routine maintenance of industrial and residential heating systems, and b) the unit under test, or UUT, which takes the place of each carbon monoxide detector we tested for you. The chamber is sealed with foam but not air-tight, since we’re not particularly interested in making a carbon monoxide bomb.
We use a portable carbon monoxide alarm on the gas regulator to keep a nose out for leaks.
Gianmarco Chumbe/CNET
We installed a gas flow regulator on our tank to avoid pressure spikes, followed by a gas line to feed our gas mixture into the chamber. Two additional portable carbon monoxide detectors are used. One near the valve, to ensure there are no leaks and another that must be worn by the person experimenting to make sure there is no carbon monoxide buildup in the test station area. On top of all that, our respirator suits and amply ventilated location ensure that we get a constant stream of fresh air at all times. This might all sound excessive, but it’s always good laboratory practice to put safety first, especially when you’re dealing with such a stealthy and prolific killer.
We start by feeding our gas mixture to the chamber and closely monitoring the carbon monoxide concentration on the Testo. Once the concentration inside our chamber reaches at least 250 ppm or 400 ppm, we stop feeding the gas and start a timer. We want to assess how long the carbon monoxide detectors take to react to those conditions. As you may understand, we wanted to limit our exposure while making sure our results were repeatable.
Our results are summarized in the interactive graph below:
Dr. Nicole Saphier on ‘good alternative’ for flu shot
Fox News medical contributor Dr. Nicole Saphier weighs in on the FDA approving an at-home nasal spray flu vaccine and 12 Tufts University lacrosse players being diagnosed with Rhabdomyolysis, a rare muscle condition.
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has approved FluMist — the nasal spray flu vaccine — for home use by a patient or adult caregiver, the agency announced.
FluMist has been in use for a couple of decades, but this is the first time a vaccine for influenza has been approved for self-administration without a health care provider.
“Today’s approval of the first influenza vaccine for self- or caregiver-administration provides a new option for receiving a safe and effective seasonal influenza vaccine, potentially with greater convenience, flexibility and accessibility for individuals and families,” said Dr. Peter Marks, director of the FDA’s Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, in the Sept. 20 announcement.
FLU SHOT SCHEDULING: WHEN IS THE BEST TIME TO GET THE VACCINE?
The home version of FluMist will be available starting next year, according to Fox News medical contributor Dr. Nicole Saphier.
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration has approved a nasal spray flu vaccine for home use by a patient or adult caregiver.(iStock)
Saphier appeared on “Fox and Friends” to discuss how the home version of FluMist will make it easier for people to get the vaccine.
“A lot of people don’t get the flu shot because of the logistics of going to the doctor’s office or the pharmacy, or because of severe needle phobia,” she said.
“This is a good alternative for those people — especially because over the last two decades, [FluMist] has shown just about the same efficacy as the traditional vaccines.”
‘VACCINE FATIGUE’ BLAMED AS ROUGHLY HALF OF PEOPLE IN US WILL SKIP COVID AND FLU SHOTS THIS YEAR
Dr. Marc Siegel, senior medical analyst for Fox News and clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center, stated that the FluMist vaccine is “particularly useful” in children who may have needle phobias.
“I am glad it is being made available over the counter beginning next year,” he told Fox News Digital.
“It can help to overcome vaccine non-compliance.”
“A lot of people don’t get the flu shot because of the logistics of going to the doctor’s office or the pharmacy, or because of severe needle phobia.”
It is still important for doctors to be “kept in the loop,” Siegel added.
“It is a live virus vaccine, and so it should not be given to those who are immunocompromised or to pregnant women.”
Each year between 2010 and 2023, the flu has caused between 9.3 million and 41 million illnesses, 100,000 to 710,000 hospitalizations, and 4,900 to 51,000 deaths, according to the CDC.(iStock)
FluMist is approved to protect against influenza virus subtypes A and B in people 2 through 49 years of age, according to the FDA’s website.
It was first approved in 2003 for people ages 5 through 49, and was extended to include children ages 2 through 5 in 2007.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The most common side effects of FluMist include fever in children between 2 and 6, runny nose and nasal congestion in people aged 2 through 49, and sore throat in adults aged 18 through 49, the FDA noted.
The home nasal vaccine could help to reduce vaccine “non-compliance,” a doctor said.(iStock)
A prescription will be required to obtain the home version of FluMist, which will be shipped directly from a third-party online pharmacy to eligible patients, the FDA stated.
The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends that everyone 6 months and older is advised to get vaccinated against influenza.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Last year’s vaccine had an efficacy of a little less than 50% in terms of keeping people out of the doctor’s office and the hospital, according to Saphier.
“Does that mean that everyone needs to go get one? That’s really up to the individual,” she said, adding that people should talk to their doctor, especially if they are high-risk.
FluMist is approved to protect against influenza virus subtypes A and B in people 2 through 49 years of age, according to the FDA’s website. (iStock)
In the FDA’s announcement, Marks stated that getting annual vaccinations is the best way to prevent influenza, “which causes illness in a substantial proportion of the U.S. population every year and may result in serious complications, including hospitalization and death.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Each year between 2010 and 2023, the flu caused between 9.3 million and 41 million illnesses, 100,000 to 710,000 hospitalizations, and 4,900 to 51,000 deaths, according to the CDC.
Fox News Digital reached out to AstraZeneca, manufacturer of FluMist, requesting comment.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Karishma Tanna loves exploring different cuisines. Whether she is travelling to different cities or dining with friends, the actress always shares her foodie adventures with her social media family. Her latest favourite? A traditional Maharashtrian street food. Recently, Karishma shared another foodilicious post on her Instagram Stories. The actress teased her fans with an empty plate and asked the question, “What’s cooking?” In the next slide, we could spot a tempting plate of pav bhaji. Karishma gave it a twist by swapping the usual pav with toasted white bread. She topped off her meal with raw onions for that extra crunch.
Previously, Karishma Tanna confessed her love for pizza. She re-shared a video by makeup artist Vishakha Jain on her Instagram Stories, that showed her munching on a pizza. When someone asked, “Which pizza is this?” Karishma took a bite and replied, “Mexican pizza.” She continued, “I love it. Let me eat.” The text on the clip reads, “Pizza and that bod karishma tanna.” Read all about it here.
Before that, Karishma Tanna shared glimpses of Japanese food on Instagram. The actress was seen devouring some delicious sushi served on a platter. It was topped with greens and was served with a dip for the perfect experience. The side note in the image read, “Full house,” with a heart emoji. That is not all she had, Karishma also relished a flavourful exotic drink topped with cherries and greens. Read the full story here.
Just like us all, Karishma Tanna also loves bhajiya. The actress was seen enjoying crispy fried pakoras. Sharing a video of the snack spread, she wrote, “Garam garam bhajiya.” The clip featured a bowl of potato and spinach pakoras. We could also spot a plate of dhoklas and red chutney. Read more about it here.
What do you think of Karishma Tanna’s food escapades? Let us know in the comments.
In this video, CGTN’s Enoch Wong presents key insights from separate conversations with three UN leaders in China: the Head of the Office of the UN Resident Coordinator in China, the Senior Research Advisor of United Nations University in Macao SAR, and the UNICEF Representative to China. As world leaders convene at the UN’s landmark Summit of the Future 2024 in New York, these leaders share their perspectives on China’s evolving role in multilateralism and youth engagement. They underscore the significance of China’s initiatives—such as the Belt and Road Initiative and Global Development Initiative—in shaping global efforts on sustainable development and empowering young people to lead in a rapidly changing world.
“The Substance” figures in the long line of movies about what you might call “menopausal derangement syndrome” — the ostensibly crazy-making tragedy of a woman living past 50.
Bimzelx is the first approved medication for active psoriatic arthritis, non-radiographic axial spondyloarthritis, and ankylosing spondylitis that selectively inhibits IL-17A and IL-17F, both of which are key cytokines that drive inflammatory processes.
Hi, I’m Christopher! Read my introduction to learn more about me and my silly Russian Blue cat, Olga.
Some companies allow employees to bring their dogs to work, but very few allow cats. Most remote workers, including my colleagues, enjoy having their felines around their home offices. Even though they leap on our keyboards, interrupt our video conferences, and attack inanimate objects, we’re lucky to spend the day with them.
Pros of Office Cats
Except for allergy sufferers, most office workers would benefit from their presence. Since cats can be unpredictable, they’ll make the workday more entertaining. Watching a cat disturb or attack everyone’s least favorite coworker will evoke laughter and improve morale.
It’s hard not to smile when you see a cat dive into the blinds or climb up a cubicle wall; you can’t have a bad day when cats run wild in the office. Sure, it might cause some to lose focus, but a few lost minutes are less detrimental to a business than a workforce of resentful, unhappy employees.
Relax, Christopher. I’ll get back to work after my catnip break.
Before they can enter an office, the cats must be vaccinated, groomed, sterilized, and free of parasites, but their temperament shouldn’t disqualify them. Having a couple of aggressive or hyperactive cats can only make the office environment more intriguing. Keeping the litter boxes clean and deciding who cleans may seem like a problem, but it’s simple to resolve.
The office manager or CEO can decide who cleans the litter boxes after they complete their employee evaluations. The worker with the lowest score can clean them every day and purchase more litter when needed. This will motivate them to work harder and eventually pass the litter scoop to another deserving caretaker.
Lastly, having cats in the office can be therapeutic. Before a big presentation, your nerves are shot, but all you need to do is grab one of the friendly cats and pet them. Their purring will relax you and give you the confidence to carry on.
I’ve calculated my paycheck. You owe me 45 pounds of wet food!
Cons of Office Cats
I could write a lengthy article about the disadvantages of allowing cats in the office, but I’m biased since Olga keeps me optimistic when I’m working. However, I’ll mention the less common reasons. Some cats enjoy attacking computer mice, and the vast number of mice in any modern office could lead to multiple injuries and worker’s comp claims.
The dress code would also cause problems. Cat owners who insist on dressing their cats up for work would eventually become resentful of the best-dressed felines, which could lead to more conflicts and meetings with the HR director. Employees may also get irritated when video chatting with clients and repeatedly hearing, “What a pretty kitty you have. What kind of cat is that?”
Sorry, I can’t write a review on this book. I don’t understand what’s going on, and the characters are out there, man.
I wouldn’t be employed for long if I brought Olga to the office. She sleeps a lot in the morning, but her hunger pains make her impatient in the afternoon. Her Tasmanian Devil-like behavior would not be amusing to everyone.
After knocking family pictures and coffee cups off the desks, sharpening her claws on employees’ legs, and defiling the break room, she would be exiled, and I would be terminated. Luckily, I work at home and can tolerate Olga’s mischief.
This article is a part of Christopher and Olga’s series.
Casagrand Premier Builder, the Chennai-based developer in the residential sector, has filed its draft red herring prospectus (DRHP) with the market regulator Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) to raise ₹1,100 crore through an initial public offering (IPO).
The company has a market share of 24 per cent in terms of launches and approximately 20 per cent in terms of demand during the period January 1, 2017 to March 31, 2024, says a release.
The IPO, with a face value of ₹2 per equity share, is a mix of a fresh issue of up to ₹1,000 crore and an offer for sale of up to ₹100 crore by Promoter Selling Shareholders.
Incorporated in 2003, under the leadership of MN Arun, Casagrand has expanded its presence across key micro-markets in Chennai (Tamil Nadu), offering a diverse range of residential projects. These include apartments of various sizes and independent villas catering to luxury, mid-range, and affordable segments under the “Casagrand” brand, focusing on mid-range offerings.
The offer for sale consists of equity shares up to ₹50 crore each by Arun MN and Casagrand Luxor Private Ltd. The company may consider a further issue of equity shares through a preferential offer or any other method aggregating up to ₹200 crores, as pre-IPO placement shall not exceed 20 per cent of the size of the fresh issue. If such placement is completed, the fresh issue size will be reduced, the release said.
The offer is being made through the book-building process, wherein not less than 75 per cent of the offer shall be available for allocation on a proportionate basis to qualified institutional buyers, not more than 15 per cent shall be available for allocation to non-institutional bidders, and not more than 10 per cent shall be available for allocation to retail individual investors.
The proceeds from the fresh issue to the extent of ₹150 crore will be used for prepayment or repayment, in full or in part, of all or a portion of certain outstanding borrowings availed by the company; ₹650 crore for prepayment or repayment, in full or part, of all or a portion of certain exceptional borrowings availed by its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Casagrand is also in South Indian cities like Bengaluru, Hyderabad and Coimbatore.
As of May 31, 2024, the company had completed 101 projects with a saleable area of 21.45 million sq ft, was working on 42 ongoing projects spanning 33.60 million sq ft, and had 17 upcoming projects with an estimated saleable area of 13.15 million sq ft. In FY 2024, it achieved pre-sales volumes of 7.24 million square feet of saleable area.
As of May 31, 2024, Casagrand has a sales team of 825 people and opened an office in Dubai in November 2016 to serve NRIs interested in properties across its operational cities.
The company also has a history in warehousing through its former subsidiary, Casa Grande Distripark Private Limited. In 2018, it completed two projects in Chennai at Mappedu and Mahindra World City Industrial Park, covering a total leasable area of 2.23 million square feet.
As of May 2024, it had four additional warehousing projects in Chennai, and a commercial office project of 0.59 million square feet was acquired in September 2023. Two other commercial office projects in Chennai, totalling 0.51 million square feet, are under construction.
Casagrand Premier’s revenue from operations increased at a CAGR of 18.02 per cent from ₹1,876.82 crore in Fiscal 2022 to ₹2,614 crore in Fiscal 2024. Profit after tax increased from ₹ 146 crore in Fiscal 2022 to ₹ 257 crore in Fiscal 2024 at a CAGR of 32.63, the release said.
JM Financial Limited and Motilal Oswal Investment Advisors Limited are the book-running lead managers for the issue, and KFin Technologies Limited is the registrar for the offer.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
KAO veliki entuzijast za kupanje i tuširanje, naravno da sam morala pogledati što Temu nudi u ovoj kategoriji. Pozornost mi je privukla glava za tuš s pet načina rada. Glava tuša obećava pet načina rada za spa iskustvo tuširanja. Kupilo ju je preko 100 tisuća ljudi i ocijenilo s 4.7 zvjezdica, a kako je tada cijena bila samo 3.07 eura, odlučila sam ju isprobati.
“Fenomenalna, naručila i drugu za rezervu”, “Nevjerojatna kvaliteta za cijenu”, “Odličan mlaz, kao na slici”, “Dobra vrijednost za novac, radi sjajno”, “Odlično, kupljeno dvaput”, “Više nego savršeno”, “Plastika djeluje jeftino, ali ispunjava svoju funkciju”, “Nadmašila je očekivanja” glase samo neke od recenzija za ovu glavu za tuš.
Glava ima pet načina rada
Glavu sam naručila u crnoj boji, a pojedini trgovci nude ju i u bijeloj i srebrnoj boji. Glava je plastična, vrlo lagana u ruci i doista izgleda kao na slikama. Vrlo je velika, što može zahtijevati kraći period navikavanja ako inače koristite manje glave, kao što je kod mene bio slučaj. Na stranici trgovca stoji kako je širina tuša 90mm, a dužina 220 mm.
Montaža je bila jednostavna, dršku tuša sam bez problema spojila s crijevom. Nije bilo problema poput ispadanja ili zapinjanja. Odvajanje drške od crijeva je također bilo jednostavno i neproblematično.
Ova glava tuša je visokotlačna i ima pet načina rada: Soft, Spray, Pulse, Surf i Rain. Svi uredno rade. Mogu potvrditi kako u pitanju doista je jak mlaz, no kolika je korist od toga ovisi o tome koji način rada odaberete.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Soft, Rain i Surf način rada su se u mom kućanstvu pokazali kao najbolji za dobro staro tuširanje. Razlika je u finesama, točnije u tome kako rade srednje mlaznice. Ako koristite Soft način će raspršivati maglicu, pri Rain načinu će biti zatvoren, a pri Surf načinu će puštati vodu pod visokim tlakom. Osobno mi se od ova tri načina najviše svidio Soft, a najmanje Rain koji gotovo i nisam koristila.
Spray način raspršuje maglicu iz središnjeg dijela glave. Odličan je i zbilja pruža spa osjećaj. S obzirom na to koliko se voda pri takvom načinu rada raspršuje, pomalo hladi, no manju kupaonicu dovoljno brzo pretvori u mini saunu, tako da mi nije smetalo. Kad bih preporučila nekome ovu glavu, učinila bih to upravo zbog Spray načina rada.
Pulse način rada je super za pranje guste kose. Tanak mlaz je pod visokim tlakom zahvaljujući čemu lako dopire do tjemena i omogućava veću kontrolu prilikom pranja.
Jeftina izrada, ali ipak dobra izvedba
Nažalost, da je u pitanju jeftina plastika jasno je iz toga što se unutar par tjedana boja počela guliti, najviše na rubovima i oko mlaznica. Na prvi pogled sam čak pomislila kako je riječ o kamencu, ali ipak je problem u boji. Možda srebrna i bijela verzija glave ne bi imale ovaj problem.
Bez obzira na ovo, ako vam nije važno kako glava tuša izgleda, ovo je sasvim dobar proizvod. Tri načina rada će sasvim dobro pokriti različite potrebe pri standardnom tuširanju, dugokosima će Pulse način vjerojatno biti koristan, a Spray način stvarno pruža jako ugodan spa osjećaj koji će vas, ako ste poput mene, zadržati u tušu duže nego što je to potrebno.
Mislim da ovu glavu stvarno vrijedi probati, pogotovo za niskih 3 eura, a možda i manje, ovisno o kretanju cijena na Temuu.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
As Major League Baseball enters the final week of its regular season, let’s identify the rarefied and the rotten, those teams, players and managers who over six months separated themselves from the pack, some heroically, others horrendously.
Five up. Five down. Excuse us for a tilt toward Los Angeles since we are charged first and foremost with covering this City of Angels and Dodgers.
UP
1.Shohei Ohtani. 50-50 already seems so rear-view mirror. The Dodgers’ designated-hitter deluxe has 53 home runs and 55 stolen bases only four days after he became the first player in history to reach 50 of each. Is 60-60 attainable?
“This guy is doing things no one can believe, and for all we know, he could end up at 60-60,” former Dodgers slugger Shawn Green told The Times.
Ohtani seems to steal second or third base any time he pleases, so pilfering five more is entirely plausible. But hitting seven home runs in the Dodgers’ last six games — they host the San Diego Padres in a three-game series beginning Tuesday, then travel to Denver for a three-game series against the Colorado Rockies — is unlikely even for the expected runaway National League Most Valuable Player.
But Ohtani is going to hit at home-run happy Coors Field, so anything is possible.
Should the Dodgers win two of three against San Diego and clinch the NL West title, manager Dave Roberts might even insist Ohtani shut down the base stealing to lessen the chance of injury ahead of the postseason.
Going into Monday, Ohtani leads the NL in home runs, runs batted in (123), runs scored (128), slugging percentage (.640), on-base-plus-slugging percentage (186), total bases (391) and plate appearances (703). He is all but certain of becoming the only player besides Hall of Famer Frank Robinson to be named MVP in both leagues — Ohtani was American League MVP with the Angels in 2023 and 2021.
2.Homers/steals combo plate. Although Ohtani’s feats dwarf those of anyone else, it should be noted that several young stars have quietly compiled impressive combinations of power and speed. Most noteworthy is Cincinnati Reds’ Elly De La Cruz, 22, who became the first shortstop in MLB history to hit 25 homers and steal 65 bases in the same season.
Cleveland Guardians six-time All-Star third baseman José Ramírez is three homers shy of becoming the seventh player ever to hit 40 homers and steal 40 bases. Besides Ohtani, the exclusive club includes Ronald Acuna (2023), Alfonso Soriano (2006), Alex Rodriguez (1998), Barry Bonds (1996) and Jose Canseco (1988).
Kansas City Royals shortstop Bobby Witt Jr., 24, joined the far less exclusive 30-30 club — it’s been accomplished 67 times — in 2023 and repeated it this season. The 20-20 club would need a banquet hall to hold a meeting, but young Angels shortstop Zach Neto, 23, is on an upward trajectory with 23 homers and 30 stolen bases in his first full big-league season.
Long Beach State and Cypress High product Jarrin Duran, Jazz Chisholm, Corbin Carroll and CJ Abrams each have at least 20 home runs and 30 stolen bases.
3.Division champions. The Dodgers’ three-game lead over the Padres is the closest race in any of the six MLB divisions. The Milwaukee Brewers in the NL Central and the Guardians in the AL Central have clinched titles, and the Philadelphia Phillies in the NL East, the New York Yankees in the AL East and the Houston Astros in the AL West all enjoy at least five-game leads with six to play.
As for home-field advantage in the championship series, the Dodgers hold a one-game edge over the Phillies in the NL and the Yankees hold a 2½-game lead over the Guardians.
4.Wild-card races. In the AL, the Baltimore Orioles have all but clinched the top wild card, but the second and third spots are a scramble among the Royals, Detroit Tigers and Minnesota Twins from the Central and the Seattle Mariners from the West.
Detroit has the hot hand, having made up five games in little more than a week to catch Kansas City, which has lost seven in a row. Minnesota is one game back, and Seattle is one game behind the Twins.
In the NL, the Padres hold a three-game lead over the Arizona Diamondbacks and New York Mets for the top wild-card berth. Lurking two games behind Arizona and New York are the Atlanta Braves, and they begin a three-game series against the Mets on Tuesday.
5.Dodgers attendance. Sellouts are all but certain for the Dodgers’ three remaining home games, which would bring the season total to approximately 3,945,000, their second-highest attendance (they drew 3,974,309 in 2019).
The Dodgers have never reached 4 million spectators in a season, although they have exceeded 3.7 million 10 times since 2013 and 14 times since 2006.
DOWN
1.The Angels. Granted, they aren’t Chicago White Sox bad, but the Angels are on pace to post the worst record in franchise history. That is very bad. They are 63-93 with six games to play, and rock bottom for these perennial underachievers is 95 losses in 1980 and 1968.
The Angels need to win two games this week to avoid becoming the first in the 64-year history of the franchise to post a winning percentage under .400.
2.Mike Trout. For a player who became a Hall of Fame lock before age 30, Trout suddenly seems awfully old. He’s played in 29 games this season and only 319 in the last five years because of injuries. His lifetime batting average has dipped to .299, and milestones such as 500 home runs and 3,000 hits that once seemed a cinch are now long shots or downright impossible.
He has six years left on a 12-year, $426.5-million contract that includes a no-trade clause. He’s gone from three-time MVP and three-time MVP runner-up to albatross.
Yet there is reason for hope. Trout, 33, is only one year older than Aaron Judge and is one year younger than Freddie Freeman. He told reporters a week ago that he’s willing to move from center field to a corner spot, with days as designated hitter sprinkled in, to keep him as healthy as possible.
“Ultimately, my goal is to be in that batter’s box, in the field every single day,” Trout said. “Whether that’s moving to a corner or DHing more, that’s something that I’ll leave it up to the front office to come up with a plan. Where I’m at and what’s happened the last few years, I’m definitely going to try to explore every option that can keep me out there.”
3.The White Sox. The best thing the Angels have going in their quest to avoid the worst record in franchise history is that they play the worst team in baseball history in a three-game series beginning Tuesday. The White Sox equaled the benchmark for futility Sunday when they dropped their 120th game, the same number of defeats endured by the 1962 Mets.
The Mets had a built-in excuse: They were a first-year expansion team. The White Sox began play in 1901. This might not be the biggest embarrassment in franchise history — it’s all but impossible to go lower than the 1919 Black Sox Scandal — but it’s a lock for second.
4.The Hot Seat. David Bell was fired Sunday as manager of the Reds, a team with loads of young talent and a sub-.500 record. Two managers were let go in August: Pedro Grifol of the White Sox and Scott Servais of the Mariners. Who might be next?
Well, Skip Schumaker all but gave a farewell speech after his Miami Marlins lost their final home game of the season.
Bud Black, a respected manager as there is in the game, might be gone after the Rockies finish last in the NL West for the third consecutive year. Black led Colorado to the playoffs in his first two seasons but it has been under .500 the last six years in a row.
The Cardinals could part ways with Oliver Marmol, who led them to the NL Central title in 2022 but followed that with a disastrous 2023 campaign and a ho-hum 2024.
5.Oakland to Las Vegas. The Athletics will play their last game in Oakland on Thursday against the Texas Rangers before finishing the season with a series in Seattle. After 57 years and more than 9,000 games in Oakland, the A’s are off to Las Vegas by way of Sacramento, where they will play until their new sin city stadium is ready for occupancy in 2028.
Nayanthara and Vignesh Shivan are enjoying a fabulous holiday in Greece with their twin boys! The Jawan star is keeping her Insta family in the loop with adorable glimpses of their dreamy vacation. She recently posted a heartwarming pic with her son, captioning it, “My heart.” In the shot, she’s looking effortlessly stylish in a casual mini dress, sharing some precious moments with her son by the pool. Her holiday diaries are all about relaxing poolside, soaking in breathtaking scenery, and enjoying quality family time. (Also read: Nayanthara promotes hibiscus tea as a cure-all for diabetes, acne and more but doctor advises caution )
If you’re looking for travel inspiration, check out these must-visit spots in Mykonos.(Instagram/@nayanthara)
Nayanthara’s vacation diaries are bound to inspire you to plan your own getaway! If you’re thinking of visiting Mykonos, we’ve got you covered. Here are some must-visit destinations to add to your itinerary for the ultimate island experience.
Mykonos Windmills
One of the most iconic sights on the island is the Mykonos Windmills, perched on a hill at the edge of Mykonos Town. The walk-up offers stunning panoramic views of Mykonos Town, perfect for your Instagram feed. These windmills are a nod to history, dating back to a time when wind power was used to grind grain for the locals. This area was once called Alefkandra, which means “whitening,” as it was the spot where residents hung their laundry to dry.
Paraportiani Church
The Cycladic islands of Greece are dotted with chapels and churches. On Mykonos island alone, there are 365 whitewashed churches—one for each day of the year. But Paraportiani is the most well-known. Its architecture is to credit for such. The four chapels that make up the unusual structure were constructed at separate periods in history. Seeing the variety of structures covered in white paint is breathtaking.
Little Venice
Little Venice is one of the most picturesque spots in Mykonos, with whitewashed buildings perched right above the sea. The sunset views are absolutely breathtaking, so grab a sea-facing spot at a cocktail bar to fully enjoy them. Built in the sixteenth century, this charming area reflects a simpler time on the island, adding to its unique appeal.
Cavo Paradiso
Mykonos definitely lives up to its glamorous party reputation, and this open-air venue is perfect for those early morning vibes. Whether you’re in the mood for a dive bar, Greek music, cocktails, or dancing on the beach (or tables!), Cavo Paradiso has it all. Open on Saturdays and Tuesdays, the party kicks off at 11 PM and goes until dawn, featuring big names like Steve Aoki and Armin van Buuren.
Delos
Looking for an adventure? Take a short trip to Delos, one of Greece’s fascinating archaeological sites. This sacred island, the mythical birthplace of Apollo, is home to ancient ruins like temples and theatres. Explore the impressive remnants of this once-thriving city and check out the museum featuring stunning mosaics and artefacts.
As Clint Eastwood gears up to release his new movie Juror No 2 in November, the 94-year-old has an incredible legacy to look back on.
In a career spanning over 60 years, the Hollywood icon has also directed several of his best movies.
One of the more recent ones is 2008’s Gran Torino, which he shot in his late seventies.
The film follows his character Walt Kowalski, a widowed Korean War veteran who is bitter and angry at the world.
When his young neighbour steals his prized Ford Torino for initiation into a gang, Walt stops him and befriends the boy while standing up to the criminals.
The GWM Haval H6 Hybrid (HEV) was one of the first proper competitors to the top-selling Toyota RAV4 Hybrid.
Note: This article is based off our most recent review of the H6, as specification has seen no major changes since publication.
We have updated key details such as pricing and specifications with the most up to date information available, and added imagery of the latest model where applicable.
Read the latest price and specs article here for all the details.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the MY22 H6 Ultra HEV
After years of inaction from other manufacturers, GWM launched the petrol-electric H6 HEV back in 2022 to cash in on growing demand for hybrid mid-size SUVs. Given how many you see on the roads these days the brand has clearly cashed in on pent-up demand.
The game has moved on though, with more rivals launching and economic pressures forcing incremental price rises. Has the 2024 GWM Haval H6 Ultra Hybrid (HEV) lost its shine a little?
Now priced at just under $46,000 drive-away, the flagship H6 HEV still represents strong value. If you want something cheaper, you can save $3500 and get the Lux HEV at the expense of some equipment items.
Both variants are still priced well below most electrified competitors.
But with the Kia Sportage Hybrid now hitting showrooms priced from around $45,000 plus on-roads, and an updated Hyundai Tucson debuting the Sportage’s drivetrain in the coming months, GWM might want to be a little worried…
As the big-name OEMs start to catch up on the hybrid bandwagon, should you still consider the H6 HEV on your hybrid SUV shopping list?
How does the Haval H6 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Haval H6 against similarly sized vehicles.
Haval
H6
How much does the GWM Haval H6 cost?
Earlier this year, the entire Haval H6 range saw price cuts of up to $2000 valid until June 30. The Ultra Hybrid on test here saw a $1000 reduction to $44,990 drive-away.
However, the brand is currently advertising $3000 savings off its original pricing, with the flagship HEV you see here available from $42,990 drive-away.
Model
Drive-away price (until September 30, 2024)
GWM Haval H6 Premium
$30,990
GWM Haval H6 Lux
$33,990
GWM Haval H6 Ultra
$36,990
GWM Haval H6 Lux Hybrid
$38,990
GWM Haval H6 Ultra Hybrid
$42,990
To see how the H6 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What is the GWM Haval H6 like on the inside?
As has been the case since launch, the top-spec H6’s cabin presents well on first glance with fake leather lining most surfaces, large high-resolution displays, and a minimalistic approach to physical switchgear.
It shows just how far the Chinese brands have come in such a short time, though there are still some key areas for improvement that will no doubt be fixed with the next generation.
Hop in the driver’s seat and you’ll almost immediately notice the awkward positioning relative to the steering wheel. I typically like a low seating position and have long legs, but the van-like upward-facing steering wheel and oddly shaped driver’s seat mean it’s quite difficult to get comfortable – something echoed by colleagues.
Raising the seat base with a more upright backrest seemed to make it more bearable for my long-legged 6’1 frame, though I did feel as if I was forcing myself into the seat base and after longer drives would feel some soreness under the thigh and glutes.
Behind the steering wheel is a free-standing 10.25-inch digital instrument cluster that has a futuristic layout with fairly limited configurability. You can toggle the readouts on either side using the steering wheel buttons, but it lacks the personalisation and pizazz of something like Volkswagen’s Digital Cockpit.
Perceived material and build quality generally are pretty good, with the aforementioned leatherette complemented by soft-touch plastics and gloss black trim for a classy, clean look – mind the fingerprints – and everything feels very well screwed together.
The 12.3-inch central touchscreen runs the infotainment system and also acts as the control centre for the HVAC. If you leave the native interface running with your phone connected via Bluetooth it works fine, although it’s quite basic in that there’s no embedded satellite navigation or DAB radio.
If you plug your phone in via USB for Apple CarPlay or Android Auto (no wireless), you need to exit the smartphone mirroring to access the climate controls. While changing the temperature isn’t something you need to do constantly, the air recirculation function is buried in this touchscreen menu, though thankfully the front and rear de-misters are physical buttons on the centre stack.
There’s decent storage about with modular cupholders, a shelf for your phone and built-in wireless phone charger, a hidden cubby under the centre tunnel, as well as a deep bin under the padded and stitched centre armrest. It also has decent-sized door pockets that can fit regular bottles, so most of your odds and ends have somewhere to go.
The second row is where the GWM Haval H6 really starts to shine. It’s still easily one of the most spacious second-row seats in the segment, and will appeal to growing families with lanky teenagers or those carting taller friends often – if you want more space for less money, this is a great option.
I fit comfortably behind my driving position, and there’s good width so you can seat three abreast in decent comfort. The flat centre seat cushion and minimal centre tunnel hump only further this, but the flat seating area and the slippery leatherette trim means the kids might be playing corners quite a bit.
Rear amenities include directional air vents, two USB charge points, map pockets behind both front seats, bottle holders in the doors, as well as a fold-down centre armrest with extra cupholders.
Kids are catered for with ISOFIX anchors on the outboard seats, as well as top-tether points across all three rear positions.
Behind those rear seats is one of the largest cargo areas in segment. Haval quotes 600 litres with the second row in use, expanding to 1485L with them folded.
It’s a nice square load area, and when the rear seats are folded it’s a relatively flat surface which helps stow longer, heavier items. Unfortunately there’s no remote releases for the second row in the boot area like some rivals.
Haval doesn’t fit a spare wheel of any kind under the boot floor of the H6 Hybrid, instead offering a tyre repair kit.
Non-hybrid versions of the H6 get a space-saver spare, which is also offered by the likes of the Toyota RAV4 Hybrid and Kia Sportage Hybrid – this is a consideration if you head out of town often.
To see how the H6 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What’s under the bonnet?
Unlike the petrol-powered H6 Ultra, the HEV is front-wheel drive (2WD) only.
Model
GWM Haval H6 HEV
Engine
1.5L 4cyl turbo
Engine power
110kW (5500-6000rpm)
Engine torque
230Nm (1500-4000rpm)
Electric motor power
130kW
Electric motor torque
300Nm
Total system power
179kW
Total system torque
530Nm
Battery pack
Undisclosed capacity, Li-ion
Driven wheels
Front-wheel drive
Weight
(kerb)
Fuel economy
5.2L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
6.5L/100km
Minimum fuel requirement
91 RON
Our indicated fuel consumption figure was achieved in commuter conditions, including a mix of high-traffic city and suburban driving mixed in with some freeway stints.
To see how the H6 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
How does the GWM Haval H6 drive?
I’m not a particular fan of the petrol-only GWM Haval H6, and like the smaller Jolion if there was any variant I’d be recommending it’d be the hybrid.
Compared to a Toyota RAV4 Hybrid, the Haval is able to get up to higher speeds from take-off using just the electric motor, and you don’t have to be gentle on the throttle to avoid waking the petrol engine. This is thanks to the more energy-dense lithium-ion battery and more powerful electric motor.
When the turbo engine does fire up and assist the electrified bits, there’s good insulation from vibration and noise, and it feels like the Haval’s drivetrain is better at shuffling between power sources for more linear acceleration.
Having a turbocharger also means there’s more engine torque down low and less juxtaposition between the response of the two different power sources.
The petrol engine is also less vocal under load than Toyota’s unit, and if you hoof it away from the lights the quoted 520Nm of combined torque is gradually put down to avoid lighting up the front tyres too much. I was actually quite impressed on the couple of occasions I really floored it that the FWD-only Haval got along nicely.
On the move the cabin is more hushed than key rivals and the suspension tune is tuned for comfort. That translates to a tall, lean-happy feeling in the bends if you throw the Haval at some corners, but this isn’t trying to put the ‘sport’ in ‘sports utility vehicle’.
The Haval H6 feels like a big, high-riding SUV from behind the wheel, from the perceived width and length to the driver controls and feeling of solidity at speed. For those who like that big-car feel, this will be a plus. For those perhaps wary of moving into an SUV who prefer the more athletic feel of a passenger car, it’s something to think about.
Like I mentioned earlier, the awkward driving position doesn’t help you feel particularly connected with the H6 either. There’s this awkward feeling of sitting on top of the car rather than in it, but not in the way a Land Rover gives you a commanding driving position, for example. It also makes longer trips a little tiresome.
The H6 Hybrid is softly sprung and the driver controls are pretty light. It’s all calibrated to be driven smoothly and efficiently with a focus on comfort. It mostly delivers on this too, irrespective of my issues with the driving position. The Chinese SUV impresses with its acceptably polished and refined on-road experience.
Less impressive is the Haval’s driver assistance suite, with the same quirks we’ve experienced previously – though it’s better than the smaller Jolion.
The adaptive cruise and lane centring functions should make for semi-autonomous highway driving but are far too sensitive and have a habit of over-assisting. I often found myself taking over and doing the job myself.
Blind-spot monitoring and rear cross-traffic alert functions are competitive with rival systems, however, and the excellent surround camera system offers benchmark clarity on the central display. You shouldn’t have any issues parking this thing and the 3D view is a very BMW-esque touch that’s a neat party trick.
The rotary shift-by-wire control does, however, take a bit of getting used to and can often be fiddly when trying to do something a like a three-point turn because there’s no haptic feedback to tell you when you’ve hit Reverse or Drive.
What do you get?
There are two variants of GWM Haval H6 Hybrid (HEV).
H6 Lux HEV highlights:
18-inch alloy wheels
Comfort-Tek leather seats
8-way electric driver seat incl. lumbar support
Heated front seats
10.25-inch digital instrument cluster
10.25-inch touchscreen infotainment system
8-speaker DTS sound system
Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
Auto anti-glare rear-view mirrors
Power-adjustable, electric folding side mirrors
7 airbags incl. front-centre airbag
Adaptive cruise control with stop/go
Intelligent Cornering Control
Emergency Lane Keep
Forward collision warning
Lane departure warning
Lane-keep assist
Lane centring assist
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Pedestrian, cyclist detection
Crossroads assist
Traffic sign recognition
Blind-spot monitoring
Lane Change Assist
Rear collision warning
Door Open Warning
Traffic Jam Assist
Tyre pressure monitoring
Driver fatigue detection
Front, rear parking sensors
360-degree cameras
H6 Ultra HEV adds:
19-inch Vortex alloy wheels
12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment display
Head-up display
Rear cross-traffic alert
Semi-autonomous parking assist
Interior ambient lighting
Power tailgate
Panoramic sunroof
Heated, ventilated front seats
Heated steering wheel
Wireless phone charging
4-way power passenger’s seat
Is the GWM Haval H6 safe?
The H6 wears a five-star ANCAP safety rating based on tests conducted in Australia against 2022 criteria. As of June 16, 2022, this rating has been extended to include H6 Hybrid and H6 GT models.
It managed 90 per cent for adult occupant protection, 88 per cent for child occupant protection, 73 per cent for vulnerable road user protection and 81 per cent for safety assist.
Safety features include:
7 airbags incl. front-centre
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Pedestrian and Cyclist detection
Junction assist
Forward collision warning
Lane centring assist
Lane departure warning
Lane keep assist
Adaptive cruise control with stop/go
Traffic Jam Assist
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic assist
Driver attention monitoring
Safe exit warning
Traffic sign recognition
Front and rear parking sensors
360-degree camera system
Tyre pressure monitoring
How much does the GWM Haval H6 cost to run?
GWM Haval offers a seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty with five years of roadside assist. For hybrid models, you also get eight years of cover for the high-voltage battery with no mileage cap.
The first service is required after 12 months or 10,000km – whichever comes first – but from there the intervals are 12 months or 15,000km.
According the GWM’s capped-price service plan, the first five visits will cost $225, $250, $400, $550 and $225 respectively for the H6 HEV, coming to a total of $1650.
With an average of $330 per annum on servicing, the GWM Haval H6 is competitive for the segment. Not quite as cheap as Honda or Toyota, though.
CarExpert’s Take on the GWM Haval H6
It may not be as cheap as it once was, but the H6 HEV is still a lot of family SUV for the money.
Sharp looks, a strong drivetrain along with heaps of features and space make this SUV a solid alternative to established nameplates if you’re hunting for the best bang for buck.
The $6000 premium over the equivalent petrol-only H6 Ultra is a bit steep, but the HEV’s drivetrain is superior to the 2.0-litre turbo both in refinement and efficiency making it a no brainer if you’re looking at the H6. It’s as quick, smoother and will almost halve your fuel use in everyday driving scenarios.
While the Ultra packs in flagship levels of spec for low- to mid-grade money, my advice is to save some coin and opt for the H6 Lux HEV, which is $3500 cheaper and doesn’t miss out on anything you really need.
The game continues to move on though, and as the legacy brands catch up with electrified options the Haval’s shine may start to fade.
Interested in buying a GWM Haval H6? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
The labour strike at Korean electronics giant Samsung’s Sriperumbudur plant in Tamil Nadu poses a serious risk to the manufacturing ecosystem in the region, says GTRI.
If the strike at Samsung’s Sriperumbudur plant is not resolved soon, India risks losing significant ground in its quest to become a global manufacturing powerhouse, the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI) says in a statement.
The labour strike at Korean electronics giant Samsung’s Sriperumbudur plant in Tamil Nadu is escalating and it poses a serious risk to the manufacturing ecosystem in the region, think tank GTRI said on Monday. It said the Centre and Tamil Nadu governments need to intervene immediately in the matter.
“If the strike at Samsung’s Sriperumbudur plant is not resolved soon, India risks losing significant ground in its quest to become a global manufacturing powerhouse,” the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI) said in a statement.
It added that the strike is quickly becoming a major crisis, and it will threaten the state’s position as a leading electronics manufacturing hub.
“The unrest is escalating and poses a serious risk to the manufacturing ecosystem in the region, which includes major players like Foxconn, Sanmina, and Flex,” GTRI Founder Ajay Srivastava said.
He said the unrest is casting doubt on India’s ability to maintain stable manufacturing operations, a key factor for investors and multinational corporations.
“India should establish industrial intelligence units to determine whether disruptions are influenced by foreign entities,” he suggested.
Tamil Nadu contributes 34 per cent to India’s electronics exports.
“Delays in resolving the strike could lead to job losses, stalled development, and a significant decline in investor confidence. Both the state and central governments need to act quickly to prevent the spread of unrest to other key manufacturers in the region,” Srivastava said.
He also said the current strike at Samsung evokes memories of Nokia’s downfall in Sriperumbudur.
A decade ago, Nokia was one of India’s most successful mobile phone manufacturers, he said.
He also said Tamil Nadu has long been a destination for global electronics manufacturers, particularly from South Korea and ASEAN (Association of Southeast Asian Nations) countries.
“The timing of the strike is especially worrying, as India is in the midst of reviewing its Free Trade Agreements (FTAs) with South Korea and ASEAN countries. Any escalation of the strike could negatively impact these negotiations,” he noted.
India urgently requires a dedicated, fast-track dispute resolution mechanism for large firms including multinational corporations (MNCs), he said.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
Cryptocurrency arbitrage, tracking insider wallets – something that crypto traders earn tens of thousands and millions of dollars daily. Not everyone knows how to properly analyze the wallets of major market players or what profitable arbitrage strategies are out there. If you are one of those people, we have an offer – you need to attend the ArbitrageScanner event! Cases of users of the service will be discussed in detail and the list of invitees will pleasantly surprise you.
ArbitrageScanner.io provides the best tools for cryptocurrency arbitrage and blockchain analysis. In addition, the service offers a generous referral program that allows users to earn even without interacting with cryptocurrency: for each referred friend, you will receive 50% of the subscription price, forever. Withdrawal of funds in USDT, no commission. That means, if the referral buys a subscription to ArbitrageScanner for 3 years, you will get 50% off every month. Not bad for passive income, right?
So why do people choose ArbitrageScanner? For its set of tools, which we’ll talk about next.
ArbitrageScanner Event
On October 24-25, the team will hold a VIP crypto event in Dubai, where you will get practical knowledge, useful introductions to the whales of trading and learn what strategies to follow in the crypto market in 2024.
You can sleep on it in several ways:
If you are an ArbitrageScanner customer, write to the support team and get a free pass;
If you are a member of the media or a blogger, post a promotional article and get in for free;
Buy a ticket on the ArbitrageScanner website. If you purchase a Business Pass, you will be able to attend the first day of the event. If you purchase a VIP pass, there will be no entry restrictions and you will have the opportunity to consult with service representatives with any questions you may have. Food and beverages are included in the price.
If you want to buy a Business Pass and come only to the first day of the event, then first read who will be the guests: experienced traders and investors, some of whom have more than $5 million in capital, managers of cryptocurrency exchanges and investment funds, as well as experienced ArbitrageScanner users who have already managed to increase their capital by 10x-30x since using the service.
In this regard, we strongly recommend you purchase a VIP Pass in order not to miss out on valuable information and to have the opportunity to communicate with interesting people in person.
You will get a detailed analysis of ArbitrageScanner users’ cases, a discussion of trending areas in the crypto industry, as well as interesting discussions with the elite of the crypto community.
In addition, after buying a ticket you will receive a free subscription to the service (30 or 180 days). If you are inspired by the attendees and want to start your journey in cryptocurrency arbitrage, ArbitrageScanner representatives will set up the right tools for you on the spot, which will allow you to start earning immediately.
Cryptocurrency arbitrage is the flagship of the service, which is constantly developing. Today ArbitrageScanner is ready to offer you several ways to find profitable bundles, which are very clear for both beginners and professionals in the crypto industry. For your convenience, all notifications to users come in Telegram and in the web version in your personal profile.
Let’s start with the Arbitrage Scanner. The tool is more suitable for searching points: here you can set filters for two coins and two cryptocurrency exchanges. As soon as a profitable bundle appears according to the set parameters, you will receive a notification.
Cryptocurrency Screener. There is already a large selection of bundles. You can select all supported exchanges (more than 20 CEX and DEX), and set the coins for which you want to receive information about the price difference, as well as the minimum and maximum profit. Done, now the bot will send you notifications every time there are profitable bundles that you can use to make money in cryptocurrency arbitrage.
Futures Screener. A feature you are unlikely to find in any other service. This tool allows you to find bundles between the spot market and futures. This is the least risky and most profitable arbitrage strategy. This strategy works like this: the bot picks up a coin that is cheaper on the spot market of one exchange and more expensive on the futures market of another exchange. Then you need to buy a coin on the spot market and buy a short futures contract. After that, you must wait for the price to converge on both sides and then complete the transaction. The price between the sites will always equalize, it is just a matter of time.
It is also possible to implement the strategy futures + futures, which is not much different from the strategy spot + futures: you need to find futures cheaper on one exchange and more expensive on the other, and then open transactions with leverage 1x. The main thing to consider is the funding: with a “+” sign, the long holder will pay the short holder, and with a “-” sign, vice versa.
Here is a profit case from a current ArbitrageScanner user: the user noticed a divergence in the price of futures on the MEXC and Gate exchanges. He took a short position on MEXC where the financing was positive (he had to pay the fee) and a long position on Gate where the financing was negative (he had to receive the fee). At the moment of price convergence MEXC’s financing became positive, so the user received a commission and increased his profit.
In addition to arbitrage, ArbitrageScanner provides tools for blockchain analysis:
Wallet Analysis. A tool that allows you to find out all public information about an address;
Filter-based Wallet Search. Search wallets by blockchain, token, ROI, winrate, minimum profit and transaction volume;
AI wallet search. Allows you to find wallets similar to an existing wallet. For example, you notice that a mutual fund is buying a certain list of tokens. Enter the address into the AI search and you will get wallets that are maximally similar to yours.
For example, you know 2 wallets of a public person → type them into AI similar wallet search → and you get the addresses of his other wallets. You can also find similar wallets that earn on the same strategies. Clients of the service already earn more than $10000 per month on it. This tool is only available on ArbitrageScanner.
Mass wallet analysis. You enter several wallets and get all known information: whether there are similar tokens, which coins have been bought recently, whether they interact with DEX;
Selection of wallets by ArbitrageScanner. If you have no experience in searching for wallets, you can use ready-made selections from the service: there are addresses of venture capital investment funds and corporations.
ArbitrageScanner is, in our humble opinion, the leader in the arbitrage and on-chain analysis segment. The list of tools exceeds all existing services, and for clients of the service opens not only the possibility of unlimited earnings but also detailed training with instructions that will be useful not only for beginners but also for experienced traders. Use ArbitrageScanner to maximize your profits and come to the event, it will be productive!
“By 2025, data stories will be the most widespread way of consuming analytics.”
That prediction from Gartner a few years ago was geared toward CFOs, but it applies perfectly to another group that traffics in data — marketers.
Gartner even identified the rise of dynamic storytelling as one of four data and analytics trends:
“Leaders across organizations continue to struggle to interpret insights from finance. Despite modern analytics and business intelligence (A&BI) platforms, insights often lack context and aren’t easily understood or acted upon by the majority of users.”
Replace “finance” with “marketing,” and the challenge remains true. While marketers can access vast amounts of data and have numerous tools to analyze and present them, non-marketers in the company struggle to understand what the data means.
David Ciommo, a decision intelligence leader and data storytelling lead at Humana, discusses this conundrum in his presentation at the Marketing Analytics & Data Science (MADS) conference. “I’m surrounded all day long by people who care about data, but yet the audience, the people consuming the data, are the people who are making decisions,” he says.
To help, David explains how to bridge that gap.
How data can make a difference
Working with data, David says, usually follows this six-step process:
Define the objective.
Gather the data.
Clean the data.
Conduct field-level analysis.
Consolidate data.
Analyze data and glean business insights.
However, David says too many marketers don’t spend enough time on Step 6. Data alone doesn’t convince leadership to approve your marketing budget. You must use the data to get insights and action. You must use the data to tell a good story.
Data is cold, factual, and objective. Stories are warm, emotional, and subjective. One study found that after a presentation, only 5% of people could recall a statistic. However, 63% could remember a story from it.
“Storytelling, to some degree, creates and affects our brains in ways that we are completely unaware of, yet we like it. When you walk out of that movie or that play, and you talk about it for days, what’s happening is that the chemistry of your brain, including the dopamine, is being affected,” David says.
The mission for marketers is clear: To drive more impact in your organization, you must use data as the basis for a great story so more people will remember it. In other words, you need to become data storytellers.
What makes good data storytelling
David says, “Data storytelling is the ability to effectively communicate insights from a dataset using narratives and visualizations. It can be used to put data insights into context for and inspire actions from your audience.”
Using a business intelligence tool to create a dashboard with charts doesn’t make you a data storyteller. “All you get is data visualization. You don’t get the story,” David says.
Data stories encompass four elements:
Visual design that incorporates imagery and other design elements and principles
Context that indicates you understand the audience, have a clear purpose and goal, and use feedback loops
Data from quality sources accurately analyzed and represented
Narrative that encompasses the message, has a beginning, middle, and end, and includes calls to action
David shares one of his favorite sayings, “Every single data insight has to be meaningful, valuable, and actionable.”
To achieve that, ask yourself these questions when creating a data story:
Does it engage the target audience?
Will it remove doubt and clarify decisions?
Does it reveal truths and deliver meaningful insights?
Will it provide actionable opportunities?
If the answer is no, go back and rethink your data story idea.
How to put together a good data story
To tell effective data stories, David follows this sequence — story, data, visualization, and tool.
You may think that seems counterintuitive. In a data story, data should be the first step, and the story should be last. Not so, says David.
He explains, “Many departments within a company often depend on data to understand what is happening. Consequently, when teams reach the reporting or dashboarding phase, the final product tends to focus heavily on displaying data rather than telling a compelling story. This approach can diminish the impact of insights that the data can provide.”
The story-first framework prevents the overcomplicated use of data with no actionable insights. You begin by asking a series of questions to understand the business priority and perspective before diving into the data.
“Ask critical questions about intent and key insights you aim to uncover. By outlining the specific answers you’re going after, you can minimize the volume of data presented and avoid overcomplicating the analysis, ultimately saving time and money,” David says. “It allows us to organize our thoughts in advance, ensuring we stay focused and convey our points in the most efficient and clear manner possible.”
Example of data storytelling
David walks through a fictional scenario so you can see the story-first framework in action:
A company’s sales team wants to understand the market for a new product. To help, the marketing team doesn’t just compile all the available data in a dashboard, instead, it works with the sales team to clarify its goals for insights.
They conclude that the goal is to introduce the product into existing and new regions. They know the current products have performed well in neighboring regions and believe the new product will succeed elsewhere. That focus helps identify the core story and allows it to focus on a need not provided elsewhere.
Next, the marketers can identify the data to analyze to support the story and how to present it in a report or dashboard. Then, they can work with the data to extract relevant insights.
After the data processing, the work turns to visualizing it in a way that clearly communicates the message of those insights. Data visualizations are not appropriate for every story — not everything needs a line, bar, or pie chart.
In data storytelling, the goal is to select visuals that simplify the insights. For instance, exploring opportunities in a new market might lend itself to a color-coded geographical map.
The visualization tools depend on your goals and their capabilities. For example, some business intelligence platforms may not be able to show real-time data. If that was the case, the data story wouldn’t incorporate real-time data.
Follow these data visualization tips
Among David’s tips for crafting a quality data story that will provide value and drive action:
Identify the right data for the story.
Simplify the story with fewer, more meaningful visuals.
Use color to help tell the story.
Aggregate less important information.
Calibrate the visual to the message and the needs, not the wants.
Include only insights that will drive viewers to make decisions.
Don’t ignore or play into cognitive bias.
David also shares a couple of things to avoid.
The first is to stop using tables because consuming data in that format requires the viewer to spend too much time to gain insights. “We process visuals faster than text. When you take that exact same data, and you put it in a visual, the story comes across so quickly,” David says.
Look at this example, which includes a table on the left and a visualization on the right about global COVID-19 infection rates. The world map works well for those who want a quick understanding. The table exists for a segment of the audience who may want to do further analysis.
The second tip of what not to do is adding pizzazz for the sake of pizzazz, or as David calls it, “chart junk.”
In this pie chart about Brexit, the data is simple: 47% say yes, 43% say no, and 10% don’t know. However, the presentation gets in the way of the data. The British flag is the image on the pie, which makes it hard to see the data slices, and the graphic uses two shades of blue, red, white, black, and yellow. “The drop shadows, gradient blends, textures, etc. confuse and muddy the water. It makes the story hard to read,” David says.
Are you ready to tell stories with data?
You are awash in numbers: web analytics, social media, video, paid search, lead generation, email marketing, and more. This sea of data leads to oceans of spreadsheets, reports, charts, and dashboards. You allocate precious time to generating and managing these reports each week, but in the end, is it serving the marketing team? Is the broader organization even looking at them?
Instead, build stories from your data. As a refresher, ensure that each story:
Engages the targeted audience
Removes doubt and clarifies decisions
Reveals truths and delivers meaningful insights
Provides actionable opportunities
Maybe you like the story David told. Now, it’s your turn to tell an equally good story with your data and have a bigger impact within your organization.
PC gaming is more popular than ever, and in order to be at the top of your game, you’ll need the perfect mouse to snipe headshots. Razer makes some of the best wireless gaming mice out there, but they usually cost a pretty penny. If you’re looking for a great deal, you can now grab the Razer Basilisk V3 X HyperSpeed for just $50 on Amazon, a savings of nearly 30%. This is the lowest price it’s ever dropped to at the retailer.
Razer’s HyperSpeed wireless technology was designed with low latency gaming in mind. The company boasts that it’s 25% faster than other wireless technologies available. Those wishing to take advantage of this speed can use the mouse for up to 285 hours on a single charge. Switching to its Bluetooth mode extends that battery life up to 535 hours. Regardless of whichever mode you feel is best for you, the Razer Basilisk V3 X HyperSpeed is an excellent gaming mouse.
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
Like most Razer products, this mouse features its signature Chroma RGB lighting with 16.8 million colors and a variety of lighting effects. It offers six DPI settings to choose from (400, 800, 1600, 3200 and 6400), and you can use the Razer Synapse app to create a custom DPI perfectly tailored for your play style. There are also nine programmable controls and the option to unlock a set of secondary commands on top of the existing controls within the Razer Synapse app. For anyone worried about durability, you’ll be good to go for up to 60 million clicks thanks to its mechanical gold-plated switches.
If you’re only in the market for a mouse and don’t necessarily need it to be the best for gaming, we’ve also rounded up the best wireless mice you can buy.
CNET is always covering a wide array of deals on tech products and much more. Start with the hottest sales and discounts on the CNET Deals page, and sign up for the CNET Deals Text to get daily deals sent straight to your phone. Add the free CNET Shopping extension to your browser for real-time price comparisons and cash-back offers. And peruse our gift guide, which includes a full range of ideas for birthdays, anniversaries and more.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Celebrities’ use of testosterone to boost their sex drive could lead more women to try hormone replacement therapy (HRT), experts say.
Actress Kate Winslet recently revealed in an appearance on the “How to Fail” podcast with Elizabeth Day that a dip in libido could mean an imbalance in testosterone levels.
“A lot of people don’t know this, but women have testosterone in their body; when it runs out, like eggs, it’s gone,” the “Titanic” actress, 48, told a listener.
KATE WINSLET ADMITS TO USING TESTOSTERONE THERAPY TO ‘FEEL SEXY AGAIN’
“So, once it’s gone, you have to replace it, and that is something that can be done, and you’ll feel sexy again,” Winslet said.
“I know,” she added, without offering additional details.
Actress Kate Winslet recently revealed in an appearance on the “How to Fail” podcast with Elizabeth Day that a dip in libido could mean an imbalance in testosterone levels.(Felix Hörhager/picture alliance via Getty Images)
What to know about HRT
Hormone expert Dan Holtz, co-founder of the Beverly Hills Rejuvenation Center, echoed that HRT is used to “optimize hormone levels in men and women as they go through life.”
“Benefits may include better sleep, improved energy, less anxiety [and] improved metabolic rate,” he said in a response sent to Fox News Digital.
WOMEN’S HORMONE EXPERT SHARES HER METHOD FOR ELIMINATING MENSTRUAL PAIN
Holtz has worked with numerous celebrities to optimize their hormone levels. He confirmed that many women and men have reported a “noticeable improvement in libido after optimizing testosterone.”
Some women have also reported an improvement in libido when correcting a deficiency in DHEA (dehydroepiandrosterone), a hormone the body produces in the adrenal gland, according to the expert.
One hormone expert said that many patients have reported a “noticeable improvement in libido after optimizing testosterone.”(iStock)
HRT is often referred to as menopause hormone therapy (MHT), a medical treatment to relieve menopause symptoms, according to women’s health and menopause expert Dr. Mary Claire Haver of Friendswood, Texas.
“As we approach menopause, the natural decline in estrogen, progesterone and testosterone can lead to symptoms such as hot flashes, night sweats, mood changes, muscle and joint pain, brain fog, vaginal dryness and low libido,” she told Fox News Digital.
“Every woman’s situation is unique, and we need to balance the potential benefits against the risks.”
“For many women, these symptoms can severely affect their quality of life.”
Hormone therapy works by replenishing the estrogen, progesterone and testosterone levels that the body is no longer producing in sufficient amounts, Haver noted.
THE 9 MOST COMMON QUESTIONS WOMEN OVER 40 ASK THEIR DOCTORS, ACCORDING TO A MENOPAUSE EXPERT
“The goal is to alleviate symptoms by restoring health-promoting hormone levels, but MHT also has additional benefits, like maintaining bone density, which reduces the risk of osteoporosis – a concern for postmenopausal women,” she added.
Targeting testosterone
While women have much lower levels of testosterone compared to men, the hormone is “crucial” to maintaining libido and sexual function in females, according to Haver — in addition to boosting energy and mood.
When testosterone levels decline — which occurs as women grow older and approach menopause — a decrease in sexual desire, arousal and satisfaction can result, the expert said.
When testosterone levels decline — which occurs as women grow older and approach menopause — a decrease in sexual desire, arousal and satisfaction can result, studies show.(iStock)
That’s because the hormone acts on a key region of the brain involved in regulating sexual behavior, she added.
Studies have shown that for some women, boosting testosterone levels can lead to “noticeable improvements” in sexual health, Haver said.
“Women need to know that low libido is a legitimate medical concern, not just something they have to ‘push through.’”
“By increasing testosterone levels, these brain centers become more responsive to sexual stimuli, which can lead to an increase in libido,” she said.
Haver encouraged women who are experiencing low libido to consider testosterone therapy as part of a “broader treatment plan.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“The goal is to restore levels to the normal physiological range for women, improving sexual desire without pushing the body into a ‘male’ hormone profile,” she told Fox News Digital.
Potential risks
Mayo Clinic confirmed that testosterone therapy may boost sex drive for some women after menopause, but noted that there is limited research on its safety and long-term effectiveness.
It has also been shown to cause some side effects.
“Most often, other treatments are tried before testosterone,” the clinic stated on its website.
MHT can be a safe and effective option for women suffering from menopausal symptoms, said a women’s health expert, while others note that side effects may result.(iStock)
“These include low doses of the hormone estrogen, and a type of counseling called sex therapy. Some depression medicines also may boost sex drive.”
HRT is “not a one-size-fits-all solution,” and there are potential risks if it’s done inappropriately, Haver warned.
IS IT MENOPAUSE? 6 HIDDEN SYMPTOMS WOMEN SHOULD KNOW ABOUT NOW
“Studies have shown that estrogen-containing hormone therapy can increase the risk of certain conditions, such as blood clots and stroke,” the doctor said.
“Testosterone therapy can also increase the risk of unwanted hair growth, deepening of the voice and acne.”
Those risks can vary based on factors like the type of hormones used, the dosage, the delivery method and how long it’s administered, according to Haver.
Hormone therapy replenishes estrogen, progesterone and testosterone levels that the body is no longer producing in sufficient amounts, according to women’s health experts.(iStock)
“Every woman’s situation is unique, and we need to balance the potential benefits against the risks, with the proper dosage, formulations and delivery system.”
Haver recommends MHT for women who are within 10 years of menopause onset and are under 60 years old — “particularly for those suffering from moderate to severe symptoms.”
Interdisciplinary care
Some women can feel “dismissed or not fully supported” when discussing sexual health concerns with medical providers, Haver noted.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Sexual function in women can be influenced by hormones, neurotransmitters, mental health, relationship dynamics and even chronic medical conditions,” she said.
HRT can be administered in a variety of ways, including as an injection, pill, topical patch, gel or spray. (iStock)
Effective treatment addresses these root causes rather than just offering “superficial fixes,” she said.
“Women need to know that low libido is a legitimate medical concern, not just something they have to ‘push through.'”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews/health
For those interested in HRT, Holtz suggested finding a well-established and reputable company or provider with a track record of success.
Haver added that it’s essential for women to have a thorough discussion with their medical provider to assess their specific health needs and determine the best treatment plan.
Fox News Digital’s Caroline Thayer contributed to this report.
Bananas are one of those fruits that just about everyone loves. They’re not only delicious but also packed with all kinds of nutrients, like vitamins, iron, and fibre. That’s why they’re a favourite for people of all ages. Plus, bananas are available year-round, so it’s easy to buy them in bulk. But the struggle? They can start getting mushy or develop black spots in just a couple of days. If you’re not storing them the right way, you’ll see them spoil fast. The good news is, if you know how to store bananas properly, you can keep them fresh for up to a week! We’ve got five easy tips to help you out so your bananas don’t go to waste.
Also Read: 5 Banana Peel Face Packs That Will Make Your Skin Glow Like Never Before
Here Are 5 Easy Ways To Make Bananas Last Longer Without Going Mushy:
1. Wrap the Stems in Aluminum Foil
To keep bananas fresh longer, simply wrap aluminium foil around their stems. Just separate the bananas and wrap the tops of each one. No need to cover the entire banana – just the stems! If you don’t have foil, plastic or paper wrap works too.
2. Don’t Store Bananas on the Counter
Bananas last longer if they’re not sitting on a surface. Instead, hang them up! Use a rope or string to tie around the tops of the bananas and hang them somewhere in your kitchen.
3. Keep Bananas Away from Other Fruits and Veggies
Never store bananas with other produce. Fruits like apples and tomatoes release ethylene gas, which speeds up the ripening process. Storing them separately can make your bananas last longer.
4. Don’t Store Bananas in the Fridge
The fridge is not your bananas’ friend. Cold temperatures can make bananas spoil faster. It’s better to leave them out at room temperature in a dry spot.
5. Don’t Buy Overripe Bananas
When picking bananas, go for ones that are green or slightly firm, with no spots. Avoid the overripe ones, and only buy what you’ll use to prevent them from going bad.
If you end up with ripe bananas, use them to make something yummy like smoothies, muffins, or banana bread. Need a recipe? Click here for our banana bread recipe!
Follow these easy tips, and you’ll have fresh bananas for days!
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-22/Iran-Cuba-voice-mutual-support-in-face-of-hostile-U-S-policies-1x6H7GNu3As/img/58521b7dbd0e4320b68ca95e831fbd70/58521b7dbd0e4320b68ca95e831fbd70.png' alt='U.S. national flags around the Capitol building in Washington, D.C., November 7, 2022. /CFP'
Iran and Cuba have reaffirmed mutual support for addressing U.S. “hostile” policies and sanctions, said the Iranian Foreign Ministry on Sunday.
In a meeting on the sidelines of the 79th session of the United Nations General Assembly in New York, Iranian Foreign Minister Seyyed Abbas Araghchi and his Cuban counterpart, Bruno Rodriguez Parrilla, discussed bilateral ties and regional and international issues of common interest, the ministry said in a statement.
According to the statement, Araghchi condemned the “unilateral and political” U.S. move of putting Cuba on the list of so-called state sponsors of terrorism, which also includes Iran, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, and Syria, and described it as being in continuation of Washington’s “hostile” policies.
He said Iran, one of the U.S. sanctions’ victims, completely understands the Cuban people’s situation and would support Cuba in the face of Washington’s embargoes.
The Cuban foreign minister also said his country would back Iran against the U.S.’ “hostile” policies.
Iran and Cuba are under U.S. sanctions and have been promoting cooperation to counter the embargoes for years.
A reader proposes retiring a fashion term often interpreted as a double entendre. Our fashion critic explains the origins of the tie-neck blouse and its name.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
DA Reese Witherspoon i Sofia Vergara izgledaju vječno mlade, svi su primijetili. I premda nemamo recept za tajnu njihove mladolikosti, znamo barem jedan proizvod koji im je u tome pomogao, a lako ga je nabaviti. U pitanju je serum za lice Charlotte Tilbury Magic Serum Crystal Elixir.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Reese ga je nedavno koristila
Prema priopćenju za medije, serum je pripremio kožu Reese Witherspoon za dodjelu Emmyja 2024. Ovaj serum obećava da će riješiti najčešće probleme kože i da pruža klinički dokazane rezultate. Rezultat je hidratizirana, mladenačka koža.
Charlotte Tilbury Magic Serum Crystal Elixir sadrži zlatni vitamin C za blistav ten, a dublje prodire u kožu od standardnog, zatim kombinaciju peptida nazvanu Replexium, koja daje mladolik izgled kože, i poliglutaminsku kiselinu, koja je četiri puta hidratantnija od hijaluronske kiseline.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
The Rams finally beat the San Francisco 49ers in a meaningful regular-season game.
Kyren Williams flipped too.
If you haven’t seen it, you soon will. It’s an Instagram instant classic, a bit of in-your-Facebook flair. The Rams running back ran what’s called an arrow route through the middle of the 49ers defense, caught a beautifully timed pass from Matthew Stafford — one that required the precision of throwing into an open car window passing on the freeway — and punctuated the 15-yard touchdown with an impromptu front flip into the end zone.
Williams wound up on his tush instead of his toes.
“He didn’t stick the landing,” needled rookie running back Blake Corum from the locker next door. “I teased him about that.”
That’s about the only valid critique of Williams in the 27-24 stunner, an ultra-rare upset of the NFC West bullies by the Bay. He scored all three touchdowns, adding a pair of scoring runs to his gem of a catch and carry.
“We haven’t gotten to use him as a pass catcher enough,” Rams coach Sean McVay said. “I thought he did a great job of breaking off man coverage and then be able to have the swag to flip in was pretty cool.”
The Rams were in a desperate spot, in danger of dropping to 0-3 and losing a second division game on the heels of a dispiriting blowout defeat at Arizona.
“Obviously there was a sense of urgency to this week about our preparation and the mentality of what we were going to do and how we were going to play,” Williams said. “But I think it was something that was kind of unspoken, something that we knew we had to do. An 0-3 start is not good. We prepared this week to make sure that didn’t happen.”
The game was a battle of the backups on both sides, with the Rams missing receivers Cooper Kupp and Puka Nacua, as well as tight end Tyler Higbee, who’s still recovering from a severe knee injury from January. The 49ers were without running back Christian McCaffrey, receiver Deebo Samuel and tight end George Kittle.
All the more reason that sturdy starters such as Williams needed to step up. And the Rams didn’t scrap the running game, even when they trailed by as many as 14 points and the game appeared to be slipping away.
The run threat created opportunities in the passing game and helped the Rams move the ball effectively in the red zone, something they couldn’t reliably do in road losses at Detroit and the Cardinals.
Williams didn’t put up stratospheric numbers — 89 yards in 24 carries — but he was a hammer near the goal line, scoring on runs of three and four yards.
Rams running back Kyren Williams picks up yards against the 49ers. He scored three touchdowns, two on the ground.
(Wally Skalij / Los Angeles Times)
Just before the winning 37-yard field goal by Joshua Karty, Williams had a six-yard run that helped consume 31 seconds from the clock and turned a gut-check kick into a layup.
“We got some really tough, hard-earned yards in some crunch-time situations,” said McVay, whose offensive line included guard Logan Bruss, making his first career start. “Some short yardage, some third down and two or less. I thought our guys did a good job of removing the line of scrimmage.”
This didn’t show up in the statistics, but he was instrumental when it came to chip blocking pass rusher Nick Bosa coming off the edge, helping keep Stafford upright.
Williams also was concerned about keeping something else in check: his emotions.
“I don’t really try to get too excited,” he said. “I try to stay even-keeled because I know when you get excited and you start expecting things those things don’t come.”
No one saw this ending coming.
And Williams didn’t pay much attention to the 49ers fans going, either.
They were in the vast majority, painting every SoFi Stadium section red.
Did Williams hear the crowd?
“Naw, I didn’t hear it,” he said, finishing the interview. “Play ball, baby.”
Amid the pomp and show surrounding the launch of Apple’s next 16 series of smartphones and other devices, the cybersecurity watchdog, Computer Emergency Response Team (CERT-In), under the Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY), has flagged privacy vulnerabilities, issuing a high severity alert concerning the Apple products like the iOS, iPadOS and macOS. The alert suggests that Apple products are prone to vulnerabilities, allowing attackers can access sensitive information.
According to the warning issued by CERT-In, “Multiple vulnerabilities have been reported in Apple products which could allow an attacker to access sensitive information, execute arbitrary code, bypass security restrictions, cause denial of service (DoS) conditions, bypass authentication, gain elevated privileges and perform spoofing attacks on the targeted system.”
The following iOS, iPadOS, macOS, watchOS, tvOS, Safari, Xcode, and visionOS versions are likely to be vulnerable:
– Apple iOS versions prior to 18 and iPadOS versions prior to 18
– Apple iOS versions prior to 17.7 and iPadOS versions prior to 17.7
– Apple macoS Sonoma versions prior to 14.7
– Apple macOS Ventura versions prior to 13.7
– Apple macoS Sequoia versions prior to 15
– Apple tvOS versions prior to 18
– Apple watchOS versions prior to 11
– Apple Safari versions prior to 18
– Apple Xcode versions prior to 16
– Apple visionOS versions prior to 2
CERT-In noted that the Cupertino-based tech giant has fixed the issues with the latest software updates. To mitigate the vulnerabilities, users should update their devices with the latest software versions.
Earlier this year, CERT-In had also warned users of vulnerabilities in Apple iTunes and Google Chrome for desktop, which could allow an attacker to execute arbitrary code on the targeted system.
In an advisory, the watchdog stated that ‘The ‘Remote Code Execution’ vulnerability exists in the Apple Product due to improper checks in the CoreMedia component. A remote attacker could exploit this vulnerability by sending a specially crafted request.
If Goa is your top holiday destination in 2025, pack a hat, sunglasses, flip-flops, casual clothing and – don’t forget this – a strip of sea sickness medicine. And shun the train, the plane, the sedan, just cruise into Goa. Because by March 2025, Goa’s Mormugao Port, the state’s biggest maritime asset, will have an eco-friendly 9,960 sq.metre state-of-the-art cruise terminal for international and domestic cruises. (Also read: 9 gorgeous car-free cities around the world)
M.V Cordelia cruises at Mormugao Port. The port will soon have an eco-friendly 9,960 sq.metre state-of-the-art cruise terminal for international and domestic cruises.
Features of the new port
The International Cruise Terminal will have 24 immigration counters, 10 check-in counters, waiting lounge, baggage carousel etc. while the Domestic Cruise Terminal will have 12 check- in counters, waiting lounge, baggage carousel, etc. Add to it duty-free retail shops, lounges, food court, Ferry Terminal facilities, parking, landscaped gardens and internal road network and utilities.
This mega project intends to turn Goa into a Global Cruise Hub as announced during the recently held Maritime States Development Council meeting in Goa. The announcement follows the vision of the Centre’s 2023 National Strategy for Cruise Tourism to make India the preferred cruising nation for deep sea cruises, coastal cruises, river cruises and yacht cruises. The Strategy aims to target 1,000 world-class vessels and has the potential to develop the blue revolution in Goa.
Though Goa’s Minister for Tourism and IT Rohan Khaunte recently said that “Cruise tourism is taking its baby steps in Goa, and we are poised to be a major hub for international cruise liners” in reality, Goa is not new to cruise liners docking by its waters. According to Mormugao Port Authority, in 2013-2014, 18 cruise vessels were handled with 17,397 passengers with the number of vessels increasing to 35 in 2018-2019 with 47,778 passengers and 22,663 crew members.
Goa witnessed a 40% increase in cruise passengers during the 2024 fiscal year and a 15% increase in calls by cruise vessels (Source: Skift report). And the Mormugao Port Authority’s official calendar of cruise vessels docking in Goa buttresses this spurt in demand. In December 2024, 7 international cruise liners will dock in Mormugao with a total count of 12,548 currently booked passengers. In 2025, 20 cruise liners are scheduled with a total passenger count of 23,389 while 10 cruise liners are already booked up to May of 2026.
The next travel trend
Cruise travel is being touted as the next big travel trend. According to Booking.com Travel Trends data, nearly 30% of Indian travellers are keen on taking a cruise trip this year. 63% of Indians travellers surveyed show a preference for family-friendly cruises, 61% luxury cruises and 43% river cruises and 29% for adults-only cruises.
“Goa, with its strategic location and infrastructure advancements like the International and Domestic Cruise Terminal, presents great opportunities of cruise tourism for travellers around the world. In fact, 83% of Indian travellers agree that being close to water instantly makes them feel more relaxed and 38% demonstrated interest in water-centric vacations for 2024”, said Santosh Kumar, Country Manager for India, Sri Lanka, Maldives and Indonesia at booking.com. The company currently offers Cruises as a new travel vertical to customers in the United States.
A cruise holiday could include international big ship cruises, river cruises, as well as coastal cruises. However, before you book a cruise holiday, you should know how to navigate the itineraries and offers to get the best cruise deal.
Tips for cruise booking:
Check out these tips for booking your next cruise.
• First thing: Decide how long you want to be at sea. Duration matters – look for cruise options accordingly.
• If you have medical issues, it is important to consult your physician.
• If you are flexible with your dates, pick off peak season dates to get best deals.
• Look beyond the base fare. Added costs like specialty dining, shore excursions and even beverage can burn a hole in the pocket.
• Read the fine print of ‘all-inclusive deals’. Check whether it includes your room, food and entertainment + internet access and drinks. Better to ask questions than pay through the nose.
• Look for ‘kids free’ deals. Ask what’s the cut-off age to get the kids free deal – not all cruise liners have the same age cut-off.
• Book an inside cabin if you’re looking to save – they are usually half the price of a similar balcony room.
• Avoid rooms near elevators and just above nightclubs and other late-night venues.
• If you’re particularly prone to seasickness, pick midship cabins.
• Generally, gratuity is added to bar bills – often 18% to 20% of the total. Ask if a gratuity has already been included before tipping another 15% or 20% to the total. Never tip twice.
• Packing essentials include hats and sunglasses, sunscreen, medicine, flip-flops. Day clothing is usually casual but do pack a few formals or evening wear.
• Many cruise ships turn up the air conditioning at night. Even if you are travelling during summer months, pack a light sweater or dressy shawl.
• Drink packages on ships often are quite pricey – do not buy a drink package if you are not a big drinker. Few cruise liners allow people to bring onboard their own drinks. Check at the time of booking.
• If it is an international cruise, always keep your phone on airplane mode – buy a wi-fi package.
• Booking a shore excursion directly through the cruise liner is easy.
• If you are using a travel agent for booking, pick one who specialises in cruises.
Following 1995’s GoldenEye, Pierce Brosnan starred in his second James Bond movie Tomorrow Never Dies two years later.
This time around 007 would team up with Chinese agent Wai Lin, played by Michelle Yeoh, who was the first Asian to win the Best Actress Oscar for Everything Everywhere All At Once last year.
The 62-year-old Malaysian actress has gone on to star in some big Western movies, although right after playing a Bond girl it was really difficult for her.
Speaking previously with PEOPLE, Yeoh said: “The first movie I did after I came to America was Tomorrow Never Dies with Pierce Brosnan.
“James Bond at that point had only been known as macho, and the girls were just the ones with cutesy names.”
The Malaysian star turned the idea of the submissive Bond girl on its head by not only saving 007’s life but also pushing away his sexual advances. After impressing audiences and Hollywood, the offers began coming in, but they weren’t quite what she was hoping for.
Yeoh continued: “At that point, people in the industry couldn’t really tell the difference between whether I was Chinese or Japanese or Korean or if I even spoke English. They would talk very loudly and very slow. I didn’t work for almost two years, until Crouching Tiger, [Hidden Dragon] simply because I could not agree with the stereotypical roles that were put forward to me.”
Her role in the latter would earn her first Best Actress BAFTA nomination, which was followed last year a win for Everything Everywhere All At Once.
Hyundai and Skoda are set to be unlikely bedfellows after signing a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) to develop hydrogen-based mobility solutions – but it may not be for cars.
The MOU was signed by Hyundai Motor Company and Skoda Group executives in Prague, as a part of the Korea-Czech Republic Business Summit.
According to Hyundai, the MOU “covers study on adoption of hydrogen fuel cell systems and technologies, study on adoption of energy efficient solutions for mobility projects and products, and exploring hydrogen ecosystem and value chain opportunities beyond mobility”.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Hyundai Nexo
However, we may not see the collaboration eventuate into models in new-car showrooms.
The two Skoda representatives at the signing were Petr Novotný, CEO of the train-centric Skoda Transportation, and Jaromir Silhanek, CEO of Skoda Electric which is a subsidiary of the former company.
Skoda’s current hydrogen-powered vehicle lineup is limited to buses and trams, with its passenger cars limited to traditional petrol and diesel engines, plus battery-electric options.
Hyundai meanwhile has been developing a wide range of hydrogen vehicles, ranging from its Nexo SUV, the Xcient Fuel Cell truck and Elec City FCEV bus.
It’s currently unclear as to what the duo’s plans are, though they’ve said they’ll “conduct feasibility studies for fuel cell system applications for diverse utilisation beyond mobility”.
“Both parties share the view that hydrogen will be a key pillar for a sustainable society, starting with mobility.”
Hydrogen fuel cell electric vehicles (FCEVs) remain niche products, both globally and in Australia.
Just 10 FCEVs have been delivered locally this year, consisting of one Hyundai Nexo and nine Toyota Mirais.
Last year, Hyundai and Toyota signed an MOU in Australia to work alongside Ampol and Pacific Energy in developing hydrogen refuelling infrastructure locally.
This decision followed the advocacy of SEBI for small SIPs to increase investor participation.
Life Insurance Corporation (LIC) Mutual Fund plans to scale down the minimum limit of SIP to Rs 100 from the current Rs 300. At an event, the company’s MD and CEO RK Jha said that the Asset Management Company (AMC) is working with the registrar KFintech Service and will file an addendum early next month to reduce the minimum daily and monthly SIP limit of Rs 100 and Rs 200. This decision followed the advocacy of SEBI for small SIPs to increase investor participation. RK Jha said that this move will help the fund house reach those sections of society which have not benefited from the stock market boom. While speaking at an event in Mumbai to launch an NFO on manufacturing funds, RK Jha further revealed that the fund house is aiming to increase its asset under management (AUM) from Rs 35,000 crore to Rs 65,000 crore by the end of this financial year. It will be further surged to Rs 1 lakh crore by the end of FY 2025-26.
As per experts, the Rs 250 SIP will be an opportunity for the wider population to participate in mutual fund investments. It will help turn mutual funds into a viable investment avenue in India. This decision is quite relevant in the wake of the latest announcements made by Sebi’s chairperson Madhabi Puri Buch, who spoke about micro-SIPs to facilitate wider participation of retail investors.
The phenomenon of micro-SIPs will be particularly relevant for the fund houses, which are looking at setting up shops in small cities and towns. It includes LIC MF, which has plans afoot to expand its reach in Dehradun, Jamshedpur, Jodhpur and Durgapur, among others. Under this, the quarterly SIP will require an investment of Rs 750 instead of Rs 3,000. Consistently investing, even with small amounts, can significantly impact your financial portfolio over time.
SIP is the easiest way to invest in mutual funds. Under SIP, the investor invests a fixed amount at regular intervals. A fixed amount is deducted from your bank account at regular intervals and invested in SIP. This strategy allows you to start investing without the need for a large sum of money.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings …Read More
Two huge Ethereum transactions containing 8,510 ETH worth $21.9 million have been reported by the on chain analysis firm “Spot on Chain”. One of the wallets goes back to the Ethereum ICO era. Why these accounts are making these moves at this time might be a concern for the crypto community. Let’s unveil these wallets and the transactions they are making.
ETH ICO Era Whale on the Move
A wallet (0xB1E5…E2be) moved 3,510 Ethereum tokens in the last 12 hours with 2 transactions. Just one hour apart two transactions were executed consisting of 10 and 3500 Ethereum respectively. Both the transactions consists of $9.04 million worth Ethereum were sent to 0xb44D…A7fa which is considered to be a Kraken deposit wallet by “Spot on Chain”. It is interesting to know that the whale received 150,000 tokens during the 2015 ETH ICO at a price of $0.31. The Whale spent a total of $46.6k for ICO participation.
By now, this ICO whale has offloaded a total of 18,510 ETH to Kraken and BItfinex since July 31,2019 at an average price of $2,461. 10,000 Eth of this total offloaded fund was moved between June 16 and 18,2024 right before the price of Eth fell greatly. The whale still holds 135,940 ETH worth around $350 across 8 different wallets.
Crypto Lender Genesis Selling ETH?
The crypto lender firm Genesis filed for bankruptcy in January 2023. They had to repay around $3 billion to the investors. The firm fell amidst FTX fall and bear market. They moved $3 billion worth of funds combined as Bitcoin (32,256) and ETH (256,775) in August this year. The firm moved 143,379 ETH to a wallet 0xC62c…46C4 that has been distributing different amounts of Ethereum token to various accounts. The pattern of transactions look like Genesis is replaying its creditors. The same wallet had fed 114,502.54 ETH to a wallet 0x999E….946E on August 2. The latter wallet moved 5,000 ETH to FalconX through another wallet 0xf4F0…E99c, around 6 hours ago.
What is happening?
Though these transactions are huge and look like this movement has made a slight shift in Ethereum price as well. The Price took a retrace of 1% but that is not a big deal for the industry. It is clear from the transactions that the ICO whale is taking systematic profits after waiting for 9 years and Genesis is replaying its creditors. In eyes of analysts, both of these transactions are legit and important for the community.
Looking for the most recent Mini Crossword answer? Click here for today’s Mini Crossword hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Wordle, Strands, and Connections puzzles.
The New York Times Crossword Puzzle is legendary. But if you don’t have that much time, the Mini Crossword is an entertaining substitute. The Mini Crossword is much easier than the old-school NYT Crossword, and you probably can complete it in a couple of minutes. But if you’re stuck, we’ve got the answers. And if you could use some hints and guidance for daily solving, check out our Mini Crossword tips.
The Mini Crossword is far from alone in the Times’ stable of games. If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections and Strands answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: Tips and Tricks for Solving The New York Times Mini Crossword
Let’s get at those Mini Crossword clues and answers.
The completed NYT Mini Crossword puzzle for Sept. 23, 2024.
NYT/Screenshot by CNET
Mini across clues and answers
1A clue: 2024 Charli XCX album with a lime green cover Answer: BRAT
5A clue: All the ___ (super popular) Answer: RAGE
6A clue: Like presents and first names Answer: GIVEN
7A clue: Where fig leaves first came into fashion Answer: EDEN
8A clue: Rain-friendly rental for an outdoor wedding Answer: TENT
Mini down clues and answers
1D clue: Someone walking in front of a train? Answer: BRIDE
2D clue: Bird in a Poe poem Answer: RAVEN
3D clue: Worker at an airport gate Answer: AGENT
4D clue: Tweenager’s age, maybe Answer: TEN
6D clue: Understand Answer: GET
How to play more Mini Crosswords
The New York Times Games section offers a large number of online games, but only some of them are free for all to play. You can play the current day’s Mini Crossword for free, but you’ll need a subscription to the Times Games section to play older puzzles from the archives.
Nearly 28 million people in the U.S. have asthma, or about one in 12 people — and depending on where you live, the condition may be more difficult to manage.
The Asthma and Allergy Foundation of America (AAFA) recently released its Asthma Capitals report, which ranks the 100 most populated U.S. states based on how challenging they are for people with the chronic respiratory disease.
“This is not a report about ‘bad’ cities for asthma — rather, it is a report that indicates the factors that can make living with asthma more challenging,” Kenneth Mendez, president and CEO of the AAFA in Virginia, told Fox News Digital via email.
‘SMART MASK’ COULD DETECT ASTHMA, COPD AND OTHER MEDICAL CONDITIONS, RESEARCHERS SAY
The report designates “asthma capitals” based on the prevalence of the disease, the number of asthma-related emergency room visits, and asthma-related deaths.
Nearly 28 million people in the U.S. have asthma, or about one in 12 people.(iStock)
“The cities at the top of the report tend to score higher than average in at least two of these categories,” Mendez noted.
“High rates of hospitalization or death due to asthma indicate a lower quality of life for people with asthma in these cities.”
This report also acknowledges that where people live can significantly impact their health, Mendez said.
ARIZONA MAN BLOWS LEGO OUT OF NOSE AFTER THREE DECADES: ‘I CAN BREATHE NOW’
“Social, economic and environmental disadvantages play a role in determining asthma outcomes,” he noted.
“Many of the top asthma capitals are also facing major challenges and inequities that lead to health disparities.”
Asthma sufferers should have an action plan that includes medications, ways to recognize worsening symptoms, and steps to take in an emergency.(iStock)
Risk factors for asthma — including air quality, poverty, access to specialists, tobacco policies, use of medications and lack of health insurance — are also factored into the report.
Added Mendez, “We see the report as a way to highlight factors impacting asthma.”
Top 20 ‘asthma capitals’
The AAFA identified the following 20 cities as the top “asthma capitals.”
1. Wichita, Kansas
2. Virginia Beach, Virginia
3. Greenville, South Carolina
4. Dallas, Texas
5. Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
6. Tulsa, Oklahoma
7. Richmond, Virginia
8. Des Moines, Iowa
9. Raleigh, North Carolina
10. Fayetteville, Arkansas
11. Allentown, Pennsylvania
12. Baton Rouge, Louisiana
13. Sarasota, Florida
14. Houston, Texas
15. Columbia, South Carolina
16. Orlando, Florida
17. Little Rock, Arkansas
18. Chattanooga, Tennessee
19. Greensboro, North Carolina
20. Kansas City, Missouri
Wichita, Kansas, was the top major U.S. city for challenging asthma conditions.(iStock)
The full list of 100 top asthma capitals is listed in the report, which can be accessed from the AAFA’s website.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
6 tips for those living in an ‘asthma capital’
For those with asthma who live in one of the more challenging locations, the AAFA recommends taking the following steps to make the condition more tolerable.
1. Follow an Asthma Action Plan
To keep asthma under control, this plan should include information about medications, ways to recognize worsening symptoms and steps to take in an emergency.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
2. Get recommended vaccines
Mendez noted that getting vaccines for respiratory infections such as the flu, COVID-19, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) and pneumonia can help to manage asthma symptoms.
3. Take steps to manage allergies and indoor air quality
“We spend 90% of our time indoors, so it is important to take steps to improve indoor air quality,” Mendez told Fox News Digital.
“Patients should speak with their health care team to determine what plan is best for them,” an expert said.(iStock)
“These can include using certified asthma- and allergy-friendly air cleaners, and ensuring that cleaning products reduce allergens and are free from airway irritants.”
4. Follow infection protection protocol
This may include wearing a mask in crowded places, washing hands properly and avoiding contact with sick people, according to Mendez.
“We spend 90% of our time indoors, so it is important to take steps to improve indoor air quality.”
5. Adhere to a healthy lifestyle
Getting the optimal amount of rest, drinking plenty of water and eating healthy foods can help make asthma more tolerable, per the AAFA.
6. Maintain contact with an asthma specialist
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“There are treatment options available that can help prevent the risk of an asthma attack, thus making it possible to live with this chronic lung disease,” Mendez said.
“Patients should speak with their health care team to determine what plan is best for them.”
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Spinach (or palak) is probably one of the most widely-consumed leafy vegetables throughout the country. So much so that you will find every region having their unique palak recipe, making for a wholesome main course or traditional snacks. In Punjab it is consumed as palak paneer and saag chicken, whereas, in Bengal, it is famous in form of sabzi (palak shaak torkari); and the list goes on. If you are looking for a unique palak recipe, then you should definitely consider Maharashtra’s Takatla Palak. This dish is quite easy to make at home and is also good for health. Find out more below.
What Is Takatla Palak?
Takatla Palak, also sometimes known as Palakchi Patal Bhaji is a common Maharashtrian preparation of spinach. In this kadhi-like dish, spinach (palak) is cooked with chana dal, peanuts, besan, buttermilk (chaas) and spices. Packed with essential nutrients and irresistible flavours, Takatla palak can be enjoyed in any season. It is best served with bhakri/ rotis or rice. Also Read:How To Make Unique Restaurant-Special Lahsooni Palak Paneer (Recipe Video Inside)
Is Takatla Palak Healthy? Key Benefits To Know:
Spinach is one of the most nutritious veggies you can add to your diet.Photo Credit: iStock
1. Rich in nutrients
Spinach is an amazing source of vitamins, minerals, antioxidants and beneficial plant compounds. Consumption of spinach can help improve bone health, heart health as well as gut health. Takatla palak uses many spices as well as chana dal, chaas, peanuts and besan. These ingredients only further enhance the nutritional value of this dish.
2. Helps with weight loss
This dish has high-fibre ingredients like spinach, chana dal and besan. It also contains no high-fat cream and requires less oil. Thus, Takatla palak may be a great addition to your weight loss diet. It can help keep you full and give you a sustained energy boost. Also Read:This Delicious Spinach Gravy From Kerala Takes Palak To The Next Level
3. May support blood sugar control
High-fibre dishes like this one may also help diabetics. Spinach, chana dal, besan and chaas are all said to be good for managing blood sugar.
How To Make Takatla Palak | Quick And Easy Recipe For Maharashtrian Palak Kadhi
Make a smooth batter with besan, sour (khatta) chaas, jaggery and spices. Cook soaked chana dal and peanuts with spinach, green chillies and water in a pressure cooker. In a kadhai, cook the besan batter and stir to thicken. Later add in the cooked spinach-dal mixture and combine well. Top the dish with a tadka with mustard seeds, cumin seeds and other ingredients.
For the complete recipe for Takatla Palak, click here
The next time you’re cooking spinach, give this recipe a try and let us know how you like it.
About Toshita SahniToshita is fuelled by wordplay, wanderlust, wonderment and Alliteration. When she is not blissfully contemplating her next meal, she enjoys reading novels and roaming around the city.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-22/Israeli-forces-order-closure-of-Al-Jazeera-office-in-West-Bank-1x6HDm83AAg/img/4244293f301c470ab499d008584bc7f8/4244293f301c470ab499d008584bc7f8.jpeg' alt='This image taken from a video provided by Al Jazeera English shows Israeli troops raiding their bureau in Ramallah, West Bank, September 22, 2024. /CFP'
Israeli soldiers stormed the offices of Qatari broadcaster Al Jazeera in the Israeli-occupied West Bank early Sunday, ordering the bureau to shut down, Israel’s Army Radio reported.
“Israeli forces carrying guns have entered Al Jazeera’s offices in Ramallah in the occupied West Bank, ordering staff to vacate and imposing a 45-day closure,” Al Jazeera said in a statement posted on social media X.
Al Jazeera aired footage on its Arabic-language channel showing armed troops, some masked, entering the offices and delivering the decree.
Army Radio quoted anonymous military officials as saying the move was made “in accordance with the guidance of the political echelon and legal advice after it was determined that the channel’s broadcasts harm the security of the State of Israel.”
The Israeli military did not immediately comment on the operation.
In May, Israeli police raided Al Jazeera’s offices in East Jerusalem, confiscating equipment, preventing its broadcasts in Israel and blocking its websites.
Blackstone-backed Nexus Select Trust is in talks to buy Axis Mall in Kolkata, but the transaction could be complicated because the mall is primarily strata-owned, and a portion of the mall acquired by disgraced diamantaire Mehul Choksi has been attached by the enforcement authorities, sources said.
To recover dues from Choksi, who is now a fugitive, State Bank of India and Punjab National Bank are in the process of valuing and selling properties belonging to him, which include a portion of Axis Mall that he owns. Sources said that Nexus Select was looking to buy this space.
Nexus Select declined to comment on the transaction.
Also read: Nexus Select Trust Q1 NOI up 8% YoY, signs term sheets for two acquisitions
The acquisition of the mall would require a different structure to be set in place since it does not have a single owner or promoter. Although the transaction value is still unclear, considering the total area and the presence of good brands occupying spaces, it should be valued at around ₹700 crore, sources said. The area owned by Choksi, spanning 80,000 square feet, is worth around ₹100 crore on its own. In 2011, Choksi’s Gitanjali Group of Companies acquired space in the mall and then leased it to Landmark Group for its Lifestyle and Home Centre brands.
With a built-up area of 5 lakh square feet and spread over three blocks in Kolkata’s upcoming Newtown area, Axis Mall has been in operation for around 15 years now. It was originally developed by the Bengal Peerless Housing Development Company, which then sold spaces in the mall to investors or retailers, who either rented them out or used them for their own retail operations.
Except for the fourth floor, which houses the multiplex Bioscope, Peerless’ role is now confined to managing the facilities, pending the formation of an association or society that will manage the mall.
With a portfolio of 17 malls spread over close to 10 million square feet, Nexus Select is expanding through acquisitions, with its typical playbook of acquiring assets, upgrading them through strategic capex, and then repositioning the assets by premiumising the brand offering.
It has already finalised the acquisition of three malls in Hyderabad owned by L&T, which have a total area of 1 million square feet, and is awaiting regulatory approvals. Another 8 lakh square feet of assets are undergoing due diligence, while it has ongoing discussions about another five retail assets, according to its last investor presentation.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JOŠ jedan trend se vraća na velika vrata. U pitanju su traper kombinezoni, a u jednom je viđena i Hailey Bieber. Ovaj naizgled neugledni komad kombinirala je s jednostavnom bijelom majicom, crnim kaputom, elegantnom torbicom i cipelama te diskretnim nakitom.
Evo gdje kupiti kombinezone od trapera
Ovaj trend je krenuo još prošle jeseni, a vraća se i ove. Ipak je u pitanju komad koji ćete nositi godinama i stilizirati na mnoštvo načina, a traper kombinezoni mogu izgledati sportski, ležerno, pa čak i elegantno kako ga je nosila Hailey.
Brojne trgovine i brendovi već imaju nove komade u svojoj ponudi, a mi smo pogledali ponudu i izdvojili komade koji su nam bili najzanimljiviji.
Ovaj kombinezon iz Zare privukao nam je pozornost zahvaljujući svojim velikim džepovima, a izdvaja se i zahvaljujući podvrnutim rubovima nogavica.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Na tržištu se mogu naći vrlo jednostavni kombinezoni od trapera koje ćete vrlo lako uklopiti u različite stilove.
Kombinezon iz Orsaya izvrstan je ako želite postići vrlo ženstven izgled.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
At midseason in high school football, with some teams having played five of their scheduled 10 regular-season games, the most obvious trend involves linebackers. They form what has become the strongest position group in Southern California football.
It starts with Mater Dei’s duo of Nasir Wyatt (Oregon commit) and Abduall Sanders (Alabama) and continues with teammates Dailon Clanton, a sophomore, and Shaun Scott, a junior. No team in California can come close to what the Monarchs unleash at the linebacker position.
Then there’s Madden Faraimo of JSerra, the most sought-after uncommitted player in the state. There’s many others making offensive linemen look ineffective, from Texas A&M commit Noah Mikhail of Bonita to USC commit Tatai Tagoa’i of San Clemente to UCLA commit Weston Port of San Juan Hills to Nevada commit Jake Silverman (Torrance).
Let’s examine players exceeding expectations:
Cole Cogshell, Muir. The 6-foot-3, 240-pound senior defensive end is committed to Brigham Young and causing havoc. “He could start for a Trinity League team,” St. Francis coach Dean Herrington said. “The guy is a beast.”
Sophomore safety Isala Wiley-Ava of St. John Bosco makes a tackle against Sierra Canyon.
(Craig Weston)
Isala Wily-Ava, St. John Bosco. The Braves lost their star safety, Peyton Woodyard, to Oregon. Enter the 6-2, 195-pound sophomore who keeps making big tackles, big interceptions (five this season) and big plays against top opponents in his first season as a starter.
Dane Weber, Chaparral. When your starting quarterback, Dash Beierly, transfers to Mater Dei, that usually leaves a big hole. But Weber, a sophomore, has stepped forward to help lead the Pumas to a 4-0 record. He has no interceptions in four games and has become a threat to run and pass.
Quarterback Ryan Hopkins of JSerra runs for a touchdown against San Diego Lincoln.
(Craig Weston)
Ryan Hopkins, JSerra. Aided by his work habits while increasing his speed last spring and a summer of track workouts, Hopkins has been presenting big problems playing quarterback for the 5-0 Lions. He has four touchdown runs 20 yards or longer.
AJ McBean, Mira Costa. The sophomore running back is 210 pounds with quickness and has been picking up yards against all opponents for the Mustangs.
Journee Tonga, Leuzinger. The junior running back has helped lead Leuzinger to a 4-0 record with toughness, determination and nearly 900 yards rushing.
William Weisberg, Sherman Oaks Notre Dame. The senior kicker keeps delivering, making 15 of 16 conversion kicks and six of six field-goal attempts, including two field goals in the final seconds that turned defeat into victory.
Tristan Phillips, Ventura. One of the best junior linebackers in the Southland keeps proving it, with 13, 16 and 10 tackles in the last three weeks.
Tomuhini Topui, Mater Dei. At 6-3, 320 pounds, the junior lines up across from the center and you never know what comes next. He has an interception return for a touchdown and a blocked punt returned for a touchdown. He should be wearing No. 99 instead of No. 52, because he has become a defensive star in the Aaron Donald mold.
Oscar Rios, Downey. The Purdue commit has ability to run or pass, and the junior quarterback has Downey at 4-1 and moving on up in quarterback rankings.
Erick Stubbs, Bell. The 220-pound senior has been getting the ball again and again. He had 216 yards rushing against Locke, 197 yards against Eagle Rock, 242 yards against Angelou, 147 yards against Bell Gardens and 280 yards against South East.
Corin Berry, Charter Oak. With 16 touchdown passes and two interceptions in four games, the junior quarterback has served notice he’s got a lot more to offer. Committed to Boston College, he had 21 interceptions in 14 games last season, showing this season he’s making better decisions.
Thompson Foulger, a 5-8, 165-pound junior linebacker, leads Dana Hills in tackles with 62.
(Dana Hills)
Thompson Foulger, Dana Hills. Never doubt the toughness of a surfer dude. Foulger, at 5-8 and 165 pounds, leads 4-0 Dana Hills in tackles with 62 playing linebacker for the first time.
Troy Taulua, Carson. The sophomore safety has two interceptions and 34 tackles in four games.
Robert James, Gardena Serra. The senior defensive lineman recently committed to Fresno State. The way he’s playing could cause other schools to jump into the mix.
Madden Riordan, Sierra Canyon. Much stronger and faster in his junior season, the defensive back has seven interceptions in five games with at least one interception against Trinity League teams St. John Bosco, JSerra and Orange Lutheran.
Quentin Hale, Cathedral. The 6-3 sophomore receiver is headed for big-time status. He has seven touchdown receptions.
As far as teams, surprises include Leuzinger (4-0), Westchester (5-0), JSerra (5-0) and La Cañada (5-0). There’s also signs of a City Section rebirth, with Narbonne knocking off Cathedral and Banning defeating Palos Verdes in rare instances of City teams beating quality Southern Section opponents.
In its bid to become a cashless economy, India has wholeheartedly embraced online payments, primarily facilitated by UPI transactions. For online payments, the availability of the internet is an essential enabler. However, there are times when we face poor internet connections, preventing us from making online transactions.
To address this, the National Payments Corporation of India (NPCI) has introduced a dedicated service that enables UPI transactions without the need for internet connectivity. This service entails using the official USSD code from a smartphone to facilitate transactions seamlessly.
To make UPI transactions without internet, follow these steps:
– Dial *99# on your smartphone from the number registered with your bank account. This will display a menu, which will have several options like- Send Money, Request Money, Check Balance, My Profile, among others.
– If you want to send money, type ‘1’ and tap ‘Send’.
– You will then get to choose the method of transaction, with options like Mobile Number, UPI ID, Saved Beneficiary, and others.
– After choosing the method of transaction, you need to provide receiver’s mobile number linked to his UPI account.
– Enter the amount to be sent and tap on the ‘Send’ option.
– You also get the option of adding a remark for the payment.
– The last step is to enter the UPI pin to complete the transaction
Finally, your transaction will be processed offline, eliminating the need for an active internet service.
Additionally, you can try the UPI Lite to make transactions, which potentially gives a decluttered experience unlike the bank service. But you need the internet to avail of the services of UPI Lite. It is important to add that UPI Lite is the method for making payments of less than Rs 500.
In other developments related to UPI: NPCI has also announced a new payment solution that enables a payer to extend the authorisation to transact from their UPI account to other individuals under certain conditions. Called UPI Circle, the payment solution enables a secondary user to perform transactions from the payer’s account with minimum intervention and with adequate risk mitigations.
Mouni Roy evoked show-stopping energy in Italy with her chic style. On a trip to Italy to attend the Milan Fashion Week, she took out time to soak up Italy’s quaint atmosphere. Exploring the surroundings that are teeming with a soothing, Mediterranean vibe, she relished the Italian delicacies as well. Donning a chic white, polo dress, with a leather jacket atop for an edgy look, she shared her aesthetic pictures on Instagram.
Mouni Roy’s Milan trip is full of pristine aesthetics and joy.(Instagram)
So if you’re planning to visit Italy next, here are some top aesthetic places in Italy you need to visit.
Venice
The floating city is for the romantics. The slow boat rides, also known as ‘Gandola rides’ in the network of canals, with the rows of beautiful houses on either side, create an idyllic, dreamy moment. Venice’s architecture has the quintessential European style. The famed Venetian Gothic architecture has an air of vintage allure.
Positano
Positano, a coastal gem nestled along the Amalfi Coast, is a unique “vertical” town, with colourful buildings cascading down the hillside. This picturesque destination has ethereal cobblestone alleys and narrow roads. The breathtaking views of the turquoise waters from its cliffside almost feel surreal. Positano feels like a page straight out of a coastal fairytale storybook, with its whimsical charm, bright sunshine and vibrant colours.
ALSO READ: Want to be President? This new Washington DC tourist attraction puts you in Biden’s seat
Alberobello
This Italian town is a UNESCO World Heritage site. The houses have a unique style that will leave you stunned. The houses are called Trulli and feature whitewashed walls, with fascinating cone-shaped roofs. All the houses in this town follow this architectural style. The uniformity of the trulli houses throughout Alberobello creates a truly remarkable and visually striking townscape.
ALSO READ: Inspired by Ankita Lokhande’s gorgeous Georgia trip? Check out these top must-visit places
Siena
For rustic, medieval European charm, Siena possesses a grounded grandeur. It’s a culturally rich city with art, museums, and restaurants serving gastronomic delights. Siena is perfect for capturing the old European urban aesthetic. With the rolling hills of Tuscany in the backdrop, the city evokes a certain warmth with the red-brick buildings, stone archways, and narrow winding roads. Siena also has vineyards infusing the urban setting with pastoral tranquillity.
Florence
Also known as ‘The Cradle of Renaissance,’ exploring Florence is a deep dive into the Italian culture. The artistic heritage is evident in its countless sculptures, art museums, and frescoes in every corner of the city. Emanating a timeless grace, Florence evokes a compelling balance in art, culture, and beauty.
ALSO READ: Azerbaijan’s Baku is the dream European destination on a budget, needs no Schengen Visa; flight costs just Rs. 20K
Retro gaming fans may be surprised to hear that the SEGA Dreamcast just celebrated its 25-year anniversary in North America, having made its debut all the way back on September 9, 1999. (The 25-year UK anniversary takes place on October 14.)
Unfortunately, however, while you’d have a tough time finding anybody with a bad word to say about the Dreamcast, the device would prove to be a massive flop, so much so that SEGA would never make another home console again.
Still, despite not sticking around for long, the Dreamcast was blessed with a ton of fantastic games, from SEGA arcade ports and originals, to legendary RPGs and third-party fighting games.
If you’re feeling nostalgic for the Dreamcast and want to relive the glory days of SEGA’s final home console release, then we’ve put together a list of the top 10 DC games below.
Better yet, we’ll even tell you how you can play them on the PS4, PS5, Xbox, PC and Nintendo Switch.
10. Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 2
I was thinking of putting something more uniquely SEGA in the number 10 spot (like Cannon Spike, House of the Dead 2 or Virtua Tennis), but there’s no skating around the fact that Tony Hawk’s 2 is a brilliant game that was beloved by all.
I don’t think there’s too much more to say about Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 2, which tasks players with pulling tricks and racking up the highest score possible in iconic stages and set to a brilliant soundtrack.
Picking up a copy for retro consoles shouldn’t cost you too much as it was hugely popular and available on absolutely everything. If you don’t own a retro console, Tony Hawk’s Pro Skater 1 and 2 is available for PS4, PS5, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, PC and Nintendo Switch.
(Image: ACTIVISION)
9. Resident Evil Code Veronica
While Code Veronica wouldn’t be on everybody’s top 10 list for the SEGA Dreamcast, I absolutely loved it, and still play it regularly to this day (come on Capcom, give us a remake).
It featured some fantastic scares and set pieces, a bizarre plot and a ton of cheesy cutscenes. Visually, it was also a big step up from the PSOne games of the era.
Thanks to an updated version called Resident Evil Code Veronica X, modern gamers can play this on PS4, PS5, Xbox Series X|S and Xbox One.
(Image: CAPCOM)
8. Skies of Arcadia
Skies of Arcadia isn’t just one of the best RPGs on the Dreamcast, it’s one of the greatest role-playing games ever made. It’s crying out for a remake, sequel or even just a basic remaster.
The colourful visuals were great for the time, and the turn-based combat system is solid as a rock, but it’s the characters and exploration that really makes Skies of Arcadia stand out from the pack. The moment you pilot your airship and start exploring those skies, it feels like you’re embarking on an epic adventure.
Unfortunately, Skies of Arcadia isn’t easy to get hold of these days, unless you’re willing to go down the whole emulation route. If you want the original, then the Dreamcast and Gamecube versions tend to cost a lot of money. Alternatively, you can check out fellow Dreamcast RPG Grandia 2, which is available on PS4, PS5, Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, PC and Switch. Grandia 2 is very good, but not quite on the same level as Skies of Arcadia.
(Image: SEGA)
7. Jet Set Radio
A true product of its time, Jet Set Radio is one of the first games I think of when somebody mentions the Dreamcast.
Featuring gorgeous visuals and a banging soundtrack, the game puts players in control of a rollerblading graffiti artist, whose tasked with tagging walls, billboards, vehicles and even rival gang members, all the while performing tricks, grinding rails and avoiding the police.
Jet Set Radio is available on modern Xbox platforms via Backwards Compatibility, but only if you already own a copy – it was delisted from the Xbox Store in 2023. You can also pick up a copy on Steam for just £5.99. If you missed out on the Xbox version or you’re a PlayStation user, then Bomb Rush Cyberfunk is an excellent modern-day alternative.
(Image: SEGA)
6. Crazy Taxi
Much like Jet Set Radio, Crazy Taxi is another one of those games that screams SEGA Dreamcast, despite appearing on other platforms and in the arcades.
Blue sky gaming at its best, Crazy Taxi sees players speed through the streets of a San Francisco-inspired city, picking up customers and dropping them off as quickly as possible in order to make money and extend the timer. It’s so addictive, especially when you master the various speed boosting tricks.
Crazy Taxi is Backwards Compatible on modern Xbox platforms and still available in the Xbox Store, where it costs just £6.75. There’s also a Steam version available for £5.99. Sadly, however, the original licensed music has been replaced with inferior alternatives.
Look out, Toyota. Hyundai is coming for the RAV4 Hybrid, and it’s launched with all guns blazing.
Rather than one expensive variant, hybrid power is available across the 2025 Hyundai Tucson lineup. Pricing starts just over $45,000 before on-road costs for the base hybrid front-wheel drive on test here, but you can spend more than $60,000 if having powered, heated, cooled, and leather everything is a priority.
Although it’s a hybrid SUV that’s roughly the same shape and size as a RAV4, the Tucson isn’t a Korean clone.
Its hybrid system combines a turbocharged petrol engine with an electric motor, and rather than slurring through a CVT it packs a six-speed automatic transmission designed to deliver a more natural, engaging driving experience.
Regardless of whether you opt for a hybrid or not, the new Tucson has been given a significant makeover inside. Gone is the busy, gloss black waterfall between the seats, and in its place is a cleaner setup – above which sits a flash new dual-screen display.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the Tucson Hybrid Premium N Line
In other words? This might be a mid-life facelift, but Hyundai has made significant changes to the Tucson beyond its hybrid powertrain.
How does the Hyundai Tucson compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Hyundai Tucson against similarly sized vehicles.
Hyundai
Tucson
How much does the Hyundai Tucson cost?
Want choice? Hyundai offers plenty in the Tucson range, which starts just below $40,000 before on-road costs and extends beyond $60,000 before on-roads for the first time.
2025 Hyundai Tucson Premium N Line turbocharged 1.6-litre AWD
$57,100 (+$3950)
2025 Hyundai Tucson Premium N Line turbocharged 1.6-litre hybrid AWD
$61,100 (NEW)
To see how the Tucson lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What is the Hyundai Tucson like on the inside?
This is a much better presented space than before. Gone is the gloss black waterfall of fiddly touch buttons, replaced with a clean new dashboard that’s better to look at, and better to use on the move.
The new dual-screen display setup could have been lifted from something German, and even the basic digital dash on this entry model doesn’t cheapen things.
The fundamentals remain excellent, too. The driving position is accomodating for tall drivers, the view over the bonnet is commanding enough to give buyers the SUV feeling they crave. This is quite a big car by mid-sized SUV standards, but solid vision in every direction means it doesn’t necessarily feel it.
Quality is excellent. The flat-bottom steering wheel looks and feels expensive, and all the places you poke, prod, or rest an elbow are soft to the touch. As base models go, this is a pretty damn nice one.
Hyundai has made huge strides forward when it comes to interior technology. The 12.3-inch touchscreen standard here looks expensive, and touches like having the shortcut buttons in the bottom right-hand corner of the screen instead of the top left make life easier in right-hand drive Australia.
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto are rolling out across the Hyundai lineup after years of being excluded from vehicles with factory satellite navigation, finally giving the brand’s hero cars a properly up-to-date feature set.
Connectivity comes courtesy of a pair of USB-C ports and a 12V outlet, housed ahead of an open space at the base of the dashboard.
Storage spaces abound. Along with the cupholders and wireless phone charger near the armrest, there’s a space big enough for a handbag beneath it – just beware, it’s not covered so leaving things there when the vehicle is locked is a risk in some parts of town.
Rear legroom and headroom remain Tucson strong points. The doors are nice and large, and open close to 90 degrees to make loading children into seats easier than it otherwise would be.
Air vents, USB ports, and a fold-down central armrest all feature back there, and there are two ISOFIX and three top tether points for child seats.
Unlike in some rivals, the rear bench doesn’t slide back and forward. But it does fold 60-40, and when folded it creates a flat load space.
There’s also not much need for a sliding bench given how big the boot is to start with.
It’s a long, flat space that’ll easily take a set of golf clubs or a large pram – and one that doesn’t require too much Tetris if you’re to pack in a weekend’s worth of stuff for a family.
Dimensions
Hyundai Tucson Hybrid
Length
4640mm
Width
1865mm
Height
1665mm
Wheelbase
2755mm
Cargo capacity
582 litres (5-seat) 1903 litres (2-seat)
To see how the Tucson lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What’s under the bonnet?
Three powertrains are offered across the Tucson lineup, headlined by the new hybrid you see here.
Specifications
Hyundai Tucson Hybrid
Engine
1.6L 4cyl turbo hybrid
Engine outputs
132kW/264Nm
Electric motor outputs
37.4kW/264Nm
System outputs
172kW/350Nm
Battery
1.49kWh lithium-ion
Transmission
6-speed auto
Driven wheels
FWD
Weight
1745kg (kerb)
Fuel economy (claimed)
5.3L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
6.0L/100km
Fuel tank capacity
52 litres
Fuel requirement
91 RON
CO2 emissions
122g/km (FWD)
Emissions standard
Euro 5
Braked tow capacity
1900kg
To see how the Tucson lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
How does the Hyundai Tucson drive?
Hyundai takes a very different approach to Toyota and Nissan with its hybrids.
Toyota blends electric and petrol power through a CVT for a smooth, slightly slurry experience, while Nissan mostly uses the petrol engine to charge a battery, which in turn powers an electric motor.
In the Tucson, both the petrol and engine operate through a six-speed automatic transmission. On light inputs, the electric motor gradually works through the gears; put your foot down harder and the petrol engine kicks in to help it, revving out towards the redline like a conventional petrol car.
If you enjoy driving, it’s a more natural and enjoyable experience. It also feels very electric.
The Tucson will accelerate to more than 50km/h on battery power if you’re gentle with the accelerator, and the petrol engine often cuts out at an 80km/h cruise. When the engine does fire, it does so smoothly and quietly.
Unlike the Kona Hybrid, which feels a bit underpowered when you really put your foot down, the turbocharged petrol in the Tucson packs plenty of punch. There’s enough grunt to spin the front wheels without too much effort in the wet, which may be enough to nudge buyers into an AWD.
Combined with the quiet, efficient hybrid system, the Tucson’s light steering and comfortable ride make for an excellent commuter.
Despite its size you can confidently slice down tight laneways, and even grandmas will be able to reverse park it with one hand. Hyundai’s cameras aren’t quite GWM Haval levels of clear, but they’re better than the dross on offer in some rivals.
It’s a settled cruiser as well. Ride comfort is excellent in this base model, with its chubby tyres filtering out pimply city streets better than the slim tyres and fancy wheels on the N Line above it in the range, while the lack of any sporting credentials means Hyundai has dialled in a relaxed highway ride.
There’s a hint of floatiness over big highway crests and dips, but for the most part the Tucson just gets on with the job.
I can’t help but wonder if a seventh gear would make it even better, by allowing the car to settle down further on the highway rather than spinning at around 2000rpm when you’re doing the legal limit in Australia.
Road noise is well suppressed, and Hyundai’s adaptive cruise control smartly maintains a gap to the car in front. The lane-keeping assist steps in when required to nudge you back between the white lines.
The active lane centring remains too active for my liking, trying to grab the wheel from your hands rather than working with you.
Hyundai also deserves credit for (almost) fixing its active speed limit warning system. You can now silence the beeps with a long press of the mute button, which is much easier than the previous sequence of steering wheel buttons and touchscreen inputs.
You know what would be even better though? Being able to turn it off permanently.
What do you get?
There are three trim levels in the updated Tucson lineup. On test here is the entry-level Hybrid 2WD.
Hyundai Tucson highlights:
18-inch alloy wheels
Full-size spare wheel (non-hybrid only, hybrids have a space-saver)
Dark chrome front grille
Roof rails
LED headlights
LED daytime running lights
LED side indicators
LED tail lights
Heated and auto-folding side mirrors
Cloth interior upholstery
4.0-inch instrument cluster display
12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system with over-the-air updates
6.6-inch climate control panel
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Digital radio
4 x USB-C outlets
6-speaker sound system
Wireless phone charger
Electronic parking brake
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
Leather-wrapped shifter
Premium cloth dashboard and door centre trim
Black cloth upholstery
Power driver’s seat lumbar
Bluelink connected services
Remote control of climate and vehicle functions
Vehicle settings management
Tucson Hybrid adds:
E-Motion Drive
Smart regeneration braking
Paddle shifters
After-blow system
Is the Hyundai Tucson safe?
The Hyundai Tucson received a five-star ANCAP safety rating in 2021.
Category
Rating
Adult occupant protection
86 per cent
Child occupant protection
87 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
66 per cent
Safety assist
70 per cent
Standard safety features include:
7 airbags
Front, front-side, and curtain airbags plus a front-centre airbag
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Pedestrian detection
Cyclist detection
Junction assist
Adaptive cruise control with stop/go
Blind-spot assist
Rear cross-traffic assist
Intelligent speed limit assist
Lane-keep assist
Lane centring
Reversing camera
Rear parking sensors
Leading vehicle departure alert
Second row pretensioner seat belts
Safe exit warning
Rear occupant alert
Tyre pressure monitoring
Hyundai Bluelink connectivity:
Automatic collision notification
Emergency call (SOS) function
Alert services including geo-fencing, valet, speed and time alerts
The mid-range Elite and Premium variants gain advanced rear occupant alert, a navigation-based Smart Cruise Control, and Highway Driving Assist, the latter of which combines the adaptive cruise control and lane-keeping systems.
Premium grades also get a blind-spot view monitor, rear AEB and a surround-view camera.
How much does the Hyundai Tucson cost to run?
Running costs in the Tucson Hybrid are higher than those of the best-selling Toyota RAV4 Hybrid, and owners who drive long distances should note the 10,000km service intervals.
Running costs
Hyundai Tucson Hybrid
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres (vehicle) 8 years or 160,000km (HV battery)
Roadside assistance
Lifetime (service activated)
Service intervals
12 months or 10,000 kilometres
Capped price servicing
5 years
Total capped price service cost
$2040
CarExpert’s Take on the Hyundai Tucson
This is what we’ve been waiting for from Hyundai.
The Tucson is a bona-fide Toyota RAV4 rival we don’t need to make excuses for. It’s offered in a range of trim levels, offers impressive efficiency, and the price hike from petrol to hybrid isn’t exorbitant.
Although it’s not quite a parsimonious as its main Toyota rival, the Tucson counters with a more enjoyable driving experience. It’s also more modern inside, even in the base trim tested here.
It’s taken its time getting here, but the Tucson Hybrid was worth the wait.
Interested in buying a Hyundai Tucson? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
PropEquity tracks housing supply and absorption data in NCR, Mumbai, Navi Mumbai, Thane, Pune, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Chennai and Kolkata. (Representative image)
NCR is the only region to experience growth in both new property launches and sales during Q3.
New housing launches and sales in the third quarter of Calendar Year 2024 in the top 9 cities showed a decline of 11% and 18% respectively, according to data by real estate data analytics firm PropEquity.
The NSE-listed firm said that new launches in the July-September quarter of CY 2024 fell to 93,693 units from 1,05,655 units in the same period last year while sales fell to 1,04,393 units in Q3 CY2024 from 1,26,848 units in the same period last year.
PropEquity tracks housing supply and absorption data in NCR, Mumbai, Navi Mumbai, Thane, Pune, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Chennai and Kolkata.
According to the data, on YoY basis, only NCR, Mumbai and Thane saw a rise in new supply at 221%, 18% and 11% respectively in this quarter compared to Q3 2023. Hyderabad (54%), Kolkata (48%), Chennai (23%), Bengaluru (19%), Navi Mumbai (19%) and Pune (12%) witnessed a significant drop compared to Q3 2023. However, the drop is not steep when compared to the previous quarter i.e. Q2 2024.
The data further pointed out that, on YoY basis, the total absorption rose only in Delhi NCR (22%) and Navi Mumbai (4%) while falling in other seven cities with Hyderabad recording the highest fall at 42%, followed by Bengaluru (26%), Kolkata (23%), Pune (19%), Chennai (18%), Mumbai (17%) and Thane (10%).
Samir Jasuja, Founder & CEO, PropEquity, said, “The demand for real estate continues to be robust as even in this quarter the absorption/sales is higher than the new launches and such marginal drops in this quarter is a historic trend and not symptomatic of any adverse situation.”
“In Hyderabad and Navi Mumbai, the majority of new real estate launches are in plots rather than apartments, indicating a decline in the supply and absorption of apartments in these cities. It is also important to note that Hyderabad witnessed a historical high of 94,629 units of supply in 2023 therefore reduction in new launches in 2024 is quite logical,” Jasuja added.
Namit Singh Sengar
Namit writes on personal finance, economy and brands. Currently contributing to News18.com as a Senior Sub Editor in the business vertical. Prior to t…Read More
Right now, a major hidden warning signal is showing up on Bitcoin’s chart, signaling potential challenges ahead. According to analyst Josh of Crypto World, despite the price looking strong in the short term, there’s a hidden bearish divergence that could hint at a continuation of the larger bearish trend.
The big flashing signal on the daily Bitcoin chart is a “hidden bearish divergence.” This happens when Bitcoin’s price shows lower highs while the RSI (Relative Strength Index) reflects higher highs. Typically, a bearish divergence is a sign that the market could continue its downward trend. However, in this case, the signal hasn’t been fully confirmed yet. Here’s a detailed breakdown of his analysis:
Key Resistance and Support Levels to Watch
Bitcoin is currently facing resistance at around $64,500. If it breaks this level in the next few days, the short-term bullish trend could continue. However, if the price struggles to push through, we may see a continuation of the bearish trend.
On the downside, support can be found around $63,000 and then further down between $60,200 and $61,200. These are critical levels to watch for any potential breakdown in price.
Another crucial factor affecting Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Solana right now is that they are all showing overbought signals in the short term. When a market is overbought, it means there’s limited room for price growth unless there’s a reset. A short-term pullback or sideways movement could help “reset” the RSI and make room for another upward push.
What’s Next for Bitcoin?
We’re currently in a short-term bullish trend, but that could change quickly. If Bitcoin can break through the $64,500 resistance, it has room to push towards $79k, which is a significant resistance level based on past market action. On the other hand, failure to break resistance could lead to a return of the bearish trend. In the next few days, the key will be watching for confirmation of either a breakout or a continuation of the bearish trend. .
The National Consumer Helpline (NCH) has facilitated a refund of ₹1 crore in enrolment fees to students and aspirants of various competitive exams, including UPSC Civil Services and IIT entrance, the government said on Sunday.
The refunds were processed at a pre-litigation stage following intervention by the Consumer Affairs Ministry after students from across the country raised grievances against coaching centres offering classes for various competitive exams.
Consumer Affairs Secretary Nidhi Khare said, “This action reaffirms our commitment to ensure that coaching institutions adhere to fair practices and honour the rights of consumers.” The NCH initiated a drive to resolve these grievances on a mission-mode after receiving numerous complaints regarding unfair practices by coaching centres, particularly their refusal to refund enrolment fees, an official statement said.
Also read: CCPA releases draft guidelines to prevent misleading ads in coaching sector
NCH received 16,276 grievances from students in 2023-2024, up from 5,351 in 2022-2023 and 4,815 in 2021-2022. In 2024 alone, 6,980 students have approached NCH for speedy redressal of their grievances at a pre-litigation stage.
Complaints included unfulfilled promises, inadequate teaching quality, and abrupt cancellations of courses.
The ministry cited success stories, including a Bengaluru student who received a refund of ₹3.5 lakh and a Gujarat student who was granted a refund of ₹8.36 lakh after NCH intervention.
The Consumer Protection regulator CCPA has taken action against misleading advertisements and unfair trade practices in the coaching sector, including penalising several coaching centres.
The ministry has directed coaching centres to adopt a more student-centric approach and ensure transparency in course offerings and quality standards.
This initiative aligns with NITI Aayog’s recommendations for improving dispute resolution processes and strengthens the pre-litigation platform for prompt grievance redressal across sectors.
Students can register their grievances by calling the toll-free number 1915 or through the portal www.consumerhelpline.gov.in.
Also read: CCPA imposes ₹5 lakh penalty on Shankar IAS Academy for misleading claims in ads
Our team has spent years expertly selecting vitamins by studying the market, reading hundreds of customer reviews and understanding which essential vitamins our bodies need.
Every supplement will have melatonin, but they may also contain ingredients you’d rather avoid.
Always take note of the dosage of melatonin in your supplement — don’t exceed 10 mg.
Some melatonin supplements have serving sizes of two gummies. Others only require one tablet each night.
The most popular forms of melatonin are capsules, tablets, gummies and liquid. Decide which one is best for you.
Extra certifications help you feel confident that the supplement only contains what’s on the ingredient label.
Always consider your medical conditions and current medication when choosing a melatonin supplement. Speak with your doctor.
Sleep is an important piece of your overall health. Having a relaxing bedtime routine including a consistent time you go to bed can help you feel comfortable in your sleep habits. But for many, this isn’t as easy as it sounds. Even with doing all the right things before bed, sometimes you just need more. We found the best melatonin supplements available for those nights you just need an extra push into dreamland.
Sleep is essential if you want to be a functional person. I don’t have a proper sleep schedule at all, and if you’re anything like me, you know how frustrating losing sleep is — especially after trying all the tips and tricks on the internet. If you’re looking to improve sleep quality and you need a little extra help, you’ve got options. There are plenty of natural supplements that can help you chill out and get to sleep faster.
Melatonin, a natural hormone in our brains, can be taken at night to help you sleep. By doing so, your brain will tell your body it’s time to hit the hay. The artificial melatonin in the supplement mimics the natural melatonin production in our brains when it gets dark out. It’s a natural sleep aid, which is ideal if you prefer to stay away from traditional prescription sleep medicine. Melatonin may also help with other issues, including reducing high blood pressure. But how do you choose the best melatonin supplement for you? There are many melatonin supplements on the market, so finding the right one might leave you feeling a little confused. Before you decide, you’ll want to take a look at the melatonin content of the supplement you’re considering.
How much melatonin can adults take?
Typical melatonin doses are between 1 and 5 milligrams, although some products go to as high as 20 mg. Experts at the Cleveland Clinic recommend trying 1 mg of melatonin for a whole week, then upping the dose by 1 mg each following week. Stop once you get to 10 mg (do not exceed 10 mg) or until the time it takes for you to fall asleep has decreased. Talk to your doctor about any dosage concerns.
Here are the best melatonin supplements on the market, chosen by our vitamin experts.
Best melatonin supplements of 2024
Nature Made is one of the best vitamin supplement brands on the market, if not the best. All of its supplements are USP-verified, meaning that the products and facilities have been tested for toxins and contaminants and that the label is correct. Nature Made Melatonin tablets contain 5 mg of melatonin and 80 mg of calcium (as dibasic calcium phosphate), about only 6% of the daily recommended value of calcium. If you already take a multivitamin with calcium, this shouldn’t interfere. In addition, one tablet also contains sodium starch glycolate, magnesium stearate and croscarmellose sodium. Nature Made is free of added colors, preservatives, artificial flavors and gluten.
Take one tablet about an hour before you go to bed. One bottle will last about 90 days.
Nature’s Bounty has over 50 years of experience in the supplements industry. The company is known for being affordable and accessible. The tablets in a bottle of Nature’s Bounty’s Melatonin are double-layered, meaning that the first layer of 2.5 mg of melatonin is fast-acting. The second layer of an added 2.5 mg of melatonin is intended for extended-release. In addition to the melatonin, one tablet contains dicalcium phosphate, vegetable cellulose and less than 2% of silica, triacetin, vegetable juice color, vegetable magnesium stearate and vegetable stearic acid. Nature Bounty’s supplements are non-GMO and contain no artificial flavors, sweeteners, preservatives, sugar, starch, milk, soy, sodium, gluten, wheat, yeast or fish.
Take one tablet at bedtime. One bottle will last for about 60 nights.
Olly consistently produces great-tasting gummy vitamins. If you don’t like swallowing pills with an aftertaste, gummy supplements may be for you. Olly Sleep gummies are unique on this list because they don’t just contain melatonin. Each serving size of two gummies contains 15 calories, 3 grams of carbohydrates, 2 g of added sugar, 1 g of protein, 100 mg of L-Theanine, 3 mg of melatonin, 17 mg of chamomile extract, 17 mg of passionflower extract and 16 mg of lemon balm extract. Other ingredients include glucose syrup, beet sugar, water, gelatin, natural flavors, citric acid, coloring (from blueberry and carrot juices), pectin, vegetable oil and carnauba wax. They’re processed in a facility that makes products that may contain soy, egg, peanuts, tree nuts, milk, fish, shellfish and wheat.
The gummies are blackberry-flavored, gluten-free and contain no artificial flavors. Take two gummies 30 minutes before bed — no water or food required.
Natrol is one of the most popular melatonin brands. One bottle of Natrol contains 100 tablets, enough for 100 nights. The fast-dissolving tablets don’t require any water. One serving contains 10 mg of melatonin and other added ingredients such as dextrose, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose gum, crospovidone, maltodextrin, glyceryl behenate, sucrose esters, gum acacia, beetroot powder, silicon dioxide, sucralose and artificial flavor. The tablets are free of milk, egg, fish, shellfish, tree nuts, peanuts, soy, yeast and preservatives.
This is the exact melatonin supplement that I sometimes use before bed. The only reason why these supplements aren’t the best overall is that they may not be for everyone. The flavor is similar to children’s cherry cough syrup, so I make sure to always brush my teeth after taking one tablet. However, Natrol does offer another citrus flavor.
Thorne is a well-known personalized supplement subscription brand. Thorne is popular with athletes because some of their supplements are NSF-certified for sport. You know what you are putting in your body from looking at the label — no surprises. Thorne Melatonin contains 3 mg of melatonin and other ingredients including microcrystalline cellulose, hypromellose (derived from cellulose) capsule, calcium laurate and silicon dioxide. The capsules are free of artificial flavors, gluten, dairy and soy.
This vegan supplement is to be taken at bedtime. One bottle will last about 60 nights.
Liquid supplements are great for anyone who dislikes swallowing pills or artificial flavors of gummy vitamins. Now Liquid Melatonin comes in a pack of two 2.0 fluid ounce bottles and requires about 20 drops a serving. Each bottle contains about 60 servings. The lower dose of 3 mg may require a second serving before bed. In addition to melatonin, the supplement also contains water, vegetable glycerin, fructose, xylitol (which is very harmful to pets — keep out of reach), organic cane alcohol (6%), natural orange extract (citrus sinensis), natural flavors, potassium sorbate (as preservative), citric acid, malic acid and natural lemon oil. This liquid supplement is free of gluten, soy, milk, egg, fish or shellfish ingredients.
At bedtime, take the drops directly, or you can add them to your favorite beverage. The flavor is citrusy, but reviewers have described the taste as unpleasant. Drinking something afterward is recommended.
Keep these factors in mind when searching for the best melatonin supplements for sleep.
Ingredients
You don’t want anything unnecessary added to your melatonin supplements, such as fillers or extra sugar. Always study the ingredients in any vitamin supplement, and speak with your doctor before starting any supplements.
Dosage
The amount of melatonin in your supplement can have a direct effect on how fast it takes you to fall asleep. 3 mg is the lowest dose of melatonin that will still help you fall asleep. 10 mg is the highest dose, and you shouldn’t go any higher than that.
Serving size
The serving size directly affects how long a bottle of melatonin will last you. Even if you have a product with 50 gummies, if you have to take two gummies at night, this will only last you 25 days.
Form
Melatonin can come in tablet, capsule, gummy or liquid form. You should look for a form that fits your needs. For example, if you don’t want extra sugar in your vitamins, don’t buy gummy vitamins. However, if you don’t like swallowing pills, maybe gummy vitamins are the best option.
Verifications
While dietary supplements aren’t regulated by the FDA, there are a few verifications you can check for that ensure the product you’re buying is safe to use.
All supplements on this list are 100% drug-free. They were chosen by my personal experience of taking melatonin supplements and my expertise in vitamin brands, pricing, ingredients and verification knowledge.
There are some negative potential effects of melatonin to be aware of with these supplements. These include waking up groggy, headaches, dizziness, nausea and drowsiness.
Always speak with your doctor before starting any supplements, such as melatonin. They can help you determine the correct dosage.
Yes, melatonin works by making you sleepy around bedtime. The supplement mimics the naturally occurring hormone in our brains that tells our body it is time to fall asleep. In addition, melatonin can also make you dizzy or drowsy.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Wastewater samples have shown elevated levels of a respiratory virus that has been linked to paralysis in some children, sparking concerns about potentially rising cases in the U.S., according to a report from WastewaterSCAN.
The virus, enterovirus D68, is one of “100 non-polio enteroviruses,” according to Cleveland Clinic’s website.
While the virus itself is common, neurological complications are “relatively rare,” the clinic noted.
LATEST COVID VARIANT, XEC, HAS SPREAD TO HALF OF US STATES, REPORTS SAY
“It circulates in the summer, like all its other enteroviral cousins, but this one causes a specific problem,” Dr. Sharon Nachman, chief of the division of pediatric infectious diseases at Stony Brook Children’s Hospital in New York, told Fox News Digital.
Wastewater samples have shown elevated levels of a respiratory virus that has been linked to paralysis in some children.(iStock)
“It affects the nerves and can cause paralysis across the spinal cord.”
The virus typically has “on and off years,” Nachman said, noting that this looks to be an “on year” based on recent wastewater data.
What to know about wastewater data
WastewaterSCAN, a Stanford University-based nonprofit in partnership with Emory University, monitors nationwide samples of wastewater sewage for infectious diseases to help alert public health officials, according to its website.
The organization also contributes its data to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC)’s National Wastewater Surveillance System (NWSS).
RACCOON ROUNDWORM INFECTIONS REPORTED IN LOS ANGELES COUNTY, HEALTH OFFICIALS WARN
Wastewater samples can point to early warning signs of infectious diseases in a community, even before symptoms are detected, the CDC noted.
“Wastewater is a good surrogate marker for whether a virus is circulating in the environment,” Nachman told Fox News Digital.
WastewaterSCAN, a Stanford University-based nonprofit in partnership with Emory University, monitors nationwide samples of wastewater sewage for infectious diseases to help alert public health officials.(iStock)
“So the take-home message is that this virus is circulating.”
As of Sept. 21, WastewaterSCAN’s data showed that levels of enterovirus D68 in sewage were classified as “moderate,” with 306 out of 400 samples testing positive within the last 10 days.
Symptoms and complications
In most people, the infection causes only mild cold-like symptoms, such as runny or stuffy nose, cough, fever, body aches and sore throat, according to infectious disease experts.
In rare cases, it has been linked to severe respiratory symptoms and a nervous system disorder called acute flaccid myelitis (AFM).
SUPERBUGS DUE TO ANTIBIOTIC RESISTANCE COULD KILL 39 MILLION PEOPLE BY 2050, LARGE STUDY FINDS
AFM can occur when the EV-D68 virus affects the nervous system, causing muscle weakness in the arms and legs, difficulty swallowing, drooping eyelids and even paralysis, according to the CDC.
Dr. Aaron Glatt, chief of infectious diseases at Mount Sinai South Nassau in Oceanside, New York, described AFM as “a rare but potentially very serious illness that can mimic polio and can cripple children.”
“Wastewater is a good surrogate marker for whether a virus is circulating in the environment.”
In most cases, the paralysis is temporary and can be treated with physical therapy to address the weakness.
“There are very few cases of permanent paralysis,” Nachman told Fox News Digital.
Wastewater samples can point to early warning signs of infectious diseases in a community, even before symptoms are detected, the CDC noted.(iStock)
Individuals most at risk for developing symptoms related to EV-D68 include infants, children and teenagers, the CDC noted.
Children with asthma also have a higher risk of severe illness.
In the U.S., EV-D68 tends to peak during the summer and fall months, the CDC noted.
Prevention and treatment
The virus typically spreads from person to person through coughing, sneezing and touching contaminated surfaces, according to experts.
Children should avoid sharing drinks, cups and utensils to help prevent potential spread, Nachman advised.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Other prevention methods include disinfecting commonly touched surfaces, following proper hand-washing hygiene and keeping kids home when they are sick, Cleveland Clinic stated.
If a child complains that they are feeling weakness in their legs or having trouble walking, that could be a warning sign of EV-D68, Nachman said.
Parents should contact a pediatrician if they notice symptoms of the virus in children, experts recommend.(iStock)
Parents should contact a pediatrician if they notice these symptoms.
“Your child’s pediatrician is an expert on your child, and that’s a better choice than just an urgent care walk-in center who doesn’t know them,” Nachman said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Those experiencing severe symptoms, including difficulty breathing, confusion, slurred speech, weakness or paralysis, should seek emergency medical treatment.
A blood test, lumbar puncture (spinal tap) or MRI may be required to confirm the diagnosis after ruling out the flu and COVID, per Cleveland Clinic.
Treatment typically includes supportive care for symptoms and physical therapy if weakness occurs, according to experts.(iStock)
No vaccine is currently available for enterovirus D68, and there is no specific antiviral medication to treat it.
Treatment typically includes supportive care for symptoms and physical therapy if weakness occurs, according to Nachman.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
When contacted by Fox News Digital, a CDC representative said the agency has not yet issued a statement or HAN (health alert network) regarding EV-D68.
Fox News Digital also reached out WastewaterSCAN requesting comment.
Thanks to Sabrina Carpenter’s peppy song Espresso, espresso martinis are back in fashion. And if you’re a social media fanatic, you know how everyone – from Priyanka Chopra to Emma Watson – is joining the bandwagon of drinking and making this coffee-based cocktail. This drink has taken over our Instagram feeds for a good reason: it’s the ultimate blend of coffee and vodka with a dash of sweetness. Plus, it’s perfect for a night with friends or as your weekend indulgence. And since it’s finally the weekend, why not whip up this classy drink at home? But to ace it, you need to be mindful of certain aspects of the drink. And we’ve come to your rescue! Read on to learn the 5 things you should keep in mind while making an espresso martini at home.
Also Read:Beyond Cosmopolitan: 5 Unique Vodka-Based Cocktails You’ve Got To Try
Here Are 5 Tips To Make The Perfect Espresso Martini At Home
1. Brew A Fresh Batch Of Espresso
The star ingredient of your espresso martini is none other than espresso. So, for a flavorful espresso martini, you need the freshest espresso shot possible. Brew a fresh shot either in your espresso machine or a stovetop moka pot. If you don’t have an espresso maker, instant coffee can work too, but make sure it’s strong to compensate for the espresso’s taste. To get the best flavours, let the coffee cool a bit before mixing it with other ingredients. This will prevent your drink from getting diluted with too much ice.
2. Don’t Overdo Vodka
Vodka is the backbone of your espresso martini. For the perfect balance of flavours, measure out 45 ml of good-quality vodka, meaning it should be smooth and crisp in taste. If the vodka is too overpowering, it can lessen the coffee flavour. And come on, you wouldn’t want an espresso martini with just the colour and no coffee flavour, right? So, stick to the recommended amount of vodka for a perfect balance of flavours.
3. Add Kahlua For Sweetness
Kahlua or any coffee liqueur adds a dash of sweetness to your martini, so make sure not to skip it. Use just the right amount of Kahlua to balance the bitterness of the espresso and make the drink smooth. Plus, coffee liqueur won’t just add flavour but also an overall richness to the drink. If you don’t have Kahlua, don’t worry. You can try any other coffee-based liqueur you find on the market. P.S. Look for chocolate liqueur for a delightful twist.
Photo Credit: iStock
4. Don’t Forget Hazelnut
Espresso martinis are like blank canvases, so you can add several flavours to make them more delicious. For a fun and nutty twist, add a dash of hazelnut syrup to your cocktail. This adds a delicious layer of flavour that pairs beautifully with coffee and vodka. Trust us when we say your martini will taste a bit like Nutella in a glass. So, what’s not to love!? If you don’t have hazelnut syrup, you can try other flavours like vanilla essence or caramel syrup for an equally tasty version of the espresso martini.
5. Shake It Up
Don’t you love the frothy top on an espresso martini? Well, so do we! Fill your cocktail shaker with ice, pour in your espresso, vodka, coffee liqueur, and hazelnut syrup, and shake it as your life depends on it. Shake the drink vigorously for about 20-30 seconds so that your drink forms that signature foam. The more you shake, the better your drink’s froth will turn out. Strain into a martini glass. For a bar-like appearance, dust some espresso or coffee powder over it. You can also add a few coffee beans for decoration and serve!
Also Read:5 Last-Minute Cocktail Recipes When There Is No Time To Run To Market
Lebanon’s Hezbollah said it fired rockets at two military positions in northern Israel on Saturday, as the Israeli military said it was carrying out new strikes against Hezbollah targets.
In separate statements, the Iran-backed group said it fired “a salvo of Katyusha rockets” each at two Israeli barracks “in response” to Israeli attacks “on steadfast southern villages and civilian houses.”
AFP correspondents reported heavy Israeli strikes in several areas of south Lebanon.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
TEMPERATURE su se spustile, a sutra, 23. rujna, službeno počinje jesen. U ovom razdoblju mnogi zamjenjuju ljetnu garderobu prijelaznom, idealnom za jesen. Isprva, dok su temperature još nešto više, slojevito odijevanje postaje uobičajeno, pa se u modne kombinacije dodaju veste i laganije jakne ili baloneri, koji se lako skidaju ako tijekom dana temperature porastu.
Svake godine jesensku sezonu obilježe određeni modni komadi koji se ističu. Ove sezone u jesenskoj garderobi dominiraju čizme, od motorističkih do onih preko koljena, vrlo je popularan kravlji uzorak na odjeći, a kad je riječ o jaknama, iznimno je popularna smeđa jakna od brušene kože.
Njezinu dominaciju u jesenskoj garderobi među prvima je uspješno predvidjela Bella Hadid, koja je upravo u takvom komadu pozirala na svom Instagramu prilikom predstavljanja novih parfema svoje linije Orobella. Od tada je ova jakna osvojila društvene mreže i ulice diljem svijeta.
Prada pokrenula trend
Prema Vogueu, upravo je jakna ovakvog stila “it” komad jesen/zime 2024. Navode da je Prada bila među prvim brendovima koji su pokrenuli oživljavanje jakni od brušene kože sa svojom revijom za jesen/zimu 2023., gdje su predimenzionirane jakne od brušene kože pružale zemljani kontrast uštirkanim, bijelim mini i midi suknjama.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ta kolekcija pokrenula je niz interpretacija, a danas su jakne od brušene kože prisutne posvuda, u raznim stilovima.
Jakna od brušene kože savršen je komad za prijelazno razdoblje. Lako se kombinira s ljetnom haljinom, a jednako dobro funkcionira kao gornji sloj koji nadopunjuje zimske komade poput pulovera i traperica ili midi suknje i košulje. I ono najbolje – s vremenom, jakna od brušene kože postaje sve bolja.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
The scary part about Rylee Blade shattering the meet record in the girls’ sweepstakes race at the Woodbridge Cross Country Classic on Saturday night is she believes she can run even faster.
The Corona Santiago senior covered the three-mile course at Great Park in Irvine in 15 minutes and 20.3 seconds, breaking the previous record by a mind-boggling 12.2 seconds in a race that featured seven runners post sub-15:50 times and 53 girls finishing under 17 minutes.
“I wanted to see how I felt after the first two miles,” Blade said. “I felt I had a bit more in me. There are a lot of races left but I’m happy where I’m at.”
Oaks Christian teammates Christian Yoder (front) and Cooper McNee were first and second in the varsity rated race at the Woodbridge Cross Country Classic on Saturday.
(Steve Galluzzo / For The Times)
Blade not only won the individual title but helped the Sharks take third in the team standings with 215 points, behind only Lewisville (Texas) Flower Mound (157) and Ventura (193).
“What motivated me most was running for my teammates,” Blade said. “I wanted to make them proud.”
She did that, but she also left her fellow competitors in awe.
Chiara Dailey of La Jolla was second in 15:28.2 and Provo (Utah) Timpview’s Lily Adler was third in 15:28.9. In the girls’ varsity rated race, Erika Kirk of Vista Murrieta won in 16:33.0 and Gweneth Williams of El Toro was second in 16:35.1. El Toro (90 points) won the team title.
Placing fifth in her season debut was Ventura senior Sadie Engelhardt, who took first at Woodbridge as a sophomore in 15:42.6 (then the fastest high school three-mile time in the U.S.) and was third last fall in 15:37.4.
Herriman (Utah) won the boys’ sweepstakes race for the third consecutive year with 79 points, 150 better than runner-up Southlake (Texas) Carroll. Mira Costa was the top California team with a score of 413.
In an all-out sprint to the finish, Owen Powell of Mercer Island (Wash.) edged Josiah Tostenson of Central Point (Ore.) Crater by two-tenths of a second to win the individual title in 13:30.3.
Oaks Christian teammates Christian Yoder (14:15.7) and Cooper McNee (14:16.5) were first and second in the boys’ varsity rated division.
Microsoft has officially launched a new Windows app designed for a variety of platforms, including macOS, iOS, iPadOS, Android, and Windows PCs. This innovative application serves as a central hub for streaming Windows from multiple sources, such as Windows 365, Azure Virtual Desktop, and Remote Desktop, effectively unifying the experience for users across different devices, according to The Verge.
After nearly a year of testing, the new app reportedly includes features such as a customizable home screen, multi-monitor support, and USB redirection, allowing users to connect local devices–like webcams, storage devices, and printers–as if they were directly linked to a cloud PC.
This functionality enhances the versatility of remote work and streamlines the user experience.
However, the app is currently limited to Microsoft work and school accounts, primarily targeting existing users of Remote Desktop clients.
It reportedly aims to facilitate a smoother transition for these users to the new platform.
Microsoft has offered similar remote access applications for years, including the Remote Desktop Connection tool that remains part of Windows 11.
Despite the app’s robust features, there are currently no indications that Microsoft intends to support consumer accounts, as per The Verge.
Last year, the company disclosed its long-term vision of transitioning Windows entirely to a cloud-based model to enhance AI-powered services and allow users greater flexibility in their digital experiences.
The Verge reported that users can download the new Windows app from the Microsoft Store, while macOS, iOS, and iPadOS versions are available via Apple’s App Store.
As per reports from The Verge, the Android version is also entering public preview today, broadening access to a wider range of users.
In 2024, the number of cars in the world has grown to 1.475 billion – that’s one car for every 5.5 humans, or 182 per 1,000 humans. That number might seem innocuously gigantic until you hear of what they do to the planet – a typical passenger vehicle emits about 4.6 metric tons of carbon dioxide per year (Source: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). Multiply that 4.6 metric tons by 1.475 billion cars and the picture turns nightmarish.
Venice, a UNESCO World Heritage Site that draws 20 million tourists a year, is vehicle-free.
What if we had no cars and we could live without traffic snarls and honking horns? That might now seem like an impossible dream but a few cities around the world have chosen to stay car-free every day.
On World Car-free Day, let’s walk around a few car-free cities:
Zermatt (Switzerland): Lying at the foot of Matterhorn, one of the world’s most photographed mountains, Zermatt has been car-free for as long as anyone can remember. For private vehicles, access is allowed until Täsch (5 kms from Zermatt). In Täsch, one changes to the shuttle train and travels to Zermatt (trains run every 20 minutes). You can by get around by foot, by horse-drawn carriage, by eTaxi, by bike or mountain bike or free eBus (2 routes: skibus and Winkelmatten bus).
La Digue Island (Seychelles): La Digue, a tiny dot in the Seychelles archipelago barely 1 hour 45 minutes from the capital Mahé, is an island where nobody is in a hurry. No traffic snarls. No honking horns. Hop on a bike and take a lazy ride around the main road that loops around the island. Stop by at Anse Source d’Argent, renowned as one of the most photographed beaches in the world. Trek to Anse Coco, grab a snorkel or a see-through kayak to check out the fish. And if you want to make some slow-moving friends, stop by to feed the giant tortoises at La Union Estate, try the coconut wine while you are there! Those who prefer not to walk or have limited mobility, a few electric buggies are available as an alternative.
Venice (Italy): Venice’s Centro Storico is often described as the Europe’s largest pedestrian-only urban space. Built on a group of 126 islands, Venice has over 400 staired bridges running over canals to connect each of the districts. A UNESCO World Heritage Site that draws 20 million tourists a year, Venice is vehicle-free. The Venetian once even planned to ban rolling suitcases! That’s how much they dislike wheels of any kind.
Lamu (Kenya): Home to one of the oldest continuously inhabited Swahili towns, Lamu has banned cars. There are donkeys for land transport and dhows to travel throughout the archipelago. Now a UNESCO World Heritage Site, in the 1960s, the hippies tagged Lamu as Africa’s Kathmandu. Built in coral stone and mangrove timber, Lamu’s Old Town is characterised by narrow streets and magnificent stone buildings with impressive curved doors, influenced by unique fusion of Swahili, Arabic, Persian, Indian and European building styles.
Fes el Bali (Morocco): Fes-al-Bali, the larger of the two medinas of Fes, is a nearly intact medieval city. With 13,380 historic buildings, the entire medina was designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1981 and is probably the largest contiguous car-free area in the world. Some streets in Fes are as narrow as 24 inches and very few hit the 16 feet width mark. The streets are generally too narrow to even permit the use of bicycles, although there are a few areas in which bicycles and motor scooters are found.
Ghent (Belgium): The city centre of Ghent, a university town famous for its medieval architecture and a row of guildhalls, has been car-free since 2017. Ghent has a free park-and-ride shuttle. In addition, the regular city bus routes, tram lines and even an electric boat ensure environmentally friendly mobility. Night buses and free transport for children up to the age of 14 make the local public transport even more attractive.
Hydra (Greece): If you plan to head to the mountainous island of Hydra, leave your car – even bicycles – behind. Not only is this island car free, even bicycles are banned. So, how do you about the labyrinth of alleys? Walk, of course. But if you have wobbly knees, hop on the back of the island’s mules. Mules can be tardy but you’ll get used to their lumbering pace. Boats are best for the furthest beaches.
Giethoorn (The Netherlands): Barely 75 miles from Amsterdam, Giethoorn has no cars. Not even tarred roads. The postcard-perfect hamlet known as the Dutch Venice can be navigated by bike, boat, or foot through the footbridges crossing the maze of canals. Story is that the town got its name after its original farmer-settlers discovered a collection of wild-goat horns that they believed died in the Flood of 1170. Geytenhoren (goat horn) became Giethoorn later.
Yelapa (Mexico): Literally, where two rivers meet the sea, Yelapa is nestled in the southernmost cove of the Bay of Banderas, the world’s seventh largest bay. There are no cars in Yelapa, although there is a road which leads to the outskirts of the village. The most widely used method of travel to and from the pueblo is by boat. In the 1960s and 70s, hippies strung hammocks in open-air houses called palapas. “I’d rather have a palapa in Yelapa than a condo in Redondo” is still a common T-shirt slogan.
Good to know: To learn more about car-free movement around the world, visit World Carfree Network the hub of the global car-free movement. Read Carbusters Online, their e-magazine.
The next wave of PS Plus games are about to be revealed by Sony. After an underwhelming selection of PlayStation Plus Extra games for September, subscribers will be hoping the Essentials line-up shifts things up a gear in October. If Sony sticks to the traditional monthly reveal schedule, then the next batch of free PS4 and PS5 games will be unveiled at 4.30pm BST UK time on September 25. However, with rumours that Sony is planning to hold a State of Play presentation on September 24, there’s a good chance the company will announce the new PS Plus Essentials during the online event. If Sony does announce the PS Plus games during the rumoured State of Play, then fans can expect at least one blockbuster release to be included in the line-up.
READ MORE: Top 10 PS5 games ranked – Tetris makes the cut, but GTA misses out
With this in mind, and with Sony typically including at least one horror game during the month of October, I’m predicting The Last of Us 2 will join the Essentials line-up on October 1.
The Last of Us Part 2 also features in the monthly predictions thread over on Reddit, which would certainly make up for some of the lacklustre releases so far this year.
Other games featured in the monthly predictions thread include roguelike action game Hades, not to mention horror game Dark Pictures Anthology: The Devil In Me.
Resident Evil Village also gets a couple of mentions, alongside zombie games Dead Island 2 and Dying Light 2.
Another interesting and rather timely choice is The Texas Chainsaw Massacre, which is a third-person asymmetrical horror game.
Despite the next game in the series launching at the end of October, there are a surprising number of picks for Call of Duty games like Vanguard and Modern Warfare.
While Call of Duty regularly appears on PS Plus, I’d be surprised if we saw an older COD join the service just weeks before the launch of Black Ops 6.
Similar to last month, there are lots of picks for action role-playing game Atomic Heart.
The game left Xbox Game Pass at the end of August, which has led to speculation that it will join PlayStation Plus at some point in the near future.
Other games featured in the predictions list include Sonic Frontiers, although with Sonic x Shadow Generations about to launch, I think this falls into the same category as Call of Duty.
The usual suspects of Viewfinder, WWE 2K24, Forspoken, and Suicide Squad also make the list, with one user suggesting that the latter is a “slam dunk” to join PS Plus.
It would certainly help publisher Warner Bros. drum up some interest in the game, which has so far been a massive flop.
Daily Express will keep this article updated with any leaks and updates, as well as the official line-up when it’s announced next week.
The first-ever Ferrari SUV is hot property in Australia.
At launch, the Prancing Horse stopped taking orders as wait times ballooned out beyond 18 months around the world, while dealers in Australia told CarExpert the wait on an “expression of interest” – which doesn’t guarantee a build slot – was two years.
Ferrari Australasia president Jan Hendrik Voss told CarExpert “if people are interested in ordering a Purosangue, they should definitely approach their dealerships”.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
“We are always somewhat short on supply, and it’s also our mantra – one less car than the market demands – but never say never.
“It’s a great car, and depending on how the production cycle unfolds there might be an opportunity along the line to become an owner.”
As is true for “almost every Ferrari that you order right now”, wait times for buyers with a build slot sit at around 18 months.
Ferrari confirmed at launch the Purosangue has capped production of around 3000 units per year, but the car isn’t limited to long-time Ferrari customers like some of its rarer models.
Power in the first-ever Ferrari SUV comes from a naturally aspirated 6.5-litre V12 engine making 533kW and 716Nm. Redline is 8250rpm, unheard of in a modern SUV.
Pricing kicks off at $728,000 before on-road costs, although once customised it’s unlikely to leave any change from a cool $1 million.
Investors will keep a track on global trends and trading activity of foreign investors with no major domestic trigger in sight this week, analysts said and added that markets may face volatility amid the monthly derivatives expiry.
Stock markets had a record-breaking rally last week, largely driven by the US Federal Reserve’s rate cut.
Historically, rate cuts in the US have had a positive impact on emerging markets, with India being a favoured bet among global investors, Santosh Meena, Head of Research, Swastika Investmart Ltd, said.
The highlight of the week was the aggressive buying by Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs), who poured in over Rs 14,000 crore on Friday alone, he added.
“There are no major triggers expected this week, but upcoming macroeconomic data from the US will be crucial to monitor. FII flows will remain a key factor for the Indian equity market, alongside domestic institutional inflows, which will also play an important role.
“While markets currently seem unfazed by geopolitical risks, these factors could pose a significant threat to the ongoing bullish momentum. As we approach the September F&O expiry, heightened volatility is likely,” Meena said.
The 30-share BSE Sensex jumped 1,359.51 points or 1.63 per cent to settle at an all-time high of 84,544.31 on Friday. During the day, it soared 1,509.66 points or 1.81 per cent to hit the momentous intra-day peak of 84,694.46.
The NSE Nifty surged 375.15 points or 1.48 per cent to close at a record 25,790.95 level. During the day, the gauge zoomed 433.45 points or 1.70 per cent to reach an all-time intra-day peak of 25,849.25.
Last week, the BSE benchmark jumped 1,653.37 points or 1.99 per cent and Nifty surged 434.45 points or 1.71 per cent.
Siddhartha Khemka, Head – Research, Wealth Management, Motilal Oswal Financial Services Ltd, said, “Markets are gradually climbing up and we expect this positive momentum to continue this week backed by strong FII inflow, healthy domestic macros, and receding concern about the US economy slowing down.”
Movement of rupee against the US dollar and global oil benchmark Brent crude will also influence trading in the markets.
“Although the major event of the Fed’s rate cut is behind us, attention will remain on the US markets for further direction. Additionally, trends in foreign fund flows and crude oil price movements will be critical factors for investors to monitor, as they may impact market direction in the coming weeks,” Ajit Mishra – SVP, Research, Religare Broking Ltd, said.
Mcap of 6 of Top-10 Most Valued Firms Jumps Rs 1.97 Lakh Cr
The combined market valuation of 6 of the top 10 most valued firms jumped Rs 1,97,734.77 crore last week, with ICICI Bank and HDFC Bank emerging as the biggest winners, in-line with optimistic trends in equities.
The valuation of ICICI Bank surged Rs 63,359.79 crore to Rs 9,44,226.88 crore, the most among the top-10 firms.
HDFC Bank added Rs 58,569.52 crore taking its market valuation to Rs 13,28,605.29 crore.
The market capitalisation (mcap) of Reliance Industries climbed Rs 19,384.07 crore to Rs 20,11,544.68 crore.
Hindustan Unilever’s valuation gained Rs 10,725.88 crore to Rs 7,00,084.21 crore and that of ITC went up by Rs 1,375.6 crore to Rs 6,43,907.42 crore.
However, the mcap of Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) slumped Rs 85,730.59 crore to Rs 15,50,459.04 crore.
The valuation of Infosys tumbled Rs 15,861.16 crore to Rs 7,91,438.39 crore.
The mcap of Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) tanked Rs 14,832.12 crore to Rs 6,39,172.64 crore and that of State Bank of India declined by Rs 7,719.79 crore to Rs 6,97,815.41 crore.
The crypto community remains on the edge as the appeal deadline for Ripple vs SEC gets closer. The SEC has remained silent on its intentions for an appeal, leaving XRP below last year’s high.
Lawyers Mixed Opinions Over SEC Appeal
The Pro-crypto lawyer Fred Rispoli recently increased his odds to 60:40 in favor of the SEC filing an appeal. He said Elon Musk has missed an opportunity to poke the SEC in the eye. Musk should enable payments on X, allowing every crypto such as XRP that the SEC has failed to label a security in the court.
With the October 7 appeal deadline looming, investors may consider the SEC’s silence regarding an appeal as XRP positive. However, there is a chance that the SEC could file an appeal at the last minute.
Former SEC lawyers Marc Fagel and James Farrell appeared most confident about an appeal by the U.S. SEC. They claim that anything less than an appeal will be bad for the government agency. The agency still has two weeks to file the appeal.
Uncertainty Hovers Around XRP
However, pro-crypto lawyer Jeremy Hogan shared his views on the possibility of an SEC appeal, stating, “Most likely the SEC just hasn’t decided whether it will appeal yet. Why? Filing a Notice of Appeal takes only 15 minutes (you file the Notice and then have 70 days to file the actual brief). If the decision to appeal was already made, there’s no reason to delay filing the Notice – especially when you think it’s bad case authority out there.”
Ripple CEO Brad Garlinghouse and CLO Stuart Alderoty have denied any intention to appeal in Ripple vs SEC lawsuit. The company has also obtained a stay order from the court, holding the $125 million in penalty payment to the agency until appeal.
The contrasting views about an SEC appeal add to the market uncertainty, casting an effect on the XRP’s price action.
XRP Price Stays Put
Price trends linger on whether the SEC appeals rulings from the Ripple case. If the SEC appeals, XRP may fall below $0.40. Conversely, if the SEC does not file an appeal, XRP could approach $1.00, mirroring the market’s response to the Programmatic Sales ruling.
XRP price jumped 4% in the past 24 hours, currently trading at $0.60. However, the trading volume has decreased by 25% in the last 24 hours, indicating low interest among traders.
Cambridge University Press & Assessment (CUPA), a part of the University of Cambridge, has equipped lakhs of learners in Tamil Nadu with essential English skills as part of the State government’s Naan Mudhalvan project that enhances employability and skills among youth.
In the first year, it certified 3,50,000 learners; this year, it has reached 2,50,000 students across more than 1,500 government institutes, said Peter Phillips, Chief Executive at CUPA. “We are equipping learners with essential English skills that meet the demands of the modern job market,” he told businessline.
The focus is to enhance their listening, speaking, reading, and writing skills, which are crucial for effective communication in any profession, he said.
“The Naan Mudhalvan project serves as a vital context for our collaboration, as it aims to create a skilled workforce capable of meeting the challenges of a rapidly growing economy,” he said.
Phillips said Tamil Nadu is also the only state where CUPA offers Tamil as a language option. Students with Cambridge Class X Tamil qualification are exempt from the government’s Tamil exam as it is recognised by the State. The Tamil Nadu State government recognises the Cambridge curriculum as a well-established and high-quality programme of study, he said.
Trained 10,000 teachers
Cambridge has trained 10,000 teachers selected through TNSDC. These educators undergo a thorough training, assessment and certification process, ensuring they are well-equipped to deliver high-quality instruction and mentorship. “By empowering teachers, we create a ripple effect that enhances the learning experience for students,” he said.
As part of the programme, students also undergo a learning assessment, mandatory in their first year, receiving certifications that carry academic credits from universities, including institutions like Anna University, he said.
Tamil Nadu is the only State where Cambridge International Education has a presence across districts.
Also read: Employment growth rate rose to 6% in FY24: RBI KLEMS data
Cambridge Climate Quest
Phillips said one of the major initiatives taken up in India was the Cambridge Climate Quest, a collaborative initiative by Cambridge University Press & Assessment and Cambridge Zero. This is designed to foster climate awareness, literacy, and action among young learners. Inspired by the National Curriculum Framework for School Education, the programme integrates climate education across learning domains.
The programme aims to empower students to combat the climate change issue by focusing on building a strong foundation in climate science and developing localised solutions. The course empowers students in Grades 8–12 to build a strong foundation in climate science, he said.
On India as a market, Phillips said it is among the top five in the list, along with the US, China, the UK and Spain. Of CUPA’s revenue of £1 billion, nearly 10 per cent is contributed by India. “We expect this to grow significantly in the next few years,” he said, without giving any numbers.
With over 750 schools nationwide and a growing presence in major cities such as Mumbai, Bengaluru, Chennai, Hyderabad, and Pune, Cambridge plays a pivotal role in building a quality international education ecosystem. Cambridge has 260 schools in South India, including 100 in Tamil Nadu, he said.
The rice cookers I tested fell into three loose categories: small, affordable devices, midrange multicookers and specialized, high-end rice cookers.
Each mini rice cooker I tested, including the Imusa 3-cup, the Dash mini 2-cup rice cooker, and the Black & Decker 3-cup rice cooker offered decent, small servings of white rice, although the Dash took a painfully long 35 minutes just to cook just 1 cup of white. All of them struggled with brown rice and mixed rice.
The slightly larger 6-cup Oster (our budget pick) and the Zojirushi rice makers performed nearly identically, making perfect pots of white rice in 19 and 20 minutes respectively and very good brown rice — albeit perhaps just slightly underdone — in a lightning-fast 22 minutes. I would gleefully recommend either one as a solid space-saving rice cooker option. While the Zojirushi does seem slightly more solidly built, it’s more than double the price of the Oster, which gives the Oster our final nod.
The simpler Oster and Zojirushi rice makers performed nearly identically in our testing.
David Watsky/CNET
The $50 8-cup Hamilton Beach rice cooker (Currently Out of Stock) seems like a good deal for the size, but its rice was inconsistent, with severely undercooked, dry rice sections. Zojirushi’s 3-cup option also disappointed with rice that was too wet and slightly broken down, losing the distinction of well-cooked white rice.
Cuisinart’s 4-cup and Black and Decker’s 7-cup rice cookers were some of our least favorites because they were both so messy. Cuisinart’s boiled each time I used this conventional rice cooker and Black and Decker’s larger model leaked onto the counter, necessitating significant cleanup.
When it came to the midrange multicookers, I found the cooking time to be slow and the results were consistently a little off. An 8-cup Aroma rice cooker and food steamer, Instant Pot’s Zest cooker and a 5-cup Panasonic got us excited with the various functions available on their interfaces, but all three produced overcooked, slightly mushy rice, possibly due to the slow cooking. I also tested Cusinart’s larger Rice Plus Multi-Cooker and while it can hold a lot of rice and produced decent batches of white and brown, cooking rice took longer than any other machine to do so at well over an hour and a half for brown rice.
If you find yourself cooking loads of different types of grains, one of these may be a viable option since they have so many niche settings. For rice, there are better options available. You might also find you get more value with a true multicooker that includes a pressure cooker function. I’d direct you to CNET’s list of best Instant Pots for 2024 for a bit more on that.
Somehow I didn’t blow a fuse.
David Watsky/CNET
Finally, the higher-end, specialized rice cookers from Tiger and Zojirushi were both impressive, as noted above. It’s clear these devices are carefully calibrated; Zojirushi even offers a little bit of personalization as to how you want your white rice cooked, which is ideal if you’ve got folks with different rice texture preferences living under the same roof.
The Tiger is less than half the price of its counterpart and cooked rice extremely well; faster than any others. It may not have all the bells and whistles of the Zojirushi, which nabs our top pick for custom rice, but it’s our top overall choice for 2024.
The latest strain of the COVID-19 virus, XEC, is circulating across the country.
The new variant has been reported in at least 25 U.S. states, according to data from the Global Influenza Surveillance and Response System (GISRS), as WebMD reported.
Some of the states with the highest cases — 10 or more each — include California, New Jersey and Virginia, the data showed.
‘VACCINE FATIGUE’ BLAMED AS ROUGHLY HALF OF PEOPLE IN US WILL SKIP COVID AND FLU SHOTS THIS YEAR
As of Friday, the variant is not yet being tracked by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) or the World Health Organization (WHO).
XEC represents a shuffling of two descendants of last year’s JN.1 strain, according to an infectious diseases expert.(iStock)
KP.3.1.1 is still considered the “predominant variant” of the virus, according to the CDC’s website.
Jake Glanville, PhD, an infectious diseases expert and CEO of Centivax in San Francisco, California, told Fox News Digital that XEC represents a shuffling of two descendants of last year’s JN.1 strain.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Coronaviruses are mutating continuously, so when new strains become dominant, it tends to be because that strain has an infection or transmission advantage over all the other circulating mutant strains out there,” he told Fox News Digital during an on-camera interview.
XEC is an example of such a new, mutated strain, the doctor confirmed.
Last month, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved updated COVID-19 vaccines from Moderna and Pfizer for the 2024-2025 season.(Reuters/Dado Ruvic/Illustration/File Photo)
“So far, it doesn’t appear to have any distinct symptoms or mode of infection,” Glanville said.
“It might be a little more infectious than some other strains, which is why it’s becoming dominant, but there’s no unique cause for concern for the public.”
The current vaccines are based on the KP.2 strain, which itself is also a descendant of JN.1 and a reasonable match for XEC, Glanville noted.
COVID PANDEMIC RESTRICTIONS HAD ‘ALARMING’ IMPACT ON TEENAGERS’ BRAINS, NEW STUDY FINDS
“As XEC doesn’t appear to have any unusual infection symptoms, and is pretty similar to the vaccine strains chosen by the FDA this year, XEC is not a unique concern at this time,” the expert said.
“It’s something that vaccine developers monitor to try to understand at what point they need to make a new vaccine, because eventually XEC or some other strain will mutate enough to escape the current vaccine designs.”
“Vaccine makers monitor these strains, because eventually XEC or some other strain will mutate enough to escape the current vaccine designs,” an infectious diseases expert said.(iStock)
It’s always possible that a new variant will evolve into mutations that cause new types of symptoms, Glanville said, but noted that isn’t currently happening with XEC.
“This looks like the coronavirus that we’re used to,” the doctor said.
COVID VACCINE DISTRUST GROWING AMONG AMERICANS, SURVEY FINDS: ‘SHOULD BE A PERSONAL CHOICE’
Dr. Marc Siegel, senior medical analyst for Fox News and clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center, agreed that the current 2024-2025 vaccines should cover the emerging XEC subvariant.
“Common symptoms include sore throat, congestion, cough, fatigue, nausea and loss of taste,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Eventually, XEC or some other strain will mutate enough to escape the current vaccine designs.”
Siegel recommends the updated vaccine for the elderly, people who are immunocompromised, those with chronic illness, and young children who did not get previous COVID vaccines.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Last month, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved updated COVID-19 vaccines from Moderna and Pfizer for the 2024-2025 season.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
The updated mRNA vaccines, Comirnaty and Spikevax, were fully approved for people 12 years and older, while the Moderna COVID-19 vaccine and Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 vaccine were granted emergency authorization for children 6 months through 11 years of age, according to the FDA announcement.
Fox News Digital reached out to the CDC for comment.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Do you start your day with a hot cup of tea paired with biscuits? It’s time to stop this ritual. The biscuit-tea combo is a common early morning or evening treat for many people but it might be more harmful than you think. According to dietitian Manpreet Kalra, the combination of biscuits and tea can disrupt your hormones and lead to various health issues. In an Instagram post, she shared the reasons why and also revealed healthier alternatives that suit you best according to your specific condition.
Also Read: 3 Foods You Must Avoid Consuming With Tea – Nutritionist Explains
Why Having Tea And Biscuits Is Harmful For Health, As Per The Expert:
The Sugar Trap
Biscuits, especially those packaged ones, are often loaded with refined sugar. Excessive sugar consumption can lead to a spike in blood sugar levels, inflammation, and hormonal imbalance. This can contribute to weight gain, insulin resistance, and other health problems.
The Effects Of Consuming Maida
Maida, a refined flour used in many biscuits, is also a culprit. It can disrupt your gut microbiome, leading to inflammation and hormonal signalling issues. Consuming excessive amounts of maida can contribute to weight gain and digestive problems.
Excessive Palm Oil
Palm oil, a common ingredient in many processed foods, including biscuits, has been linked to various health concerns. It can contribute to lipid profile imbalance, inflammation, and insulin resistance.
Also Read:5 Food Combinations To Avoid To Keep Digestion Issues At Bay
Healthier Alternatives To Tea And Biscuits:
Instead of reaching for a biscuit-tea combo, consider these hormone-balancing teas:
Coriander Seeds Tea: If you have hypothyroidism, coriander seeds tea can help balance your hormones.
Methi Seeds Tea: For those with diabetes, methi seeds tea can help regulate blood sugar levels.
Spearmint Tea: Spearmint tea can be beneficial for women with polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOD).
Fennel and Ajwain Tea: This combination can help alleviate constipation and improve digestion.
Curry Leaves Tea: Curry leaves tea is believed to be beneficial for hair growth and can help prevent hair fall.
By choosing healthier alternatives like the herbal teas mentioned above, you can support your hormonal balance and overall well-being.
About Neha GroverLove for reading roused her writing instincts. Neha is guilty of having a deep-set fixation with anything caffeinated. When she is not pouring out her nest of thoughts onto the screen, you can see her reading while sipping on coffee.
The Palestinian death toll from Israeli attacks on the Gaza Strip since the outbreak of the current round of Israeli-Hamas conflict began on October 7 has risen to 41,391, Gaza-based health authorities said in a statement Saturday. There is growing fear across the Middle East that the conflict could spill over and escalate into a full-scale regional war. Meanwhile, the Israel-Hezbollah conflict escalated this week, also stoking fears of regional war.
This weekly roundup of photographs captures news highlights from the Israel-Palestine conflict and the latest situation from the Israel-Hezbollah conflict.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-21/Pictures-of-the-week-Latest-on-the-Palestine-Israel-conflict-1x4SFoQHXos/img/65b36f1ffe154bf881d344a7fad50e97/65b36f1ffe154bf881d344a7fad50e97.jpeg' alt='Palestinians perform Friday prayers in the unoverthrown part of the Muhammad Nasruddin al-Albani Mosque, which was heavily damaged by Israeli attacks and most of it was destroyed, in Khan Yunis in Gaza Strip, September 20, 2024. /CFP
'<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-21/Pictures-of-the-week-Latest-on-the-Palestine-Israel-conflict-1x4SFoQHXos/img/fb4419bd4a714e3386748080fbf3eed0/fb4419bd4a714e3386748080fbf3eed0.jpeg' alt='Relatives of the Palestinians who died as a result of Israeli attacks mourn as the dead bodies are brought to the Nasser Hospital in Khan Yunis in Gaza Strip, September 21, 2024. /CFP'<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-21/Pictures-of-the-week-Latest-on-the-Palestine-Israel-conflict-1x4SFoQHXos/img/cd20bf9994874e9385c360d51401fca2/cd20bf9994874e9385c360d51401fca2.jpeg' alt='Members of Israel's Druze community attend the funeral of reservist Major Nael Fwarsy, 43, killed a day earlier near the northern border with Lebanon, in the northern village of Maghar, September 20, 2024. /CFP'<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-21/Pictures-of-the-week-Latest-on-the-Palestine-Israel-conflict-1x4SFoQHXos/img/1ac69df0c360453d9451cf5839dba431/1ac69df0c360453d9451cf5839dba431.jpeg' alt='Civil defense workers are seen at the site of the Israeli air raid attack in Beirut's southern suburbs, Lebanon, September 21, 2024. /CFP'<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-21/Pictures-of-the-week-Latest-on-the-Palestine-Israel-conflict-1x4SFoQHXos/img/b0328c15d7d74f2e9a2fe8f8677ffbfb/b0328c15d7d74f2e9a2fe8f8677ffbfb.jpeg' alt='Five trucks carrying medicines and medical supplies sent by the Palestinian Ministry of Health arrive in Gaza City, Gaza, September 20, 2024. /CFP'<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-21/Pictures-of-the-week-Latest-on-the-Palestine-Israel-conflict-1x4SFoQHXos/img/4826063b1e5c4b4b8cf5f79e6078fec2/4826063b1e5c4b4b8cf5f79e6078fec2.jpeg' alt='A view of the destruction after Israeli army's attacks on the Qizan an Najjar region of Khan Younis in Gaza Strip, September 19, 2024. /CFP'<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-21/Pictures-of-the-week-Latest-on-the-Palestine-Israel-conflict-1x4SFoQHXos/img/a8fe4a902dfb44dc9a57c5ccc5eecdb9/a8fe4a902dfb44dc9a57c5ccc5eecdb9.jpeg' alt='Palestinians, including children, living in the al-Mawasi area wait with empty pots to receive food distributed by charitable organizations as they are unable to obtain many vital needs, including basic food supplies, in Khan Yunis, Gaza Strip, September 18, 2024. /CFP'<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-21/Pictures-of-the-week-Latest-on-the-Palestine-Israel-conflict-1x4SFoQHXos/img/013e232541c54cac8d550ba96afe1748/013e232541c54cac8d550ba96afe1748.jpeg' alt='Relatives of the Palestinians who died as a result of Israeli attack on a house belonging to the Al Tartory family in Nuseirat Refugee Camp mourn as the dead bodies brought to the al-Awda Hospital for burial in Jabalia, Gaza, September 17, 2024. /CFP'<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-21/Pictures-of-the-week-Latest-on-the-Palestine-Israel-conflict-1x4SFoQHXos/img/b5fb99c3eb4b417ebe1a826eeba185e3/b5fb99c3eb4b417ebe1a826eeba185e3.jpeg' alt='Civil defense teams try to extinguish the fire that broke out after Israeli attacks on a residential building in Nuseirat Refugee Camp in Gaza City, Gaza, September 16, 2024. /CFP'
IPO-bound OYO has agreed to acquire G6 Hospitality, economy lodging franchisor and parent company of the Motel 6 and Studio 6 brands, from Blackstone Real Estate for $525 million, in an all-cash transaction.
The company has steadily expanded its footprint in the US since its launch in the region in 2019 and currently operates over 320 hotels across 35 States. In 2023, OYO added nearly 100 hotels to its US portfolio and aims to add 250 hotels in 2024.
Motel 6’s franchise network produces gross room revenues of $1.7 billion, which generates a strong fee base and cash flow for G6.
“This acquisition is a significant milestone for a start-up company like us to strengthen our international presence. Motel 6’s strong brand recognition, financial profile and network in the US, combined with OYO’s entrepreneurial spirit will be instrumental in charting a sustainable path forward for the company which will continue to operate as a separate entity,” said Gautam Swaroop, CEO, OYO International.
Under its ownership, Blackstone invested significant capital to create value and enhance the Motel 6 brand, including executing a strategy to transform the business into a leading asset-light lodging company with a franchise network of ~1500 hotels across the US and Canada.
The transaction is expected to close in the fourth quarter of 2024, subject to customary closing conditions.
Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC acted as Blackstone’s lead advisor and Jones Lang LaSalle Securities, LLC and PJT Partners acted as financial advisors. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP served as Blackstone’s legal advisor.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
TUPPERWARE, nekada sinonim za plastične posude i inovacije u kućanstvima diljem svijeta, našao se u ozbiljnim financijskim problemima. Prema Bloombergu, tvrtka je prošlog tjedna zatražila sudsku zaštitu kako bi se privremeno zaštitila od vjerovnika, što je stvorilo neizvjesnost za zaposlenike. Što je dovelo do pada ove nekoć popularne tvrtke među potrošačima?
Tvrtku je 1946. godine osnovao Earl Silas Tupper, američki izumitelj. Prije nego što je postao poznat po Tupperwareu, Tupper je radio razne poslove. U mladosti je bio krajobrazni vrtlar, a kasnije je radio kao inženjer u kemijskoj kompaniji DuPont. Tamo je stekao znanje o plastici, što mu je omogućilo razvoj inovativnih plastičnih proizvoda.
Tupper je eksperimentirao s ranim oblicima plastike, koji su se koristili za proizvodnju različitih predmeta, ali je smatrao da materijal može biti poboljšan. Ubrzo je osnovao vlastitu tvrtku Tupper Plastics, gdje je uspio razviti čistiju i fleksibilniju verziju plastike. To ga je dovelo do stvaranja Tupperware posuda, koje su donijele revoluciju u skladištenje hrane.
Posude su brzo postale hit
Ove posude brzo su postale hit u američkim kućanstvima i šire, a njihov uspjeh dodatno je potaknut Tupperware partyjima, prodajnim okupljanjima koje je osmislila samohrana majka Brownie Wise, ključna osoba u rastu tvrtke.
Ovaj model poslovanja učinio je Tupperware stupom industrije direktne prodaje, gdje su suradnici zarađivali provizije na prodaji te bonuse za dovođenje novih članova. Većina Tupperware prodavača bile su žene, a to je slučaj i danas, piše Financial Times.
S vremenom je broj prodavača počeo opadati, no Tupperware i dalje ima više od 465.000 prodajnih predstavnika diljem svijeta, prema prijavi tvrtke za stečaj ovog tjedna. “Za gotovo pola milijuna ljudi, značajan dio prihoda, a nekima i životna egzistencija, ovisi o ovom poslu”, rekao je Spencer Winters, odvjetnik tvrtke, tijekom prvog ročišta pred sudom za stečaj.
Kombinacija čimbenika dovela je do financijske krize
Kombinacija čimbenika dovela je do pada tvrtke: negativan stav prema plastici, nedosljedna globalna distribucijska mreža i sve veća zastarjelost modela prodaje putem kućnih partyja u eri online kupovine. Konkurenti poput Rubbermaida i jeftini generički proizvodi također su preuzeli dio tržišta.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ipak, Tupperware partyji ostali su ključni za poslovanje. “Predstavnik Tupperwarea obično vodi događaj, prikazuje različite proizvode, demonstrira njihovu upotrebu i daje savjete o čuvanju hrane”, rekla je Jeri Fortune, konzultantica Tupperwarea iz Ohija.
Earl Tupper prodao je svoju tvrtku 1958. godine i povukao se iz poslovnog svijeta. Tupperware je prolazio kroz različite vlasničke strukture, uključujući Dart Industries, koji se spojio s prehrambenom tvrtkom Kraftom, prije nego što je 1996. godine izdvojen kao samostalna kompanija i uvršten na burzu.
Prihodi i neto dobit dosegli su vrhunac 2013., a onda se gotovo prepolovili 2022.
Prihodi i neto dobit dosegli su vrhunac 2013. godine, iznoseći 2.7 milijardi dolara i 270 milijuna dolara, dok je cijena dionice dosegla gotovo 100 dolara.
Početkom 2010-ih godina, poslovanje je cvjetalo za ljude poput Jennifer Suchan s Long Islanda, New York, koja je postala najbolja prodavačica Tupperwarea s godišnjom prodajom od 365.000 dolara, nastupajući kao drag queen. “Bila sam poznata kao kraljica Tupperwarea”, rekla je.
Godine 2015., Suchan je prošla kroz tranziciju iz muškarca u ženu. “Ljudi su smatrali da je zabavnije kada se muškarac oblači kao žena, nego kada transrodna žena prodaje Tupperware, pa je moj posao počeo opadati”, izjavila je Suchan. Unatoč tome, i dalje djelomično prodaje.
Tijekom pandemije, kada su ljudi češće kuhali kod kuće, Tupperware je doživio kratkotrajan rast prodaje, iako su se njihovi partyji morali prebaciti na online platforme. Međutim, do 2022. godine, posljednje pune godine za koju je tvrtka objavila financijske rezultate, prihodi su pali na 1.3 milijarde dolara.
Dugovi od 1.2 milijarde dolara
U prijavi za stečaj, Tupperware je naveo imovinu od 680 milijuna dolara i dugove od 1.2 milijarde dolara. Dionice tvrtke sada se trguju za približno 50 centi.
Potražnja za plastičnim spremnicima nije nestala. U SAD-u su maloprodajne prodaje proizvoda za skladištenje hrane prošle godine dosegnule 1.8 milijardi dolara, što je oko 18% više nego prije pandemije, prema podacima tvrtke Circana.
Međutim, potrošači sada kupuju oko tri četvrtine svojih kućanskih potrepština u trgovinama, dok 20% kupuju online. Brian Fox, glavni direktor za restrukturiranje Tupperwarea, u prijavi za stečaj naveo je da je tvrtka “kasnila s modernizacijom u skladu s potrebama modernih potrošača”.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Neki Tupperware proizvodi sada se prodaju kod velikih maloprodajnih lanaca na američkom tržištu, poput Targeta, Macy’sa i Amazona, kao i u neovisnim trgovinama na drugim tržištima poput primjerice Kine. Većina prodaje Tupperwarea dolazi izvan Sjeverne Amerike.
Širenje prodaje izvan modela direktne prodaje pokazalo se izazovnim. Tupperware je često pretraživan pojam na Amazonu, s približno 500.000 pretraga mjesečno, ali jedan od problema je što pretrage za njegovim imenom često prikazuju rezultate za druge brendove, naveo je Brian Fox, glavni direktor za restrukturiranje.
Regrutiranje novih prodavača i dalje je ključno za širenje Tupperwarea na tržištu. Postojeći prodavači koje je Financial Times kontaktirao su optimistični i smatraju da će kompanija nastaviti poslovati nakon sređivanja dugova kroz stečajni postupak.
Tvrtka već godinama pokušava pronaći kupca
Tvrtka Tupperware već godinama pokušava pronaći kupca i nekoliko puta je primila službene ponude. U srpnju su čak pripremili dokumente za prodaju drugoj tvrtki putem pojednostavljenog stečajnog postupka, no taj dogovor je propao kada su najveći vjerovnici izrazili protivljenje.
U isto vrijeme, veliki dio duga tvrtke promijenio je vlasnike, prelazeći iz skupine banaka u hedge fondove i druge investitore, uključujući Alden Global Capital. Ovi investitori su se protivili prodaji Tupperwarea putem stečajnog postupka drugoj tvrtki te su umjesto toga željeli preuzeti kontrolu nad dijelom imovine tvrtke izvan suda – uključujući brend Tupperware, prema sudskim spisima.
Međutim, upravni odbor je odlučio da je u proces uključen prevelik broj dobavljača, poreznih vlasti i drugih zainteresiranih strana da bi se tako značajan prijenos imovine, osobito one javne tvrtke, mogao dogoditi iza zatvorenih vrata.
“Odbor je zaključio da prijenos tako legendarne imovine mora biti transparentan”, rekao je Winters tijekom ročišta o stečajnom postupku. Sada tvrtka traži prodaju putem natječaja, s rokom od 30 dana.
Kreditori imaju drugačiju ideju. Podnijeli su sudu zahtjev da se blokira korištenje 7.4 milijuna dolara gotovine za pokrivanje troškova, poput plaća zaposlenika tijekom stečaja. Umjesto toga, žele likvidirati tvrtku ili preuzeti kontrolu nad njom.
Neil Saunders, analitičar maloprodaje iz GlobalData, izjavio je da se Tupperware u svojim najboljim godinama isticao po jedinstvenim proizvodima i modelu distribucije koji je bio “vrlo praktičan, zabavan i zanimljiv potrošačima”. “Tada je bio inovativan”, rekao je Saunders. “Problem je što se tržište promijenilo.”
Shohei Ohtani became only the sixth player in baseball history to reach 40 home runs and 40 stolen bases in a single season earlier this summer. Now, Ohtani has created the 50-50 club. One major difference, Ohtani will be the only member ever!
Wayne Muramatsu Cerritos
::
Just when you think you’ve seen it all, Shohei Ohtani surprises all of us! There’s still time left in the season for Ohtani to build on his legendary achievements. His pregame preparation proves achieving goals are not accidental.
Patrick Kelley Los Angeles
::
And I thought all this time that Roy Hobbs was The Natural.
Dave Sanderson La Cañada
::
Shohei Ohtani had the greatest game in my lifetime (6 for 6, three homers, two doubles, two steals and 10 RBIs). Period. Plain and simple. What’s scary is, if he had slid under a tag at third base (and finished the game with the cycle), it would most likely be the greatest game in any sport of all time. With that said, his accomplishments will mean nothing if the Dodgers don’t win the World Series. Since this will be his first MLB postseason, he has a chance to put a candle on a season that will go down as perhaps the greatest of all time.
Geno Apicella Placentia
::
With the Dodgers’ pitching staff seemingly suffering a setback at least once a week, the prospect of Shohei Ohtani pitching in limited fashion in the postseason is now becoming more inviting. Assuming the Dodgers would not pitch Ohtani unless there was medical clearance, Ohtani pitching to Aaron Judge in the World Series could be even more exciting than Bob Welch striking out Reggie Jackson in Game 2 of the 1978 Fall Classic.
Acer Super Series Televisions: Indkal Technologies has begun the sales of its highly anticipated Super Series televisions under the Acer brand. The recently launched Acer Super Series televisions are powered by Google TV based on the latest Android 14 (U). Sales started on Friday, September 20, with availability through Amazon, Flipkart, and various offline channels across the country.
The Acer Super Series stands out as the first in India to incorporate Google TV with Android 14 (U), offering a faster and more powerful operating system compared to existing models, according to the company. This range features Ultra-QLED display enhanced by Dolby Vision and Dolby Atmos technologies.
What makes the Super Series especially appealing for gamers is the inclusion of ALLM (Auto Low Latency Mode) and VRR (Variable Refresh Rate) at 120 Hz, along with HDMI DSC (Display Stream Compression).
Audio quality is another highlight, with 80W PRO-tuned speakers featuring Giga-Bass. The entire lineup promises cinematic entertainment with Dolby Vision’s crisp detail and the multidimensional soundscape of Dolby Atmos, said company.
Anand Dubey, CEO of Indkal Technologies, expressed the company’s commitment to enhancing the television experience for Indian customers. He said,””The launch of Acer Super Series and other models has underlined our commitment to upgrade the Television experience of Indian customers to new heights. By becoming the first company globally to launch both Google 5.0 and the exceptionally fast and AI-enabled Dual-Processor engine with the best-in-class Graphics Processor in a TV, we have showcased Indkal’s unique strength in R&D capabilities and product development in Television technology which has made us one of the leaders in the Indian market within just 3 years of our business.”
The PS5 is reportedly halfway through its lifecycle, which means developers are finally starting to get to grips with the hardware and what exactly it can do.
Things are about to get even better for PlayStation fans, as Sony confirms plans to release the upgraded PS5 Pro in November.
With the release of the PS5 Pro just weeks away, we thought now would be a good time to take a look at some of the best PS5 games you can buy right now, at least according to Metacritic.
Below are the top ten PlayStation 5 games at the time of writing, and due to a lack of official PS5 upgrades, there’s not a Grand Theft Auto or Red Dead Redemption in sight! It’s a far cry from the list of top ten PS4 games, which were dominated by studios such as Rockstar Games and Naughty Dog.
10. Final Fantasy 7 Rebirth
The first of three games on the list that launched in 2024, Final Fantasy 7 Rebirth is a bit of a surprise entry, especially considering it didn’t hit sales targets, and was criticised for having far too much filler.
It probably scored so highly due to the fact that long-time Final Fantasy 7 fans were finally able to explore the wider world outside of Midgar, something that was fantastically brought to life with the power of the PS5.
(Image: square enix)
9. Resident Evil 4 Remake
One of the greatest survival horror games ever made was given a makeover of the highest order when Capcom decided to completely remake Resident Evil 4.
Even though the original game is still beloved to this day, the company went above and beyond for the remake, transforming the visuals, overhauling the somewhat dated controls, and even adding new content.
(Image: CAPCOM)
8. Tetris Effect Connected
You wouldn’t have thought a game about organising blocks into lines could be an emotional experience, but such is the genius of Tetris Effect Connected.
The perfect marriage between visuals, sound and action, Tetris Effect Connected adds new multiplayer options to the already superb single-player experience. It’s also perhaps the best reason to purchase a PSVR 2 headset, although it’s just as effective (if you’ll pardon the pun) without it.
(Image: SONY)
7. Hades
You may not realise how much you’re enjoying Hades until you look at the clock and realise you’ve been playing for five hours straight. It’s an enormously addictive roguelike game where the aim is to escape the Underworld by defeating monsters, earning gold and collecting power-ups.
While you don’t get to keep all of your gold and abilities from each run, you’ll gradually unlock permanent upgrades that make you stronger and better equipped to defeat that one pesky boss that has been giving you so much trouble.
Go on then, just one more game before bed…
(Image: SONY)
6. God of War Ragnarok
God of War Ragnarok is a direct sequel to the superb 2018 God of War reboot, continuing the story of Kratos and his son Atreus. While the predecessor saw the duo journey across a selection of the Nine Realms in order to spread a loved one’s ashes, Ragnarok sees them navigate a potential apocalypse!
Fans can once again expect stunning graphics, thrilling action and a surprising amount of tenderness in a game that earned an impressive 94% score on Metacritic.
Kia’s third electric vehicle (EV) in Australia is this, the EV9.
Launched late in 2023 to join the smaller Niro and EV6, the EV9 is an electric SUV with a Toyota LandCruiser-sized body and a big price… at least for a Kia.
We’ve previously tested the mid-range Earth and top-spec GT-Line and come away largely impressed, but is it actually this entry-level Air that makes the most sense?
The Air may be the most affordable member of the Kia EV9 family, but this is still worth more than $100,000 drive-away.
That’s a lot of money no matter the badge on the nose, although the EV9 still has essentially no direct competition – it’s one of just five vehicles on sale in Australia today to offer an electric powertrain and three rows of seating.
The others are the considerably smaller Mercedes-Benz EQB, the considerably more expensive EQS SUV, and two people movers: the LDV MIFA 9 and Mercedes-Benz EQV.
How does the Kia EV9 compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Kia EV9 against similarly sized vehicles.
Kia
EV9
How much does the Kia EV9 Air cost?
There are three members of the EV9 family, with the Air being the only one without all-wheel drive… and the only one to slide under $100,000 before on-road costs.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2024 Kia EV9 Air
$97,000
2024 Kia EV9 Earth AWD
$106,500
2024 Kia EV9 GT-Line AWD
$121,000
To see how the Kia EV9 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What is the Kia EV9 Air like on the inside?
If you thought the skateboard design of the EV9’s E-GMP architecture would mean class-leading space efficiency, you’d be wrong.
The third row doesn’t feel as spacious as in a Hyundai Palisade, and you’ll need to slide the second-row seats forward to fit adults back here. With the second row in its usual position, my knees were pressed firmly against their backs when I sat in the third row.
At least headroom is good, and there are plenty of amenities – roof-mounted air vents, a pair of USB-C outlets, and cupholders. Like the second row, it also reclines.
Despite this somewhat disappointing third row space, boot space behind the third row is 333L – fine for a three-row crossover, but not exceptional. Drop the third row and this expands to 828L, and then drop this and it expands to 2318L.
What the dedicated EV architecture does bring is a completely flat floor for the second row, which offers an abundance of legroom and headroom.
There are USB-C outlets on the front seatbacks, cupholders in the fold-down centre armrest, and air vents in the B-pillars, while there’s a cavernous (if dark) storage area at the rear of the centre console.
There are even controls on the side of the front passenger seat to allow second-row occupants to move it forward and backwards.
There are three top tether and two ISOFIX anchor points for child seats in the second row, plus top tether and ISOFIX points for the two rearmost seats. The latter isn’t something every large SUV can boast.
The EV9 doesn’t look like any other Kia inside. The use of smooth-grained, soft-touch plastics is reminiscent of the related Hyundai Ioniq 5. While this means it doesn’t look cheap, the EV9 also doesn’t look particularly luxe for something costing this much.
We’d also like to see some soft-touch trim for the sides of the centre console, where your knees make contact.
The dashboard is simple, with minimal physical switchgear. This includes a row of physical buttons for functions like the climate control, as well as a metallic roller wheel for audio volume.
There’s a split-level centre console, with a floating, high-mounted section featuring cupholders and a handful of switches, as well as a section effectively at floor level which is one big shelf with a rubberised surface.
The only thing that could make this better is if the centre console could slide back to allow occupants to cross from one side of the vehicle to the other, à la the pre-update Hyundai Ioniq 5.
Material choices are generally good, such as the grey fabric headliner, dashboard garnish and metal-look accents, but the Air feels more austere than pricier EV9s with its grey-on-grey colour scheme and lack of colourful ambient lighting.
There are some neat details however, like the subtly patterned trim stretching across the dash that incorporates touch-capacitive shortcut buttons for functions like the satellite navigation, which feature haptic feedback.
It may lack features like ambient lighting, a head-up display and dual sunroofs, but the Air’s interior is still nicely equipped. You get heated and ventilated front seats and a heated steering wheel, while the screen setup is identical to more expensive EV9s.
That comprises a 12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system and a 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster, with a 5.0-inch climate control touchscreen between them.
The climate screen is in an awkward spot, blocked by the steering wheel rim. While the digital instrument cluster has neat graphics, the different themes all look pretty much the same and there’s no map view available.
The infotainment system is more impressive, though we’re surprised you still need a cable to connect to Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. The graphics are attractive, response times quick, and menus intuitive.
There’s plenty of storage, headlined by a cavernous glovebox and an expansive shelf underneath the centre console. The flipside is the centre console bin is quite small, and we’d trade a little exposed storage for more concealed storage.
Two cupholders in the centre console can be retracted to form a more open storage area. Alternatively, you can conceal them beneath a roller cover.
There’s an illuminated 90L storage space under the bonnet, 38L larger than other EV9s due to the absence of a front electric motor. It’s rated to carry 40kg, and includes an accessory net.
We’re disappointed there’s no spare tyre, with only a tyre mobility kit, but we’re delighted there’s vehicle-to-load (V2L) capability so you can, for example, use the car to charge your laptop.
Dimensions
Kia EV9 Air
Length
5010mm
Width
1980mm
Height
1755mm
Wheelbase
3100mm
Ground clearance
177mm
Cargo capacity
333L (all seats up) 828L (third row stowed) 2318L (second and third rows stowed) 90L (under bonnet)
To see how the Kia EV9 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What’s under the bonnet?
Kia doesn’t specify the maximum DC charge rate for the EV9, but says it will take 20 minutes to charge from 10 to 80 per cent on a 350kW charger. On a 50kW charger, it’ll take 63 minutes.
Specifications
Kia EV9 Air
Drivetrain
Single-motor electric
Battery
76.1kWh lithium-ion
Power
160kW
Torque
350Nm
Driven wheels
Rear-wheel drive
Weight
2312kg (tare)
Braked towing capacity
900kg
Unbraked towing capacity
450kg
0-100km/h (claimed)
8.2 seconds
Power consumption (claimed)
19.5kWh/100km
Power consumption (as tested)
18.3kWh/100km (mixed loop) 17.6kWh/100km (after a week)
Claimed range
443km (WLTP)
Max AC charge rate
7kW (single-phase) 10.5kW (three-phase)
To see how the Kia EV9 lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
How does the Kia EV9 Air drive?
You can definitely notice the difference in performance between the rear-wheel drive Air and its all-wheel drive siblings.
Where the GT-Line shoves you back in your seat, the Air is more sedate.
There’s still plenty of punch off the line – it is an electric vehicle after all. But the Air never feels particularly quick, something borne out by its 8.2-second 0-100km/h time.
Unfortunately, we didn’t get a chance to drive the EV9 with seven occupants on board to see how much this extra weight would stifle performance.
Nevertheless, it’s already a heavy beast – tare weight is 2312kg, with the battery alone weighing 463.3kg.
Given the GT-Line rides on massive 21-inch alloy wheels, we were expecting the Air to feel quite different in terms of ride quality as it rides on 19s.
We didn’t have any complaints about the ride in the GT-Line, but the presence of smaller wheels would suggest the Air might feel somewhat more pliant.
In reality, however, there’s little difference in ride quality between the two. There’s still good body control and an impressive lack of impact harshness. You’ll hear muffled thumps over bumps and ruts, but the ride isn’t upset by them.
Only when you get onto an unsealed road does it feel a bit more terse, but overall it’s still comfortable. Kia engineers have done an excellent job here, especially considering there’s no adaptive or air suspension on any EV9.
Also impressive is the level of refinement. The cabin is lovely and quiet, proving nicely insulated from road noise even across coarse-chip surfaces.
This might be the size of a LandCruiser and weigh over two tonnes, but the EV9 is impressively nimble. The steering has a nice, progressive weighting to it, and the EV9 feels much smaller than its dimensions suggest.
There’s a one-pedal drive mode that can bring the vehicle to a complete stop once you let off the accelerator, but it’s not the most aggressive system around. It also has to be re-activated each time you start the vehicle, though this is done with a simple flick of a shift paddle.
The Air has the lowest range (but greatest energy efficiency) of any EV9. We saw energy consumption of 20-22kWh/100km in the GT-Line, but the Air was around 17-18kWh/100km.
In terms of the driver assist systems, the driver attention monitoring proved generally accurate at detecting when I looked away, while the lane support systems are among the most proficient but also the most assertive out there.
The overspeed alert is annoying and defaults to on every single time you turn on the vehicle. While you can program a shortcut button on the steering wheel to take you to the menu to deactivate it, it’s still an absolute pain.
The solution in the updated Hyundai Tucson – where you can just hold down a steering wheel button to turn it off – is being rolled out as an OTA update to the EV9 and other members of the Kia range.
It’s disappointing the Air foregoes some items found in the Earth and GT-Line.
We’d understand Kia has to give a reason to step up to those models, besides the extra power and all-wheel drive, but the absence of a surround-view camera on a $97,000 vehicle grates. The Air also does without Kia’s clever Blind Spot View Monitor.
A surround-view camera, instead of a simple reversing camera, would make the EV9 Air easier to park. And this big bus already has a long wheelbase working against it in that respect. Despite sufficiently light steering, the EV9 is still a bit awkward in a carpark.
What do you get?
The Air is the entry-level model in the EV9 range.
EV9 Air highlights:
Vehicle to Load (V2L) interior socket
Battery conditioning with heat pump
Eco, Normal, Sport and custom drive modes
19-inch alloy wheels in Kumho/Nexen 255/60 R19 tyres
Tyre pressure monitoring
Tyre mobility kit
Electrochromic rear-view mirror
Rain-sensing wipers
Automatic high-beam
Automatic LED headlights
Keyless entry and start
Remote start
Seven seats
Leatherette upholstery
8-way power-adjustable front seats with 2-way power lumbar
Sliding and reclining second-row seats
Power-folding second row
60:40 split/fold second-row seats
50:50 split/fold third-row seats
Reclining third-row seats
Heated steering wheel
Heated front seats
Ventilated front seats
12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Kia Connect Telematics
Satellite navigation
Wired Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
5.0-inch climate screen
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
8-speaker sound system
Tri-zone climate control
DAB digital radio
Fingerprint authentication
Wireless phone charger
6 x USB-C outlets (two for each row)
2 x 12V outlets (one up front, one in the boot)
9 x cupholders
Is the Kia EV9 Air safe?
The Kia EV9 has a five-star safety rating from ANCAP with a 2023 date stamp.
Category
Kia EV9
Adult occupant protection
33.65 out of 40 (84 per cent)
Child occupant protection
42.65 out of 49 (87 per cent)
Vulnerable road user protection
48.42 out of 63 (76 per cent)
Safety assist
15.43 out of 18 (85 per cent)
Standard safety equipment across the range includes:
Autonomous emergency braking
Car, pedestrian, cyclist detection
Junction turning/crossing assist
Direct/oncoming lane change detection
Adaptive cruise control with stop/go
Blind-spot assist
Lane-keep assist
Lane Following Assist (lane centring)
Highway Drive Assist 2 with Lane Change Assist
Rear cross-traffic assist
Safe exit assist
Intelligent speed limit assist
Driver attention monitoring
Leading vehicle departure alert
Rear occupant alert (sensor-based)
Front and rear parking sensors
Reversing camera
Dual front airbags
First- and second-row side airbags
Front centre airbag
Curtain airbags for all three rows
How much does the Kia EV9 Air cost to run?
Running costs
Kia EV9 Air
Warranty
7 years, unlimited kilometres (vehicle) 7 years, 150,000km (battery, electric motor)
Service intervals
12 years or 15,000km
Capped-price servicing
3-, 5- or 7-year pre-paid plans
Total capped-price service cost
$706 (3 years) $1351 (5 years) $1997 (7 years)
CarExpert’s Take on the Kia EV9
The Kia EV9 Air makes a pretty compelling case for itself.
It’s nowhere near price parity with similarly sized combustion-powered SUVs – even the most expensive Hyundai Palisade is under $80,000 before on-roads. If you’re not set on going EV, then that may be a deal breaker.
Compare it to other electric SUVs or even other EV9s, though, and it looks great. Other three-row electric SUVs are either much smaller or much, much pricier.
While other EV9s add more performance and features, the Air is pretty solid on both counts though we wish it had a surround-view camera.
Yes the EV9’s third row could also be larger and its price lower, but we came away impressed with the way this drives despite its modest outputs.
Those concept car looks also make the EV9 stand out in a good way, which should help it remain in contention with buyers when rival brands finally enter the segment.
Interested in buying a Kia EV9? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Government schemes like Smart City Mission and Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation have strengthened the infrastructure in tier-2 and tier-3 cities. (News18 Hindi)
Mid-tier cities like Faridabad, Lucknow, Vrindavan, Ludhiana, Chandigarh, Indore, Dehradun, and Jaipur are becoming hotspots in the real state market
At a time when congestion and inflation in big cities make life more challenging, smaller cities are offering hope. Few small cities have even surpassed Gurgaon-Noida in terms of property prices. Whether it’s a flat, plot or villa, these cities are now providing strong competition to the top metro cities. A trend of residents shifting in small cities is also emerging fast.
Not only are residential and commercial properties on the rise, but a luxury lifestyle has also begun to flourish these cities. Real estate developers are increasingly interested in launching new projects there.
Hotspot For Real Estate
Mid-tier cities such as Faridabad, Lucknow, Vrindavan, Ludhiana, Chandigarh, Indore, Dehradun, Haldwani, Ajmer, and Jaipur are becoming hotspots in the real estate market. According to reports, India’s tier-2 and tier-3 cities have developed rapidly over the past 10 years, and since the Covid-19 pandemic, this progress has outpaced Delhi-NCR.
The cost of operations in these cities is low, and there is an abundance of skilled people. IT parks, industrial areas, and special economic zones are rapidly growing, highlighting the increasing contribution of these smaller cities to the economy. Government schemes such as the Smart City Mission and Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT) have also strengthened the infrastructure.
Facilities Like Big Cities
These smaller cities now even offer the facilities as large metro cities. Be it malls, shopping complexes, sports and entertainment places, best schools and hospitals or anything else, residents get all. Along with this, connectivity with major cities and highways is also improving. With lower pollution levels, people are expecting to lead better and healthy lives in these location.
Mohit Goyal, MD of Omaxe Limited, says, “Tier-2 and tier-3 cities are now turning into urban centers, which is also bringing changes in the real estate sector. Property prices in Ludhiana, Chandigarh, Lucknow, Vrindavan, Indore and many other places have increased manifold. As a developer, we ourselves are now turning more on tier-2 and tier-3 cities rather than metro cities.”
Fulfilling the dream of a low-cost, peaceful life
Kushag Ansal, Director of Ansal Housing states, “Due to the increasing demand for land and houses in small cities, developers are investing on a large scale. As a result, new malls, office spaces and residential colonies are being developed, changing the entire urban landscape of these cities.”
Vansh Kataria, CEO of Tirsya Estate, notes that as big cities becoming expensive, tier-2 and tier-3 cities are emerging as better alternatives. “These cities offer a high quality of life without spending much.” Meanwhile, Piyush Kansal, Executive Director of Royal Estate Group points out that, “Good returns are being generated from low investments in cities like Chandigarh, Mohali, and Ludhiana.”
Dogecoin (DOGE) the world’s biggest meme coin by market cap is poised for a significant upside rally as its on-chain metrics flash a bullish signal. In the past few days, the overall sentiment across the cryptocurrency landscape has shifted and appears bullish.
DOGE’s Bullish On-chain Metrics
Amid this market reversal, DOGE’s on-chain metrics such as Long/Short ratio, Future open interest, and OI-weighted funding rates are signaling potential buying opportunities and hints that a massive rally is imminent.
According to the on-chain analytics firm Coinglass, DOGE’s Long/Short ratio currently stands at 1.042, indicating bullish market sentiment among traders. Additionally, its future open interest has increased by 8.9% in the last 24 hours and 4.8% in the last four hours. This rising future open interest suggests bulls are on a buying spree, with traders potentially building more long positions.
Source: CoinglassSource: Coinglass
Traders and investors often use a combination of rising open interest and a long/short ratio above 1, while building long positions. Currently, 51.20% of top DOGE holders have long positions, while 48.80% hold short positions.
Dogecoin Technical Analysis and Upcoming Levels
According to expert technical analysis, DOGE is on the verge of breaking a strong resistance level at $0.112. If it breaks out this resistance level and closes a daily candle above the $0.113 level, there is a strong possibility that the DOGE price could soar by 20% to reach the $0.134 level in the coming days.
Source: Trading View
As of now, DOGE is trading below the 200 Exponential Moving Average (EMA) on a daily time frame, indicating a downtrend. The 200 EMA is a technical indicator used by traders and investors to assess whether an asset is in an uptrend or downtrend.
Current Price Momentum
At press time DOGE is trading near $0.109 and has experienced a price surge of over 4.5% in the last 24 hours. During the same period, its trading volume dropped by 25%, indicating lower participation from traders amid the market reversal.
However, this bullish thesis will only hold if DOGE closes its daily candle above the $0.113 level, otherwise, it may fail.
A study conducted by the Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad (IIMA) across 700-odd districts in the country has found that women respondents in just 32 per cent of these districts felt they were able to achieve work-life balance, highlighting ongoing challenges with unpaid domestic work.
The study that compared and analysed data for women from a total of 705 districts across the country from the National Family Health Survey-4 (NFHS-4) and NFHS-5, reveals that despite the rising literacy among women aged between 15 to 49, only 46.1 per cent of the districts reported educational empowerment among women. Speaking during the report launch, Professor Satish Deodhar, Dean (Faculty), IIMA, underscored the need for men’s participation in sharing household responsibilities to achieve work-life balance for both genders.
“Of the four parameters studied in the report, the work-life balance parameter shows the least progress. Only about 32 per cent of women reported that they could manage work-life balance. In my opinion, women’s workforce participation is intricately linked to responsible household work participation by men. As men have not taken their equal share of household responsibilities proactively, it ultimately hinders the quality of labour-force participation of women. This report by the Gender Centre at IIMA serves not only as a measure of progress, but also as a roadmap for future interventions to enhance women’s empowerment and participation in the workforce,” Professor Deodhar said about the report prepared by the Gender Centre at IIMA. The report is titled ‘Women’s Empowerment at the Subnational Level: Towards Achieving Gender Equality (SDG 5)‘.
The report prepared by the centre, serves as a localised tool that is designed to measure empowerment at the district level in four key areas essential to achieving SDG 5 by the United Nations: 1) Decision-making, autonomy over income, and physical mobility, 2) Control over income and economic empowerment, 3) Educational and informational empowerment, and 4) Work-life balance.
Of the sample of 705 districts in the study, 67.5 per cent of districts reported that women were empowered in decision-making and mobility. “There has been an increase in women’s involvement in decision-making, particularly regarding their own healthcare, household purchases, and how to spend their husband’s income. The percentage of women who make decisions, either alone or jointly with their partners, has grown,” says the release from IIMA.
The percentage of women who have ownership of their own asset (land or house), alone or jointly with their partner, has also increased from 29.09 per cent in NFHS-4 to 35 per cent in NFHS-5. The average number of women completing higher education has increased from 11.43 per 100 women in NFHS-4 to 14.42 per 100 women in NFHS-5. But primary and secondary education didn’t show a significant difference.
Further, interest in mass media has also surged from 69.12 per cent in NFHS-4 to 76.24 per cent in NFHS-5, with more women engaging with various forms of media, indicating greater exposure to mass media (listening to radio, watching television, and reading newspapers).
From, the MGM Plus series about people trapped in a mysterious, fright-filled town, returns for season 3 on Sunday. It’s hard to imagine the show, which counts grinning nocturnal monsters as just one of its scary layers, heightening the horrors. Still, according to star Harold Perrineau, that’s what audiences are in for.
“You should prepare for a worse season 3,” Perrineau, who plays Sheriff Boyd Stevens, told CNET. “The creepy children come back, the monsters, and then it gets worse. Yeah, you should prepare for worse.”
From debuted in 2022 and follows different people in the same heart-pounding predicament. After witnessing an obstacle in the road, they enter an inescapable place with terrors lurking behind every forest tree and around every diner corner. At night, bloodthirsty beings taunt the residents, who also experience worms crawling under their skin, ghastly kids repeating unintelligible words, and nightmares they never wake up from.
Ahead of season 3, which premieres just in time for spooky season, CNET chatted with Perrineau about what’s to come. His character is the well-respected leader of the motley crew that’s trying to stay alive, unravel the mystery, and escape.
Jessie Redmond/MGM Plus
Though season 3 will find most of them with their feet still on scary soil, season 2’s final scene seems to free a townsperson from the frightening realm. (Spoiler: The woman, Tabitha, appears to wake up in an ordinary hospital.) As a synopsis for the new season puts it, “In the wake of Season Two’s epic cliffhanger, escape will become a tantalizing and very real possibility as the true nature of the town comes into focus, and the townspeople go on offense against the myriad horrors surrounding them.”
In the below interview, edited for clarity, Perrineau talks the cliff-hanger, what he would do if he wound up in From’s town, and what he didn’t like about killing one of the show’s sinister creatures. The series is executive-produced by creator John Griffin, showrunner Jeff Pinkner and director Jack Bender. Pinkner and Bender also worked on the TV show Lost, which featured Perrineau.
MGM Plus
Q: Between creepy children, ominous music boxes and the main nocturnal monsters, season 2 was scary. Should we prepare for a season 3 that’s just as terrifying? Perrineau: You should prepare for a worse season 3. Yeah, because the creepy children come back, the monsters — and then it gets worse. Yeah, you should prepare for worse.
Season 3 is — the nicest way to describe it is that season 3 is dark. It’s dark. It’s heavy. Not only are you scared about all the things that are coming, your heart gets filled with empathy for all the things that are about to go down. It’s heavy.
My favorite moment from season 2 is, of course, a Boyd scene. It’s when he’s surprisingly able to kill one of the monsters. I wanted to know what you thought of that scene. Perrineau: I was super surprised that that’s where that was going. … When I read it, I was like, “Oh, wow, it died? Like it just full died?” I was really, really surprised about that. But then, of course, was less surprised when then the body had cicadas and we couldn’t — we had to burn it, and all these other crazy things started happening. But yeah, I thought it was pretty cool.
The only thing that’s a bummer about that scene is that the actor, Jamie, is maybe the nicest man you have ever met in your entire life. … Oddly, I didn’t realize how many people were like, “Oh my god, I’m so sad. Smiley’s dead.” He’s a monster, guys, [he had] to die.
The season 2 finale cliff-hanger seemed like a step closer to some clarity. I was wondering: Can viewers expect some of their burning questions about the town to be answered this season? Perrineau: I’m going to tell you just, and this is the way the writer will say it: He is going to say, “Absolutely, yes, you’re fully going to get answers to questions. The question after you get the answer is, ‘Now what?'” And that’s the trick of the whole thing, right? Like, oh yeah, he’ll answer the questions, but now what are you gonna do? And so that’s the thing that’s — I think is really cool about the show, that it’s not a show really about questions, it’s not a show really about horrors, it’s a show about people. It’s a show about what do you do when you’re in a situation that you have no control over? And so, you find the answer, but now, what do you do? And that’s the thing that’s really compelling about playing all these characters and being in From, because I think John Griffin has really put together a group of really interesting characters that have to go through this trauma together.
Chris Reardon/MGM Plus
I love that we get to spend so much time with the characters as they navigate that terrible, traumatizing reality. Do you ever think about what you personally would do if you were in a situation like that? Perrineau: You mean, after I stopped crying? Sure, I think about it all the time. You know, one of the things that was really helpful for me is actually having kids. Me having kids, and my “protect” energy, is what I bring to Boyd. And so I imagine that in a circumstance anywhere like that, that my protect person would jump up and, just like Boyd, will relentlessly try to figure out a way to save his family or friends, people that he loves, from this horrible situation. I hope that I would do that after I stopped crying.
What have you enjoyed the most about playing Boyd over these three seasons? Perrineau: Oh, that’s not a terribly hard thing to do. It’s really fun to play the hero, even if he’s a hero who makes questionable choices, do you know what I mean? I like this idea of somebody who, even if you don’t love all his choices, he’s actually trying to do something good. I actually like that. I’m not a big fan of antiheroes, you know what I mean? You know, ‘They’re a secret serial killer, but they’re serial killing for good.’ I’m not a big fan of it, though there are great people who’ve done those shows. I actually like this idea of somebody who’s really trying to do something, like he’s trying to save them. And I like the idea that John Griffin has written such real responses, and real people like, “This guy is an ex-military guy who thinks he can figure this out.” … You have to find some really human way to respond to all of the things, the stimuli coming towards you. I like that puzzle. I like the person that I’m trying to figure out. And so, yeah, I really enjoy being Boyd Stevens.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Dr. Efrat Bron-Harlev, CEO of Schneider Children’s Medical Center of Israel, recently addressed the United Nations about the plight of the children who were kidnapped from Israel by Hamas terrorists on Oct. 7, 2023.
She said that 38 of the 253 people who were abducted that day were children. The youngest was Kfir Bibas, just eight months old at the time.
The child is still in captivity, along with his parents, Yarden and Shiri Bibas, and his brother, Ariel, who turned five last month.
THRIVING WITH ANXIETY: EXPERT TIPS ON EMBRACING THE MENTAL HEALTH CONDITION
Bron-Harlev, a pediatrician, said children released after 50 days in captivity are still, to this day, waking up terrified in the middle of the night.
“They were not allowed to cry, not allowed to laugh, not even allowed to stand up.”
She said the children appeared “like shadows of children. No impressions on their faces. They were not happy. They were not crying. They were mostly very, very silent.”
Thirty-eight of the 253 people abducted by Hamas on Oct. 7, 2023 were children — including Kfir Bibas, just eight months old at the time (shown above). The child is still in captivity, along with his parents, Yarden and Shiri Bibas, and his brother, Ariel, who turned five last month.(Bethany Mandel)
Dr. Hagai Levine, chair of the Israeli Association of Public Health and head physician of the Hostages and Missing Families Forum, also reported seeing children being afraid to speak.
“In captivity, they were told, ‘If you speak, you will be killed’ — that’s very, very traumatizing,” he told Fox News Digital.
In addition to psychological trauma, the hostages were also in extreme physical danger.
Levine, who is also an epidemiologist, said the risks to the hostages’ lives ranged from the threat of “being murdered to lack of food to lack of oxygen, lack of water (and) infectious diseases.”
‘Every child has a right to health’
Referencing the recent polio outbreak in Gaza, Levine noted that he sent a letter to UNICEF and the World Health Organization reminding the organizations “that every child has a right to health — and this includes Kfir and Ariel Bibas.”
Levine said he was on a bus this summer with children who were formerly hostages as well as children who are relatives of hostages.
“They have the unique ability to cope.”
The young ones attended a U.S. summer camp in July, he said.
“A couple of people called me a White supremacist. A couple of people called me the N-word.”
“I saw songs and jokes,” he said, recalling his observations. “I’m not saying they were happy, but they have the unique ability to cope.”
The doctor said he knows these children have had to grow up quickly — but the “plasticity of the brain” helps children rehabilitate, he said.
Dr. Hagai Levine, chair of the Israeli Association of Public Health, is shown speaking at a press conference near the headquarters of the families of the abductees in Tel Aviv on Nov. 15, 2023. (Hadar Badar)
He said he has encouraged them to play and dance.
However, “there is always a shadow” holding them back, he said — given that at this moment, there are still other hostages held captive.
Helping them regain trust
Levine said these children grew up in a tight-knit community of a kibbutz — and seeing hostage posters everywhere of their neighbors is very real to them.
“It’s really difficult for them to really recover,” he said.
SEVERE BURNS REPORTED IN CHILDREN MAKING TIKTOK-FRIENDLY GLASS FRUIT IN MICROWAVE
It is a long process to get these children to be able to trust again, Levine said, and they need someone who is a constant in their lives, especially if their parents were murdered.
He said physical, psychological and educational rehabilitation, such as speech therapy and equine therapy, can help them to regain trust and feel in control.
They “have been in this horrible nightmare” for nearly a year.
He also noted that relatives of the hostages are experiencing survivor guilt, severe depression, anxiety, insomnia and physical symptoms such as tremors.
They are traumatized because they don’t know what happened to their loved ones, and they “have been in this horrible nightmare” for nearly a year at this point, he said.
‘Could have been me’
Roxanne Saar, the aunt of released hostage Gali Tarshansky, age 13, told Fox News Digital, “I feel like it could have been me.”
Saar had been staying at her father-in-law’s home at Kibbutz Be’eri on Oct. 6, 2023, when she decided to return home that night.
LACK OF SLEEP POSES CONCERNING RISK FOR KIDS, STUDY FINDS
The next day, 101 civilians at Be’eri were killed by Hamas terrorists and 32 people were kidnapped, according to JNS (Jewish News Syndicate).
Gali Tarshansky’s brother, Lior, 15, and her uncle, Noy Shosh, 36, were among the murdered victims.
Adults from left, above: Roxanne Saar, Gonen Saar (Aroussi), Yehuda Aroussi, Gali Tarshansky, Noy Shosh, Mahol Shosh, Lliya Tarshansky, Reuma Aroussi Tarshansky and Lior Tarshansky.(Family of Gali Tarshansky)
Saar said that the first question the young teenager asked when she was released from captivity after 54 days was, “Where is Lior?”
It was not until after she returned to Israel that she discovered her brother and uncle had been killed, along with her dog, Mocha, as well as friends she grew up with from her kibbutz.
She was held hostage in homes in Gaza with Nova festival survivors and a couple from Kibbutz Be’eri. The husband, Ohad Ben Ami, is still a hostage, Saar said.
“There was no showering, there was no water.”
Saar said that in Gaza, “there was not enough food, there was not enough medicine, there was no showering, there was no water … There was psychological terror.”
ISRAELI SOLDIER GRAVELY INJURED IN OCT. 7 TERROR ATTACK FINDS NEW FAITH, OFFERS HOPE TO OTHERS
She said the young woman’s captors, some of whom were armed, told her, “Israel does not exist. Your family doesn’t want you anymore.’”
Saar added, “I’m not sure if we know everything … I don’t have any expectations from terrorists who are capable of kidnapping a 13-year-old girl.”
It is crucial, she said, for the remaining hostages to be freed in order for the released hostages to heal.
Gali Tarshansky, above, in July 2023, with her brother Lior Tarshansky. “I don’t think there is anyone in the world who can understand the potential future impact of what happened,” the siblings’ aunt told Fox News Digital, referencing Oct. 7, 2023 and its aftermath. “Everybody wants to help, but how can someone help with something that we never knew before?”(Family of Gali Tarshansky)
Saar said Gali Tarshansky is living in a different area of Israel today, attending a new school. She is in therapy.
Said Saar, “I don’t think there is anyone in the world who can understand the potential future impact of what happened … Everybody wants to help, but how can someone help with something that we never knew before?”
‘Takes a long time’
Professor Merev Roth, PhD, an analyst who works with the Hostages and Missing Families Forum, told Fox News Digital that therapists who are treating released hostages are in uncharted territory.
“Will he come back when I’m really old?”
“All of this is new,” she said. “There is not one case in history that so many kids and families were kidnapped from their houses for such a long time and in such a brutal massacre.”
Roth is one of the founders of First Line Med (FLM), an organization that offers pro bono treatment to victims of Oct. 7.
SURVIVOR OF HAMAS TERROR ATTACK ON ISRAEL RECOUNTS PAIN, GRIEF OF LOSING ‘ANGEL’ BOYFRIEND ON OCT. 7
She supervises child therapists and treats adult family members of child hostages who were released after 50 or 54 days in captivity.
Roth said she had to treat some of the families in their homes or hotels initially, because they were afraid to go outside.
Tarshansky, left, with her half-sister Eden Tarshansky — who suffered the loss of her mother, Silvia Ohayon, who was killed in Kibbutz Be’eri. (Family of Gali Tarshansky)
She recalled seeing how frightened a three-and-a-half-year old toddler was when the child heard a gardener working outside.
“I remember the girl running into her mother’s body, and her mother immediately took her in her arms. The girl didn’t say a word. She was white, she was shaking, she didn’t even cry,” Roth said.
Another time, when the little girl heard noises outside, Roth said the girl asked, “Are they coming for us again?”
Roth said another child released from captivity is unable to get through a full day of school in kindergarten.
Merev Roth, an analyst who works with the Hostages and Missing Families Forum, told Fox News Digital she recalled seeing how frightened a three-and-a-half-year old toddler was when she heard a gardener working outside. (Yehoshua Yosef)
Her father is still a hostage, and Roth said she knows he is in danger and asks her mother, “Is Father dead? Will he come back when I’m really old?”
Roth said the children who were separated from their parents in captivity, or witnessed family members being murdered or wounded, “shattered in the most extreme, brutal way” a child’s sense of safety and trust in the world.
“They become easily frustrated, angry and disassociated.”
Some children had captors who were abusive and threatening; other hostages experienced Stockholm Syndrome, where they identified with their captor, Roth said.
JEWISH COOKING ‘GODMOTHER’ RECREATES VIVID FAMILY MEMORIES AND ‘SENSE OF BELONGING’ THROUGH FOOD
Antisemitism spreading across the globe is “a big blow,” said Roth. “It added to the feelings that the world went crazy, that everything is distorted.”
She said these children are suffering from “trauma syndrome symptoms,” such as anxiety, depression, sleeping disorders and social withdrawal.
They become easily frustrated, angry and disassociated, which means “you are disconnected from your emotional response … You become confused. You cannot concentrate and you don’t react emotionally in your full scope. You are a bit numb,” she said.
The released children (not pictured) are suffering from “trauma syndrome symptoms,” such as anxiety, depression, sleeping disorders and social withdrawal, one expert said.(iStock)
Dissociation can also be self-protective, Roth noted.
“It takes a long time until they come back into their senses, which is a good thing, because their psyche protects them from feeling all that they would feel if they were connected, and it would be overwhelming for them.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
The therapist said these children are struggling to feel normal.
“They do find any channel they can to be smiling and friendly and cooperative. They’re really trying … They are amazing in their coping, but they are injured.”
Play therapy, she said, enables children to reenact real experiences through imaginary scenarios, and gives therapists insight into their inner thoughts.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“You can see the split of the world into total good and total bad creatures fighting each other … I see complete evil, revenge, abuse and angels,” she said.
“You can also see the other side … life saviors that came from nowhere to save them.”
A seven-year-old boy said he was the “cat hero,” helping the cats he drew to fall asleep and feel less afraid.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
He also wrote a touching story with his therapist about a family of kittens who had been kidnapped and were found. Roth said that the child told his therapist, “Now we can finish therapy, because the kitties are back home.”
Said Roth, “I’m always overwhelmed by the beauty and the strength and the resilience.”
Karisma and Kareena Kapoor share a love for fine fashion and good food. Want to know another thing they have in common? Both are coffee lovers! Don’t believe us? Check out Karisma’s latest Instagram Stories. On Friday, September 20, the Dil To Pagal Hai actress shared a picture with her sister Kareena as they stepped out in the city. The duo was travelling in a car, “twinning” in similar Birkenstock footwear. But that’s not all – the photo also captured Karisma and Kareena holding coffee cups in their hands. An energetic start to the day, right, coffeeholics? “Always twinning” read Karisma’s honest side note.
Also Read: Kareena And Karisma Kapoor Bonding Over Coffee Is Every Sibling Duo Ever
Karisma Kapoor is a big-time foodie. Her culinary anecdotes often leave us craving for a hearty platter. Back in February, the actress flew to Indore and indulged in the city’s traditional delicacies. Karisma uploaded a slew of pictures and videos on Instagram, documenting her time at the place. One snap shows her taking a delicious bite of crispy and juicy jalebis. We could also spot a generous quantity of poha on her plate. The next frame presents a more visually appetising picture of the poha, topped with pomegranate and curry leaves. To add to the crispiness, Karisma relished the breakfast items with chopped onions and sev. A zesty lemon slice put a satisfying twist to her gastronomical outing. Click here to find out what dessert she enjoyed.
Before that, the Kapoor sisters went out to dine at a restaurant, dishing out sister goals. Karisma shared a picture of Bebo on social media where the Jaane Jaan actress was seen smiling for the click. If we talk about the food, there was yummy-looking bread on the table and a salad bowl. While Kareena sipped on a beverage, Karisma savoured a glass of Aperol spritz which is a wine-based cocktail from Italy. Karisma seemed to enjoy the meal and the company as she gushed in the caption, “Back with my favs (heart face emoji) the sista and the Aperol spritz.” Full story here: Full story here.
Karisma and Kareena’s foodie ventures are a feast for the eyes.
A thick cloud of smoke could be seen rising over the southern suburbs of Lebanese capital Beirut on Friday after residents said they heard loud blasts, according to multiple media outlets.
RMZ offers Chevron Global Technology and Services Private Limited 0.3 million sqft of commercial space to set up its GCC, ‘ENGINE’, in Bengaluru. The project is valued at $1 billion and includes options for future expansion.
Also read: 100 days’ achievement: GAIL to connect isolated fields with national grid for 3.5 MSCMD natural gas
“India is becoming the new epicenter for GCC expansion, as these companies seek sophisticated, tech-powered workspaces ranging from 50,000 to 100,000 sq. ft,” said Thirumal Govindraj, CEO of RMZ Office and RMZ NXT.
Office rentals in India are 50 per cent lower than in any other Asian market, and the country has managed to attract $14 billion in investments. As of 2024, India hosts around 2,100 GCCs, reflecting a 31 percent increase from 2023. The demand for these spaces is projected to soar to 30-35 million sq. ft. by 2025, driven by established enterprises looking for multifunctional hubs and emerging players requiring cutting-edge infrastructure, he added.
Currently, RMZ Corporation has 21 million sq. ft. of office projects in various stages of construction and plans to add another 30 million sq. ft. of office space in the next two to three years, expanding its office portfolio to 50 million sq. ft. in six cities.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PARFEM ne mora biti skup da bi bio dobar. Često se mogu pronaći povoljni mirisi koji ispunjavaju sva očekivanja bez probijanja budžeta. Takvi su prema tvrdnjama mnogih Lush sprejevi za tijelo, a dva mirisa se posebno ističu u posljednje vrijeme na društvenim mrežama.
Let The Good Times Roll
Jedan od njih je Let The Good Times Roll, koji košta svega 35 eura i dolazi u bočici od 200 ml. Ovaj sprej postao je viralan na TikToku, a prije nekoliko dana tiktokerica Leanna Paul posebno ga je nahvalila.
Navela je da miriše jako dobro te da dobije više komplimenata kada nosi ovaj parfem od 25 funti nego kada nosi one skuplje od 200 funti. Njezin video prikupio je gotovo tri milijuna pregleda i mnoštvo komentara te su se mnogi složili s njom.
Ovaj sprej pokupio je mnoštvo pohvala: “Pomirisala sam ga u trgovini i sada sam opsjednuta”, “Trebamo ga i u obliku parfema, ulja za tijelo”, “Dobijem komplimente svaki put kad ga nosim”, “Danas sam dobila tri komplimenta kad sam ga nosila”, “Miris traje cijeli dan”, “Obožavam ovaj miris.”
Neki su spomenuli i druge Lush sprejeve za tijelo koji su im jednako dobri: “Sticky Dates je odličan, uvijek dobijem komplimente”, “I meni je Sticky Dates super”, “Sticky Dates je nevjerojatan”, “Rose Jam zauvijek”, “Meni je najdraži Dirty.”
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Sticky Dates
Uz Let The Good Times Roll, Sticky Dates je jedan od popularnijih Lushovih sprejeva za tijelo, što potvrđuju mnogi videi i komentari posvećeni njemu. Ovaj miris također dolazi u bočici od 200 ml i košta 33.50 eura. Tiktokerica Jessica Geary u svom posljednjem videu pohvalila je upravo njega. “Ako želite mirisati lijepo, kupite ovo u Lushu”, rekla je držeći sprej za tijelo i losion Sticky Dates.
“Trčim u Lush da ga isprobam”, “Ovo je sve što nosim, tako je dobar”, samo su neki od komentara ispod njezinog videa.
Sljedeći put kad budete u Lush trgovini, ne propustite priliku isprobati ove popularne sprejeve za tijelo. Njihova povoljna cijena i jedinstveni mirisi učinili su ih hitom na društvenim mrežama, a korisnici ističu ne samo trajnost mirisa već i sposobnost da ostave dojam.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
The view of downtown Los Angeles at night from Cathedral High’s football stadium should be a tourist stop. You see glorious skyscrapers and flickering lights, creating the environment to dream.
For Narbonne High’s football team, the view Friday night was historic. A once-proud program that was a City Section power until it crumbled in 2020 after its coach resigned, a title was taken away for rules violations and players fled en masse came through with its biggest win since then, 35-31 over previously unbeaten Cathedral.
“It’s significant,” coach Malcolm Manuel said. “They learned they can turn the corner when they put their minds to it.”
Narbonne (3-2) gave the City Section a rare victory against a quality Southern Section opponent and served notice it’s on the way back.
Qb Jaden O’Neal and freshman running back Derrick Jackson delivered the biggest win for Narbonne since the rebuild began in 2021 with 35-31 win over Cathedral. pic.twitter.com/MWxg58uWrU
Standing in the middle of the field was freshman running back Derrick Jackson, who couldn’t be stopped in the second half. He finished with 152 yards rushing
“I’m bleeding a little bit,” the 6-foot, 215-pound 15-year-old said. “It’s all right.”
It was a wild second half that featured six lead changes after Narbonne led 14-10 at halftime.
Quentin Hale, who had three touchdown receptions, caught a 17-yard pass from Jaden Jefferson to give Cathedral a 17-14 lead in the third quarter. Jackson ran 14 yards for a touchdown and a 21-17 Narbonne lead.
Cathedral (4-1) regained the lead at 24-21 on De’Andre Dukes’ five-yard touchdown run. Quarterback Jaden O’Neal put Narbonne on top 28-24 with a seven-yard touchdown run. Then Hale caught a six-yard touchdown pass with 6:02 left for a 31-28 Cathdral lead. Xavier Owens gave Narbonne the lead for good with an 18-yard touchdown reception from O’Neal with 3:05 left. Kimani Tuitasi delivered a sack on fourth down with 37 seconds left to clinch Narbonne’s victory.
“His legs and running opened the passing game,” O’Neal said of Jackson.
O’Neal, an Oklahoma commit, started using his legs to open up the offense just like Jefferson did for Cathedral. The two Jadens were hard to contain. Jefferson passed for 285 yards. O’Neal had a 74-yard touchdown pass to Da’Mari Hall to start the game.
Xavier Owens of Narbonne catches the go-ahead touchdown pass in the fourth quarter against Cathedral.
(Craig Weston)
For Manuel, a former junior varsity coach at Banning, the win indicates the talent is back at Narbonne, and it’s been a long time coming. His first year in 2021, the Gauchos had 21 players who wanted to play. The team went 2-9. The linemen are back, as is the speed. There’s no reason the Gauchos won’t be in the thick of the Marine League race, which will feature physical teams. Narbonne will be ready with Jackson and is adding standout linebacker Mark Iheanachor, who has been sidelined with a shoulder injury.
“You’re a beast,” a Cathedral coach told Jackson afterward.
The game also will be remembered for the extraordinary number of penalties called. Some of the officials could need Tommy John surgery after all the yellow flags thrown. Narbonne was penalized 15 times and Cathedral 16 times. They combined for more than 300 yards in penalty yardage.
“Oh my God,” Manuel said.
While Narbonne’s victory was big for the City Section, Leuzinger pulled off the biggest upset of the night in defeating Santa Margarita 14-13 under first-year coach Jason Miller.
Lava International Ltd. has introduced a new smartphone under its Blaze Series – Blaze 3 5G. The new smartphone comes with the segment’s first Vibe light feature.
Lava Blaze 3 5G variants and price
The Blaze 3 5G is launched in two colour variants – Glass Gold and Glass Blue. The device has been priced at Rs 9,999 inclusive of bank discounts. The phone will be available on Lava e-store and Amazon starting September 18, 2024.
Lava Blaze 3 5G: Design and Display
The Blaze 3 5G features a 6.5-inch HD+ IPS display with a punch-hole design. It offers a refresh rate of 90 Hz and 180 Hz touch sampling rate.
Lava Blaze 3 5G: Camera
Vibe Light feature of Blaze 3 5G improves lighting conditions for photos and videos. For video recording, Vibe Light ensures consistent and even lighting. According to the company, it creates a studio-like effect for portrait photography.
The Blaze 3 5G comes with a 50 MP Dual AI Rear Camera and an 8MP Front camera.
Lava Blaze 3 5G: Battery Power and Performance
The smartphone features a MediaTek Dimensity 6300+ processor which delivers an Antutu score of 410k+. It has 6GB+6GB LPDDR4X RAM and 128 GB UFS 2.2 ROM. The smartphone offers 128GB of internal storage, expandable up to 1TB
The Lava Blaze 3 5G has a 5000mAh battery with 18W fast charging.
The Lava Blaze 3 5G comes with a clean and ad-free stock Android OS. It features a side fingerprint sensor for quick, convenient unlocking, and a face-unlock option for added security.
Actress Neha Sharma is currently soaking up the sun in Thailand with her sister Aisha, and the two are giving us serious vacation envy. Neha, who’s quite active on social media, has been sharing regular updates from their “island dream” getaway on her Instagram. From taking refreshing swims in the pool to riding bikes around town and enjoying scrumptious meals, Neha’s posts offer a glimpse into their fun-filled holiday. The Sharma sisters are not only having a blast but also turning heads with their chic swimwear and stylish beach outfits. Their travel diaries are nothing short of swoon-worthy, making you want to pack your bags and set off on your own tropical adventure. (Also read: In awe of Disha Patani’s kimono pics from her Kyoto holiday? Top serene places in Kyoto )
The Sharma sisters are enjoying a picturesque vacation in Thailand, sharing moments from their getaway on social media. (Instagram)
Thailand is a popular tourist destination with a wide range of attractions. It also caters to the tourist needs of all types of travellers. From people looking for majestic monasteries to exploring Buddhism to those looking for offbeat attractions like floating markets. If the Sharma sisters’ dreamy vacation has inspired you to plan your own trip to this island paradise, here are some top five places you won’t want to miss!
Phi Phi Islands, Krabi Province
A popular tourist destination in Thailand, the Phi Phi Islands are renowned for their vibrant marine life, beautiful limestone cliffs and crystal clear blue waters. Maya Bay, made famous by the film Beach, is a must-see, but the whole archipelago offers stunning views and great snorkelling and diving.
Chiang Mai, Northern Thailand
Chiang Mai is a historical, cultural and scenic city. Tucked away in the mountains, it offers a mix of beautiful jungle, bustling marketplaces and historic temples such as Wat Phra That Doi Suthep. Waterfalls, elephant sanctuaries and traditional hill tribe settlements are all within easy reach.
Phang Nga Bay, Phuket
Phang Nga Bay is famous for its striking limestone karsts rising vertically from emerald waters. The area is ideal for boating, kayaking and discovering undiscovered lagoons and caves. James Bond Island is one of its most famous landmarks, featured in the film The Man with the Golden Gun.
Ayutthaya, Central Thailand
Once the capital of the Kingdom of Siam, Ayutthaya is a beautiful historic city and a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The city is teeming with historic palaces, statues and temples, all surrounded by lush flora and rivers. One of the highlights is Wat Mahathat, home to the famous Buddha head entwined in tree roots.
Pai, Mae Hong Son Province
Pai is a small town known for its scenic surroundings, relaxed atmosphere and natural beauty. Hot springs, beautiful vistas such as Pai Canyon and waterfalls such as Mo Paeng can all be found nearby. It’s a wonderful place to explore the verdant countryside and soak up the rustic charm of northern Thailand.
PlayStation Plus Extra subscribers can access a ton of games with their membership, from contemporary hits such as Death Stranding, The Witcher 3 and Demon’s Souls, to cult classics like Gravity Rush 2, Nier Replicant and Rez Infinite. While around a dozen new games are added every month, Sony removes a similar number of titles once partnership deals expire. While this system makes sense for third-party games, I always found it odd when Sony removed first-party PlayStation exclusives from its own service. Indeed, without any explanation whatsoever, Sony removed Horizon Zero Dawn from the PS Plus Extra library in May, followed by sequel Horizon Forbidden West in September. However, if the latest rumours are to be believed, at least we now know why Sony may have removed the former.
According to a listing discovered on the Entertainment Ratings Software Board website (ESRB), Sony is about to release a remastered version of Horizon Zero Dawn for PS5.
While the rating doesn’t list any of the technical changes made to the blockbuster PlayStation game, it does appear to confirm that a release is imminent.
The PS5 version of the hugely popular PlayStation 4 and PC game would likely feature upgraded visuals, improved ray-tracing, a performance boost and DualSense support.
Needless to say, if Sony is planning to make money from the new and improved version of Horizon Zero Dawn, it makes sense why the game and its sequel would be removed from PS Plus Extra.
Of course, there’s always a chance Sony will bring the game back to PS Plus once the remaster makes its debut on PS5, although we can’t see this happening for at least the next six months or so.
Whatever happens, we should find out more when Sony holds its rumoured State of Play event on September 24.
The rumoured event is expected to further showcase some of the ways the PS5 Pro will benefit existing PlayStation 4 and 5 games, and will also feature a number of new reveals.
This includes the aforementioned Horizon Zero Dawn remaster, as well as an upgraded version of Days Gone.
A Days Gone re-release with improved visuals, smoother performance, DualSense support and even more zombies onscreen at once could actually be pretty decent.
Fingers crossed we get that Bloodborne remaster/remake we’ve all been praying for, as well.
Based on Sony’s TGS line-up, the State of Play broadcast will also feature new gameplay footage for Death Stranding 2, as well as Metal Gear Solid Delta: Snake Eater, Silent Hill 2 and Sonic X Shadow Generations.
The plug-in hybrid Artura supercar is bringing a new type of buyer into McLaren showrooms.
According to Charlotte Dickson, regional director for McLaren Asia Pacific, there’s a growing crowd of female buyers being drawn to the Artura.
“In Australia, our historic McLaren customer is always that core petrolhead. Your LT [models], your Senna, your 650S and 720S,” Ms Dickson told CarExpert.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
“This car definitely is a more approachable supercar, especially if you’re living in Sydney or Melbourne and you want to drive it at 6am and don’t want to irritate all your neighbours, this is perfect – but it still holds that core McLaren DNA that you want.”
“We’re beginning to see more females interested in this car, I think because it’s approachable. It’s a bit less intense and intimidating in a way. It’s been great for us in terms of opening that door.”
The new Artura ditches the 4.0-litre turbocharged V8 engine from McLaren’s early days in favour of a twin-turbo V6 mated to a lithium-ion battery and electric motor.
It’s capable of 33km of electric driving on a full charge, but will still do 330km/h flat out with the petrol and electric power sources working in tandem.
“I do think that the hybrid technology element is drawing in a younger clientele for sure, people that want a little bit more balance in their supercar,” said Ms Dickson.
The Artura sits above the new GTS and below the 750S in the simpler new McLaren range.
The entry-level (Sport Series) 540C and 570S are gone, as is the 600LT, while ultra-limited specials like the Elva and Speedtail live in a different world entirely.
Although we’re expecting more powerful, track-focused LT versions of the Artura and 750S, it’s unlikely the brand will replicate the rapid cadence of new model releases we saw at one point in its brief history.
“We’ve tried to consolidate and really focus on the core McLaren business,” Ms Dickson told CarExpert.
“Historically we’ve had Sport Series, Super Series, then we had GT. Now we’re just really focused on selling supercars. whether it’s GTS or 750S or an Artura.
“Of course the special limited editions will always come, that’s important to the business, but certainly I think we’re more focused now in terms of what we really want to deliver. I think that’s really down to [McLaren CEO] Michael’s leadership.”
Gold Rate Today: Stay updated with the latest gold prices across various cities in India today.
Gold Rate Today In India: On September 21, gold prices in India were around Rs 76,000 per 10 grams. The price of 24-carat gold, known for its highest purity, stood at Rs 75,930 per 10 grams. For jewellery buyers, 22-carat gold, which is more durable due to its alloy composition, was priced at Rs 69,600 per 10 grams.
Silver, on the other hand, was trading at Rs 93,000 per kilogram.
Gold rate today in India: Retail gold price on September 21
Check gold rates today in different cities on September 21, 2024; (In Rs/10 grams)
City
22 Carat Gold Rate Today
24 Carat Gold Rate Today
Delhi
69,750
76,080
Mumbai
69,600
75,930
Ahmedabad
69,650
75,980
Chennai
69,600
75,930
Kolkata
69,600
75,930
Gurugram
69,750
76,080
Lucknow
69,750
76,080
Bengaluru
69,600
75,930
Jaipur
69,750
76,080
Patna
69,650
75,980
Bhubaneshwar
69,600
75,930
Hyderabad
69,600
75,930
Retail Cost of Gold in India
What Is The Retail Price Of Gold Per Gram?
Gold price per gram is the cost of one gram of gold. It’s typically expressed in a specific currency (e.g., Indian Rupees). The price can fluctuate daily due to various factors, including economic conditions, geopolitical events, and supply and demand.
The retail price of gold in India, which represents the final cost per unit weight for consumers, is shaped by multiple factors beyond its intrinsic value.
Gold is deeply embedded in Indian culture, acting as a key investment and holding significant importance in traditional weddings and festivals.
As market conditions shift, investors and traders closely watch these trends. Stay tuned for more updates on this developing story.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
Bitcoin’s price has soared to a crucial milestone of $64,000, marking its first visit to this level since August 9. This impressive rally comes after a significant rebound of over 20% from its lowest point earlier this month. The driving force behind this surge? Wednesday’s decision by the Federal Reserve to cut rates by 50 basis points, along with hints of more cuts to come later this year.
Recent analysis from CryptoQuant’s Crypto analyst Datascope highlights important trends in Bitcoin’s market. As the “Supply in Profit” metric declines, it shows how many investors are losing money.
Understanding Supply in Profit
According to Datascope, the “Supply in Profit” is a crucial on-chain metric that shows how much of the current Bitcoin supply is profitable at its current price. This metric, illustrated in blue on charts, closely correlates with Bitcoin’s price fluctuations. When Bitcoin’s price rises above the purchase prices of investors, the profitable supply increases.
However, recent trends reveal a significant decline in this profitable supply due to a recent drop in Bitcoin’s price. This situation indicates that many investors are currently facing losses.
Interestingly, those who are still in profit are reducing their selling pressure, which helps stabilize the market. This decline in profitable supply suggests that many investors are in the loss zone, potentially signaling a reversal opportunity for Bitcoin.
Is Bitcoin Poised for a Breakout?
As noted by Datascope, the Supply in Profit metric is getting close to the Psychological Inflection Line. This line represents important levels that investors feel strongly about and often serves as key support or resistance. These psychological levels are crucial for influencing how investors feel about the market.
If Bitcoin’s price goes above this line, it could create a sense of optimism among investors. On the other hand, if it drops below this line, we may see more selling, which could harm overall market sentiment.
Mobile internet services will be suspended across the state for over five hours for two days starting on Saturday in view of the Jharkhand General Graduate Level Combined Competitive Examination (JGGLCCE), in a bid to check any malpractice during the examination, an official statement said.
The services will be suspended from 8 AM to 1.30 PM on 21st and 22nd September, it said.
According to the official statement, the steps have been taken to conduct the examinations in a free, fair, and transparent manner.
“It has been observed in previous instances that some unscrupulous individuals resorted to unfair practices utilising various mobile applications, such as Facebook, WhatsApp, X (Twitter), Telegram, and YouTube, which rely on Internet/Wi-Fi connectivity,” the statement reads.
“The Government of Jharkhand seeks to eliminate any loopholes in the examination process that may raise doubts in the public mind regarding the integrity of the recruitment process, potentially leading to law and order issues that could impact public safety,” the statement further said.
“The Government of Jharkhand has thoroughly evaluated the situation and concluded that, in the interest of conducting a free, fair, and transparent public examination, it is both prudent and necessary to mitigate all possible loopholes by temporarily disabling mobile Internet, mobile data, and mobile Wi-Fi connectivity during examination hours on the designated days,” the official statement reads.
The Jharkhand Staff Selection Commission will conduct the examination in 823 centres, with around 6.40 lakh candidates expected to appear for the test, the official statement said.
Anyone who’s ever donated to a political campaign or group probably knows the score: You give money to a candidate or cause you support one time, and then you’re deluged with messages begging for more. This experience has recently gotten an even bigger spotlight recently as political fundraising has ballooned over the past few months, looping in even more people to these calls for donations as we near Election Day.
Though these messages might seem endless, especially during the heated days of a presidential race, there’s always a way to make them stop — because these fundraising entities are bound by law to seek your consent for automated messaging. Read on for more details about modern fundraising practices and what you can do to better keep the fund-raisers at arm’s length.
And for more information to prepare you for this election season, read about finding the early voting period in your state and how to determine your registration status.
Why do campaigns send so many automated messages?
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
Automated messages have emerged as a major part of political outreach efforts in the digital age. Text messages, in particular, have become a potent tool for campaign fundraising. Speaking with Time magazine, Alex Quilici, CEO of call-blocking company YouMail, explained that texts are more cost-effective than physical mail or phone calls, and that they have a tendency to encourage more engagement. This is especially true for young people, he added, who are more likely to respond to texts from numbers they don’t recognize, than to calls.
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
How can I make the fundraising texts and emails stop?
The Federal Communications Commission, aka the FCC, requires that these political fundraising entities get your consent for automated messaging, which also means they’re required to let you opt out at will.
Most texts you get for political fundraising purposes will include some sort of instructions on how to make the messages stop (commonly by texting “STOP” back at them). It’s also possible to try to avoid these messages from the start, with fundraising companies like ActBlue and WinRed noting that it’s optional to add your phone number on their forms.
Adding your email, however, usually isn’t optional. To opt out of further fundraising emails, you should be able to go to the bottom of any message you receive and find a link that lets you unsubscribe from the current mailing list. You might have to do this a few times across different fundraising messages, because your information might’ve ended up on multiple lists used by fundraising operations.
What can I do about phishing scams?
If you suspect that an email you’ve received is not a run-of-the-mill annoying fundraising prompt but instead a phishing scheme in disguise, you should do two things: First, under no circumstances click through their links or give them any information about yourself. Second, forward the message to the Anti-Phishing Working Group at [email protected].
For more, find out what each major presidential candidate has said about the child tax credit.
Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) is a digestive condition that can cause substantial discomfort in those who have it.
Medical professionals use the common symptoms associated with the disease as a driving factor in diagnosis and can help patients formulate a plan that prevents IBS from negatively impacting their quality of life.
While there is no cure for IBS, there are plenty of adjustments to diet and behavior that can be implemented that have proven to be successful in easing symptoms.
HERE’S WHY YOU’RE BLOATED – AND WHAT TO DO ABOUT THE COMMON DIGESTIVE CONDITION
There is no single test that is done in order to diagnose IBS.
Rather, doctors diagnose IBS by talking through the symptoms a patient is experiencing.
“We make the diagnosis mainly based on symptoms, and there are criteria called the Rome criteria, which were developed by a worldwide group of experts in classifying disorders of gut brain interaction,” Dr. Laurence Bailen, chief of gastroenterology and hepatology at Newton Wellesley Hospital in Newton, Massachusetts, part of the Mass General Brigham system, told Fox News Digital in a phone interview.
6 ‘HEALTHY EATING CONCEPTS’ ARE EVALUATED AS TRUE OR FALSE BY NUTRITION EXPERTS
“Everybody with irritable bowel syndrome needs to have abdominal pain as one of their main symptoms and associated with abdominal pain, they’ll have disorders of the function of the intestines,” Bailen continued.
“They’ll either have constipation or they’ll have diarrhea, or there’s a group of patients who have a mixture between both diarrhea and constipation that alternates.”
If you are experiencing prolonged digestive issues that are impacting your overall well-being, it is vital to speak with a doctor and begin to find answers as to why these problems are occurring.
IBS is typically diagnosed based on a patient’s symptoms.(iStock)
There are many different ways to help ease IBS symptoms.
The main ways to treat IBS can be broken down into three different categories: diet and lifestyle adjustments, behavior modification and medications, according to Bailen.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“From a diet standpoint, one of the main diets that has been recommended and shown to be beneficial in people with IBS in clinical studies, is what’s called the low FODMAP diet and that’s an acronym for fermentable, oligosaccharides, disaccharides, monosaccharides and polyols,” Bailen said.
“These are basically food substances. There’s fruits, vegetables, artificial sweeteners, certain gluten-containing foods, that have been shown to be more difficult to digest and absorb,” Bailen continued.”By eliminating those types of foods, and focusing on foods that have lower FODMAPs in them, that has improved symptoms of abdominal discomfort and bloating that are very typical for IBS.”
Beyond diet, there are other lifestyle changes IBS patients can make to help ease their symptoms.
For those with IBS, a shift in diet can help uncomfortable symptoms subside.(iStock)
This includes practices known to alleviate stress, such as acupuncture, meditation and yoga, as well as speaking with a therapist, Bailen said.
In conjunction with diet and lifestyle changes, those with IBS are typically prescribed medication, which will coincide with what the individual’s primary symptom is, Bailen added.
IBS is a condition that usually remains with individuals for their lifetime.
Typically, IBS is spotted at a younger age, commonly seen in people in their teens through their 30s, Bailen said.
For those older IBS patients, Bailen said they’re typically diagnosed later because they were living with IBS, without consulting a doctor.
Practicing mindfulness through yoga and meditation can help alleviate common IBS symptoms.(iStock)
While there are commonalities among IBS patients, the condition affects each person a bit differently.
For example, when it comes to food sensitivities, not all IBS patients suffer from the same ones.
“There are some patients who can tolerate foods that are on a low FODMAP diet, and other patients who just can’t at all, so it’s very variable,” Bailen said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
While each patient’s experience will be a bit different, there are foods on a general scale that those with IBS should try to avoid.
“In general, though, avoid foods that have a high fat content,” Bailen said.
“So any fried foods, oily, greasy foods are usually tolerated poorly, just because those foods in general, are more difficult for our guts to digest and absorb. Other foods that tend to be a big problem can be artificial sweeteners.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“Finally, lactose intolerance is really common and is the most common acquired food intolerance,” Bailen added.
“It also can exacerbate underlying symptoms of irritable bowel syndrome.”
Imli ka achar, imli chutney, imli goli, and more – the very thought of this tangy delight instantly takes us down memory lane. Also known as tamarind, it’s a prized possession in every Indian kitchen. This pulpy, zesty fruit is widely used in various desi dishes, including curries, chutneys, dal, and more. But did you know it has several interesting uses beyond cooking? Yes, you heard that right! Imli, a hero ingredient in your kitchen, can also be used as a desi cleaning agent, skincare ingredient, and more. In this article, we’ll introduce you to some fun ways to use tamarind in your daily life. Let’s dive in. Also Read: Is It Okay To Have Imli Or Tamarind During Monsoons? Experts Reveal
Photo Credit: Istock
Here Are 5 Fun Ways To Use Imli (Tamarind) Beyond Cooking:
1. Imli As a Cleaning Agent:
Tamarind’s acidity, much like vinegar and lemon, makes it a fantastic cleaning agent for your utensils. Its hard crust acts as a natural scrubber to remove gunk and clean the oily surfaces of your appliances. Additionally, imli has antibacterial properties that help eliminate harmful viruses and germs from your utensils. We suggest soaking the tamarind in water (before using it as a cleaning agent), along with some salt to enhance its effectiveness.
2. Imli To Control Pests:
Are those tiny flies invading your home and kitchen? Struggling to get rid of them? Worry not! A small piece of imli might just save the day. Tamarind has a naturally strong smell and antibacterial properties that can act as a natural repellent for certain pests. Prepare a paste, place it in small bowls, and distribute them around your home, kitchen, and garden.
3. Imli To Make Soap At Home:
If you’re a fan of home remedies for your skin, tamarind could be your next go-to ingredient. You can create soap using imli extracts that not only add a natural fragrance but also become a potent product for fighting germs and viruses.
4. Imli As A Natural Dye For Fabric:
Tamarind is rich in tannins, which help it bind well with fibres like cotton, wool, and other fabrics, leaving a dark brown stain. Plus, imli is eco-friendly, making it a sustainable option for all your dyeing needs.
Also Read:6 Surprising Uses Of Tomato Ketchup Beyond Cooking
Photo Credit: iStock
5. Imli For Skin And Hair Care:
Packed with antioxidants, tamarind works as an excellent exfoliating agent. These properties allow imli to serve as a natural scrub for your skin and hair, reducing dandruff and rejuvenating your skin’s health.
Sounds fun, right? So, instead of tossing away any excess tamarind in your pantry, put it to good use with these exciting ideas. Have a great day!
The Israel Defense Forces said it carried out a “targeted strike” in the Lebanese capital Beirut on Friday, adding that “at this moment, there are no changes in the Home Front Command defensive guidelines.”
A Lebanese security source told AFP an Israeli air strike hit Hezbollah’s south Beirut stronghold on Friday, while the Israeli military said it conducted a “targeted strike.”
Huge explosions were heard in the southern area of Beirut, according to media reports.
Stephen Colbert and Evie McGee Colbert once had a falling out over a spoon, but their new cookbook has them in the kitchen, with love, laughter and the right utensils.
Rybrevant is the first targeted second-line regimen to significantly reduce the risk of disease progression by more than 50% in patients with locally advanced or metastatic EGFR mutated non-small cell lung cancer, according to Johnson & Johnson.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Hi, I’m Dr. Karyn! Read my introduction to learn more about me and meet my five hilarious cats: Clutch, Cyril, Alex, Zelda, and Zazzles.
“Every day’s a school day”
This is something that seems to be more true the older I get. When I first graduated from vet school, I was petrified. Yesterday I was a student, today I am expected to be able to diagnose, treat, and operate on any creature that walks (or is carried) through the door. In reality, most newly graduated vets are allowed to paddle in the shallows for the first few months, but I know plenty that were thrown headfirst into the deep end, their bosses delighted to be able to hand over their night duties to their wide-eyed new employee.
After a few years, I was feeling more confident – perhaps too confident – acquiring the swagger of an experienced vet who’s seen it all, which of course, I hadn’t. Don’t get me wrong, I wasn’t some pompous, cocky clinician, but I did reach a point in my career where I felt like I could handle pretty much everything that came into the veterinary hospital; specialist cases being the exception.
In more recent years, I have reached a point where I feel comfortable enough in my experience to accept that I can’t possibly ‘know it all’, and there is always more to learn.
Every day’s a school day.
Corporate Control
Interestingly, it has only been since I started stepping back from clinical practice and into a role where I am providing information to a wider audience on a huge range of topics, that I have come to realize how much my patient diagnostics, treatment, and management options were guided or influenced from afar by the corporate giants that control a vast majority of the pet care industry. And this influence started back in vet school.
While I don’t feel that this has resulted in poor outcomes or suboptimal patient care, I have become more aware of how large companies have started to subtly steer the direction of certain aspects of veterinary care.
Lectures, training courses, and scientific studies sponsored by the companies that sell pet food, pharmaceuticals, and diagnostic tests, are common features of both veterinary education and practice, and it’s hard to believe that there was a complete lack of bias in the information they provided.
Does this product/drug/food/test/equipment give excellent results?
Are there other products/drugs/foods/tests/equipment that provide the same or better results?
Maybe, but we didn’t test those. We only included products in our study that we knew we could outperform.
I wasn’t exactly being misled, just…led.
Alex wonders if there is more to life than just dry food.
My Changing Views on Food
By far, the aspect of cat care that I have changed my opinion on the most, is food. Although the basics of feline nutrition are relatively unchanged, I have come to realize that I had allowed most of my nutritional decision-making to be steered by pet food companies.
For virtually every life stage, breed, size, weight, coat type, and health condition, there is a veterinary-approved cat food that’s been specifically designed for it. Don’t get me wrong, these are high-quality foods, they’re just not necessarily the best and only option out there.
Though I am loath to use the term ‘brainwashed’, I can’t help feeling like my dietary decisions had been dictated to me from on high, and heaven forbid I should entertain the idea of a *gasp* raw food diet.
For almost a decade, my cats were fed exclusively on a Royal Canin dry food for indoor cats prone to hairballs – a premium food by all accounts. My cats are healthy, their litter boxes smell about as good as a litter box can, and I had no reason to consider any alternatives. But now I am realizing that there are better, more natural ways to more than meet their needs, if I just remove the blinders I have been wearing since our vet school welcome day BBQ sponsored by Hills Pet Food.
Although I am still wary of the potential health risks of raw feeding, I can absolutely appreciate how our cats can benefit from a diet consisting of whole, unadulterated animal ingredients. When stored correctly, and formulated to meet nutritional requirements, there are some major benefits to raw feeding. And if raw isn’t your thing, fresh-frozen diets, that combine the benefits of raw food, the safety of gentle cooking, and the confidence of feeding a balanced diet, are a great, albeit pricey, option. Of course, the cynic in me suspects that it’s only a matter of time before these independent companies are engulfed by super-conglomerates like Mars, who already control a huge portion of the pet food industry.
Clutch, Cyril, Alex, and Zelda sampling some fresh-frozen food.
Alternative Treatments
Holistic therapy and Traditional Chinese Medicine are increasing in popularity in mainstream human medicine, and the veterinary industry isn’t far behind. A few years ago I underwent training in veterinary acupuncture and have been delighted in the results for both my patients and my own pets. I’m not recommending that we abandon modern medicine in favor of alternative therapies, but we are becoming increasingly aware of the very real and measurable benefits that certain therapies can have on our pets’ lives when used alongside proven methods and medications.
The aim of holistic therapy is to achieve greater results by assessing and treating the whole body and lifestyle, rather than just the problem at hand. The benefit is often a reduction in required drug doses and longer lasting results; great for patient health, but not so great for profit margins. Unsurprisingly, large corporations are rarely seen endorsing holistic practices.
Acupuncture can benefit humans, dogs, AND cats.
Never Stop Learning
If there is one thing that I have learned in the past few years of my veterinary career, it is that when we think we know it all, we deprive ourselves – and our patients – of the opportunities and benefits of exploring different options. There is rarely one single solution to a veterinary problem, so it’s worth being open to new ideas. I don’t want to give the impression that everything we are taught is tainted by corporate sponsorship; that simply isn’t the case. But I do encourage fellow vets and pet owners to check for bias before excluding new ideas and taking anything for granted.
This article is a part of Dr. Karyn’s series with her five hilarious cats.
Residential demand and supply, in the top nine cities in India, fell in the third quarter of 2024, both sequentially and annually, according to data from proptech firm PropEquity, which is listed on the NSE. The sales however outstripped launches.
On a pan-India basis new launches (supply) fell 15 per cent sequentially and 11 per cent on year to below 1 lakh units, while absorption (sales) fell 13 per cent sequentially and 18 per cent on year, at around a little over 1 lakh units.
New launches were at 93,693 units and sales at 104393 units.
The data shows that launches have been decelerating over the past four quarters while sales have been falling over the last three quarters.
Also read: NRIs are buying more houses in India than before
Among the cities and regions, the National Capital Region was the only one that bucked the nation-wide trend and saw launches rising 29 per cent on quarter and 221 per cent on year, while sales rose 3 per cent sequentially and 22 per cent annually. Mumbai and Thane showed a year-on-year rise in launches in the quarter, while Hyderabad showed a sequential rise. In Navi Mumbai, sales rose annually.
However Hyderabad saw the steepest annual fall in launches and sales.
Such marginal drops in any quarter should not be taken as symptomatic of any adverse trend, said Samir Jasuja, CEO & Founder, PropEquity, adding that demand continued robust.
Developers said the third quarter was traditionally a weak quarter because builders tended to delay their launches for the festive season and the last quarter of the year. Sunil Pareek, Executive Director, Assetz Property Group said the dip in sales and launches was primarily due to inventory constraints and not a result of reducing demand.
Post pandemic, the housing sector has been seeing a boom, fuelled partly due by the wealth made by Indians and NRIs in the stock markets, partly due to desire of home ownership that came up during Covid and also the reduction in stamp duties, premiums and interest rates that made home ownership more affordable.
The real estate sector in India is believed to be in the middle of a multi-year upcycle and the industry is expecting the boom to continue for the next several years.
Also read: RMZ offers 0.3 million sqft of commercial space to Chevron Global Technology in Bengaluru
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
SVAKA trgovina ima svoju poslovnu politiku, pa tako i Zara, što je na svojoj koži iskusila tiktokerica Laura Mahachek. U jednoj od njihovih prodavaonica našla je sako koji joj se svidio, ali među izloženima nije bilo njezine veličine. Jedini sako u njezinoj veličini bio je na lutki za izlaganje odjeće.
Pitala je djelatnicu može li skinuti sako s lutke i prodati joj ga, na što je dobila negativan odgovor. “Ne žele to učiniti. Pitala sam zašto, a djelatnica mi je rekla da je to poslovna politika trgovine,” ispričala je Laura i dodala da joj se to čini ludo. “Ne bih bila toliko ljuta da djelatnica koju sam pitala nije bila neugodna”, zaključila je.
“Skinula bih ga sama”
Njezin video prikupio je preko 200 tisuća pregleda i mnoštvo komentara. Mnogi su komentirali da bi sami skinuli sako s lutke, bez pitanja. “Umirem od smijeha, toliko puta sam sama skinula odjeću s lutki jer znam da oni to neće učiniti za mene”, “Učinim to bez pitanja, znam da nije pristojno”, “Skinula bih ga sama.”
Jedna osoba se uključila u raspravu pitanjem: “Zar nisu mogli jednostavno staviti sako u drugoj veličini?”, dok je druga kratko komentirala: “Ovo je ludo”, a treća zaključila: “Očito im se ne prodaje.”
U komentarima su se javili i korisnici koji tvrde da su radili u Zari ili drugim modnim trgovinama te su pokušali objasniti zašto u nekim trgovinama nije dozvoljeno skidanje odjeće s lutaka, bilo u samoj trgovini ili u izlogu.
“Radim u maloprodaji i kod nas je isto. Cijela naša korporacija ima istu politiku. Radi se o tome da se osigura da sve trgovine imaju isti izgled”, napisala je jedna korisnica.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“To je zato što zapošljavaju osobe zadužene za vizualno uređenje trgovine da oblače lutke. Ne mogu stalno mijenjati odjeću svaki put kad netko želi nešto kupiti”, dodala je druga.
“Radila sam tamo. Nismo smjeli skidati ništa s lutaka u izlogu (to je smjela raditi samo osoba/tim zadužen za izlog), ali sam stalno skidala odjeću s lutaka unutar trgovine”, napisala je treća.
Zašto trgovine ne dozvoljavaju skidanje odjeće s lutaka
Trgovine često ne dozvoljavaju skidanje odjeće s lutaka iz nekoliko razloga koji se odnose na vizualni identitet, logistiku i poslovnu strategiju. Lutke igraju ključnu ulogu u privlačenju kupaca i stvaranju dojma o brendu, a pažljivo stilizirani izlozi potiču prodaju odabranih artikala.
Promjena odjeće na lutkama može narušiti vizualnu koherentnost trgovine, što je posebno važno za velike maloprodajne lance koji nastoje održati ujednačen izgled u svim svojim poslovnicama, piše Ant Display.
Također, prema Shopifyju, samo ovlašteni zaposlenici, poput vizualnih stilista, smiju mijenjati odjeću na lutkama kako bi osigurali da sve izgleda savršeno. Promjene na lutkama zahtijevaju vrijeme i stručnost pa nije praktično mijenjati odjeću svaki put kada kupac poželi kupiti neki artikl.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Chargers quarterback Justin Herbert is dealing with a high ankle sprain and is officially listed as questionable for Sunday’s game against the Pittsburgh Steelers.
The 26-year-old did not practice Friday on the campus of University of North Carolina-Charlotte after he was a limited participant Thursday. He had a thick layer of athletic tape wrapped over his right cleat on the field Friday as he worked with trainers on exercises off to the side.
Herbert, who suffered the injury last Sunday during a win over the Carolina Panthers, is “doing everything he can” to play Sunday, coach Jim Harbaugh said, but the quarterback could not commit to whether he expected to play.
“Thankfully it’s only Friday,” Herbert said, standing with most of his weight on his non-injured left foot.
Herbert said the pain is “not great, but it is what it is.” He is working around the clock with ice and compression to keep the swelling down. If he is unable to play, the Chargers would start Easton Stick or Taylor Heinicke.
Stick played in three preseason games with up-and-down results, which prompted the team to add Heinicke to the roster after training camp. Heinicke, a 10-year NFL veteran, has spent the last three weeks learning the complex scheme that at first had him tongue-tied while calling out a play. But Harbaugh and Herbert praised Heinicke’s ability to catch up quickly.
“I haven’t seen anybody get this up to speed as Taylor has,” Harbaugh said. “It’s been outstanding.”
WhatsApp is constantly trying to bring innovative features and upgrades for its users and keep up with the Meta-verse. Now a recent report suggests that the popular messaging app is planning to introduce an Instagram-like feature called mention in status which lets users mention their contacts in their status updates.
With this feature, users can tag a particular contact in their status updates and share an instant mention notification with a specifically mentioned person. A mention notification will make it easier for users to get involved with their intentional audience and re-share the status. As per the report, this feature is still in the testing phase and has been launched for the beta testers.
WhatsApp has designed a specific button for the usage of this feature. Users will find this button in the caption bar while trying to share images and videos through status updates. This option will be accessible to users prior to publishing the status, hence they can choose contacts which they wish to mention in the status. Similar to Instagram, as users mention a contact, the mentioned contact will get an instant notification where they will be notified that they have been mentioned to a status update.
Furthermore, they will also get a WhatsApp text from the user notifying them about their mention in a status update. We should know that these mentions will be exclusive to the concerned parties, so other viewers of the status update will not be able to see the mentioned contacts. Notification alerts and texts will only be sent to the mentioned individual. It will ensure discreet interaction as mentions are not for public view.
Also, irrespective of the sender’s privacy settings, mentioned individuals will automatically get the status update, which means that vital status updates mentioning specific contacts will never be missed as they are always added as recipients of the status update. Replicating Instagram, mentioned individuals will be able to re-share the status update with their audience via a new re-share tab within the status screen extending the range of the content. However, unlike Instagram, if a mentioned individual re-shares the status update, the identity of the original sender will remain hidden.
Wanderlust and bucket list items often get a reality check from our bank balance. The expensive bills and long flights often deter the best of travel enthusiasts. But don’t let this make you abandon travelling.
Baku has strong European aesthetics. (Pexels)
Azerbaijan is an affordable hidden gem that requires no Schengen visa. It has the best of the worlds of Eastern Europe and West Asia, as it is tucked right between them, bordering the Caspian Sea and the Caucasian mountains.
Social media also helped bring this underrated Eurasian country to the spotlight. With airlines providing direct flights from Delhi and Mumbai and connecting flights from other cities, embracing the European dream destination feels closer than ever. The capital city, Baku has a unique blend of old-world, ancient charm, along with modern architectural marvels and stunning skylines. Here are some must-visit places if you visit Baku.
Icherisheher
Maiden tower in the old city.(Pexels)
This is the old city of Baku and is a UNESCO World Heritage site. The fortress, palace, hammams, ancient mosques, and ancient structures are well preserved. Old-narrow winding path through the old city makes the Icherisheher exploration an adventure on foot. While the new city of Baku is ultra-modern, the real confluence of East European and West Asian influence is prominent here. The outskirts of the old city have tall skyscrapers with old sandstone buildings in narrow alleys inside.
With bakeries serving hot local confectionaries and artisans selling embroidered carpets, Icherisheher lets you experience the local culture. The old city has several landmarks like the Palace of the Shirvanshahs, the residence of northeastern Azerbaijan’s ruling family, and Maiden Tower, a tall stone tower. This city also has Mohammed Mosque, an impressive 11th-century mosque, and breathtaking stone archways at Bazaar Square.
ALSO READ: Vatican approves pilgrimages to Medjugorje: Virgin Mary’s apparitions spark religious tourism
Bilgah Beach
Located by the Caspian Sea, Bilgah Beach is perfect for unwinding and relaxing. The beach has beautiful views of crystal-blue waters and golden sand. The beach offers options for water sports as well.
Baku eye
The ferris wheel provides amazing views of the sea and the city.(Pexels)
It is a giant Ferris wheel, like the London Eye. The panoramic views are beautiful from the top. Located at the national flag square, from Baku’s eye the Caspian Sea and the skyline can be viewed and enjoyed.
Gobustan National Park
It’s located 64 Km away from Baku and has a rocky and rugged terrain. The sprawling land of rocky hills has mud volcanos, bubbling and spewing mud. This World Heritage Site has cave art that dates back to Paleolithic times. The rock formations have ancient carvings on them, revealing the historic origin of this place.
ALSO READ: Whale-watching tourism boom in Tahiti: Stunning sightings vs growing environmental concerns
Flame Towers
The buildings are shaped like flame.(Pexels)
These three skyscrapers are uniquely shaped and are a testament to Baku’s futuristic architectural design. Resembling the shape of a flame, the buildings are covered with LED and they light up at night.
ALSO READ: Man’s Masai Mara stay goes viral on X: How to use credit card points for luxurious travel experience
Richard Osman has no intention of resting on his laurels. (Image: David Levenson/Getty Images)
Richard Osman is in the middle of a mammoth round of press interviews when we talk. He’s just got off the phone to Australia – the Aussies, needless to say, wanted to chat about the obsessive Fulham fan’s love of sport – and someone’s been making him cups of tea between calls to keep him going.
If it all sounds a bit overwhelming, it’s hardly a surprise. Since the 2020 publication of his debut novel The Thursday Murder Club, featuring a quartet of retired cold-case enthusiasts, the former host of hit BBC quiz show Pointless has become one of the world’s biggest authors – selling a staggering ten million copies of the four-part series. Today he looms large – quite literally, at 6ft 5in tall – over popular fiction.
His brilliant new novel, We Solve Murders, featuring a fresh cast of unforgettable characters, of whom more shortly, has unsurprisingly romped to number one in the book charts this weekend, despite taking a new tack. “If I was publishing a fifth Thursday Murder Club book, it would feel like a different vibe,” he admits.
Earlier this year, Osman, 53, told the Theakston Old Peculier Crime Writing Festival in Harrogate, supported by the Daily Express, that he felt like he was “cheating” on his beloved Thursday Murder Club characters by writing his new thriller.
He’s more sanguine today, telling me: “The first four books work as a quartet, so I thought I’d give them a bit of rest and recuperation and come into this new world and new characters and hopefully create something else readers will love.”
And it’s already clear he has – by taking the warmth of the original series global.
“I wanted to write a globetrotting murder novel,” he continues. “I thought, ‘What’s the most fun person to have at the heart of that?’ It has to be someone who doesn’t want to travel. So I’ve got this character, Steve, a widower who lives in a Hampshire village, loves his pub quiz and his cat and doesn’t want to go anywhere. But how do I get this guy around the world?
“Well, his daughter-in-law, Amy, is a bodyguard to billionaires. She’s threatened by a murderer and only trusts one person. And that’s Steve. So he has no option but to jump on a private jet – discovering, to his horror, there are no Scotch eggs – to help her.”
After that gloriously colourful elevator pitch, Osman continues: “We all come from trauma. You either run from it or you hide from it: Amy runs from it – she spends her entire life going around the world; private islands, private jets, war zones – and Steve hides from it.
“He becomes as small as he possibly can and surrounds himself with familiar people and familiar things. Once you have that opposition, I throw them into a plot – ‘I’m going to make terrible things happen to you. I’m going to put you in jeopardy.’”
On set of The Thursday Murder Club wth Ben Kingley, Pierce Brosnan, Helen Mirren and Celia Imrie (Image: Netflix)
We Solve Murders also features the fictional Rosie D’Antonio, described as the world’s bestselling novelist, “if you don’t count Lee Child”, and it’s a total cracker.
Any qualms Thursday Murder Club fans might have about Osman’s new set-up will disappear within pages. It might officially be a standalone, but it’s got series written all over it.
Not that its inevitable success will overshadow the original quartet.
Earlier this week, filming wrapped on a highly anticipated Netflix adaptation – executive-produced by Steven Spielberg and directed by Christopher Columbus – with an all-star cast. Dame Helen Mirren, Pierce Brosnan, Celia Imrie and Sir Ben Kingsley play, respectively, former spy Elizabeth, ex-union boss Ron, ex-nurse Joyce and retired psychiatrist Ibrahim, as the septuagenarian sleuths who meet weekly to solve cold cases at their Kent retirement village – based on the community where Osman’s mother Brenda lives. (The wider cast includes David Tennant, Richard E Grant and Jonathan Pryce.)
Osman bought his mum her flat after his success in television, chuckling today: “I’m a good working-class boy. It’s my proudest thing that I bought her a place in that retirement village. That’s what she dreamed of.”
Of that striking generosity, he adds with a smile: “It’s obviously paid me back!”
Osman has previously revealed that, as he observed residents there, he realised it would make “the perfect place for a murder”.
“I found it very moving. I found it very beautiful. Everyone’s in their seventies and, you know, we’re told to think certain things about people in their seventies.
“But they were having such a laugh,” he once recalled. “They were drinking, gossiping. There’s loads of politics. Extraordinary people from loads of different backgrounds all mixing together. And I thought, ‘This is an interesting gang of people’.” That original instinct for storytelling that created his fictional Coopers Chase Retirement Village proved spot on.
Published during the tail-end of the pandemic, it was an overnight sensation, reinvigorating what has since been sometimes sneeringly coined “cosy crime”.
So did it benefit from the lockdown-related surge in reading? In fact, he insists, it was done and dusted – including being sold to Spielberg – pre-pandemic.
“People were saying it didn’t feel like a book they’d read before, that it was bucking the market, and that it has a sort of warmth,” he says. “People say in a pandemic, people want warmth and they want happiness.
“But in my view that’s what people always want. Like when Bake Off comes on. They want something that has a bit of warmth and comes from a place of kindness. And it can have whatever sticking-out edges you like, so long as people know it starts with heart. In my view, that’s what people respond to.”
With Steven Spielberg, who is executive producing his film adaptation (Image: Richard Osman Instagram )
Thus Osman, married to Doctor Who actress Ingrid Oliver, describes himself, quite firmly, as a “writer about love and loss” – even with his background in comedy and the dry, often pitch-black humour of his novels.
“To me, character is everything,” he continues. “If we don’t care what happens, you can have the greatest plot in the world but, without characters we care about, we’ll stop reading. So I always start with relationships. I start any book with characters talking to each other. I write dialogue to find out about them. This book was supposed to be a two-hander between Steve and Amy, but I needed Amy to have a client.
“So I came up with a Jackie Collins-type author, Rosie D’Antonio. I had this scene where Amy’s talking to her, really to find out about Amy, but by the end of it, I was thinking, ‘OK, this isn’t a two-hander any more, it’s a three-hander’. I didn’t know where she was going to fit in, but I knew I wanted her along for the ride.”
His characters, especially Steve in this case, clearly have a little of him in them.
“I do find myself sometimes in situations where I’m at a lovely book festival in Italy but I wish I was at home watching the snooker,” he admits. “I occasionally think, ‘If it was really up to me, I’d never leave the house.’ But I’ve learned over the years that I must.”
Osman’s also an avid pub quizzer, admitting: “People get annoyed when they see me walk in. They think, ‘Uh-oh, it’s the guy from Pointless’.”
In an era when it’s become the norm for anyone with a hint of a public profile to write books, Osman is utterly unpretentious and very genial. No wonder he’s become such a favourite on the crime writing festival circuit. There’s also something very gentle about him, despite his physical size.
He chuckles: “I am genial, I like the world to get along. Though I can be quite ruthless. I’ve been in business for a really long time and I’ve survived. I’m very happy to be ‘alpha’ if you need me to be.
“But by and large, the cultural impact I’d like to have is to be one of, I think, that there’s maybe more that connects us than divides us. And I wonder if we shouldn’t just celebrate who we are as a species?”
Osman certainly isn’t remotely posh or nerdy, as some critics seem to think.
He grew up near Haywards Heath, West Sussex, having been born with nystagmus – an eye condition which means the world appears blurry. His father left when he was nine, his mother bringing up him and his older brother – Suede bassist (and novel writer) Mat Osman, 56 – as a single mum. It clearly left him with an admiration of determined, resilient women, which bleeds through into his female characters. But it must have been hard?
Richard with his wide, actress Ingrid Oliver (Image: Jeff Spicer/Getty Images)
“Exactly that,” says the father-of-two. “But I come from a family of very strong women and I’m of the view that, the more women we have in positions of power, the safer we become.”
Including Liz Truss?
“There are always exceptions, but I like writing about a world where people exceed your expectations, or do something you don’t think they’re going to do.”
He’s currently waiting for Brenda’s verdict on the new book, but adds: “She loved it that I worked in telly and Mat was in music, but she really loves that we’re both now writing novels because she’s a reader. The idea that her boys can write books, to her, is like witchcraft.”
In fact, Osman was an accidental television presenter.
“I was a journalist in my teens, and I wrote sitcoms. I was always a writer, really. And everything in between was an accident,” he says. “I always wanted to test myself on the idea of doing a novel. You know, in the way somebody who runs is like, ‘One day, I’m going to do a marathon’.
“I wanted to write a book that was the length of a novel, that looked like a novel, and would entertain people.
“If I did that, I’d have been happy to put it in the bottom drawer. Then, you know, you give it to somebody and it takes off. But the place I’m happiest is with a blank piece of paper and a pen. There was never going to be a lifetime where I wasn’t going to write a novel. It could have been a terrible novel, but I was always going to write one.”
Supremely confident, Osman’s only flicker of doubt comes when we talk about leaving the Thursday Murder Club behind – for now.
“You do think, ‘Will people follow?’, but it’s down to the quality of the work, isn’t it?
“Having had a few successes and a lot of failures, the successes are more fun. But I want to do this for the next 20 years, so I’m going to be writing lots of books and I have to do different ones.”
However, there is good news for Thursday Murder Club fans. “All I can say is, about three days ago I wrote ‘The Thursday Murder Club Five’ at the top of a piece of paper and underlined it,” Osman adds with a chuckle.
When I tell him my 13-year-old daughter Phoebe read his second book, The Man Who Died Twice, in a single car journey, he laughs: “Tell her being able to read in the car is a superpower. Very few people can do it… but it’s the only skill I have.”
Ten million readers and counting would beg to differ.
We Solve Murders by Richard Osman [Penguin Books]
* We Solve Murders by Richard Osman (Penguin Books, £22) is out now.
Visit expressbookshop.com or call 020 3176 3832. Free UK P&P on orders over £25
Mercedes-Benz has given its smallest seven-seat SUV an update.
The GLB – which is built on the same bones as the smaller, cheaper A-Class and GLA – is almost as big as a GLC on the outside, and packs a boxy body to maximise interior space. It’s a formula few brands have followed in Australia.
Not only is the GLB dwarfed by the other two seven-seat SUVs in the Mercedes-Benz range, the GLE and GLS, it’s smaller than mid-sized SUVs with seven-seat options like the Nissan X-Trail and Mitsubishi Outlander.
It’s also priced in a strange corner of the crowded SUV world. With a starting price of $74,000 before on-road costs, it sits between top-end cars from brands like Volkswagen and Honda, and in line with five-seat SUVs such as the Audi Q5 and Volvo XC40.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the MY20 GLB 250 4Matic
Mercedes-Benz has recently given this in-betweener an update, with a sharper look on the outside and updated tech on the inside.
How does it shape up today?
How does the Mercedes-Benz GLB-Class compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Mercedes-Benz GLB-Class against similarly sized vehicles.
Mercedes-Benz
GLB
How much does the Mercedes-Benz GLB-Class cost?
Prices for the GLB rose by around $4000 with its recent update, and have been increased again since the car’s launch in December 2023. It does, however, now pack more standard equipment than before.
Model
Price before on-roads
Mercedes-Benz GLB 200
$74,000
Mercedes-Benz GLB 250 4Matic
$84,700
Mercedes-AMG GLB 35 4Matic
$103,800
To see how the Mercedes-Benz GLB shapes up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What is the Mercedes-Benz GLB-Class like on the inside?
Mercedes-Benz has done a lot with a little here.
Up front it’s standard entry Mercedes-Benz, which means a glossy dual-screen display dominates the dashboard above an array of flash-looking air vents. Even six years on from the debut of this design philosophy with the new A-Class, it has so much showroom appeal.
Our tester maybe went slightly too far into the realm of showroom sizzle, though. The three-pointed star is everywhere here, from the door trims to the dashboard – and at night, some of them are backlit, like a branded take on the Rolls-Royce starlight setup.
It’s eye-catching, but to my eyes it’s also a bit gauche. The build quality, technology, and overall sense of luxury in a Mercedes-Benz cabin should speak for themselves without having to scatter a sky full of three-pointed stars on the dash to remind you what you’re driving.
The fundamentals are solid, though. The seats (trimmed here in black faux leather, suede, and with red stitching that’s no longer offered in Australia) offer a commanding view of the road ahead, and there’s plenty of adjustment for odd-shaped drivers.
The steering wheel feels brilliant in your hands, although the touch sliders on the four slim spokes are needlessly fiddly on the move. They’re a step backwards from what was offered before, and make simple tasks like changing the volume harder.
By now, we’re familiar with the dual-screen MBUX infotainment system. It can be controlled with steering wheel controls, the touchscreen, or ‘Hey Mercedes’ voice inputs – the touchpad on the transmission tunnel is gone.
Both screens are pin-sharp, with impressively quick responses and deep, vivid colours. In the age of smartphones with ultra-high-resolution screens and lightning refresh rates, they feel like an extension of the tech we’re already using in the best way possible.
Once you’re attuned to how the menus work it’s not hard to jump around, and the fact Apple CarPlay is now wireless and takes up the whole screen is a step forward.
For all the high-tech flash, there’s a disappointing sense of cheapness to parts of this interior.
The plastic toggle switches below the vents aren’t aligned, for example, presenting like teeth in need of braces, and the plastics on the door trims are a cut below what you get in a GLC. At least the panoramic sunroof makes for a light and airy feeling.
Although it’s not meant to be a flagship for Mercedes-Benz, it’s still not quite up to scratch.
There is plenty of storage up front, from the massive underarm storage bin to the big door pockets. You also get three USB-C ports up front, two in the back, and two for third-row passengers.
Rear seat space is one of the major calling cards of the GLB on paper, and it delivers in practice.
The boxy profile frees up an impressive amount of headroom, and with the 40/20/40 folding bench slid to its rearmost position you’ll be able to slot a full-sized adult behind a full-sized driver.
The tall windows and wide-opening doors are both wins for anyone carrying small kids in child seats, and the rear air vents are a necessity in any family car that’s going to survive an Australian summer.
ISOFIX points feature on the outboard rear seats, and there’s a trio of top tethers for child seats.
The third row is genuinely usable by 5+2 SUV standards.
Access is surprisingly simple thanks to the 220mm of range on the sliding second row when the backrests are folded (and the low sill), and back there there’s ample headroom for growing teenagers or regular kids.
Legroom? Well, with the second row in its rearmost position it’s very limited. But with it slid forward, it’s possible to strike a compromise that’ll ensure everyone has enough space to stay comfortable on the school run. It’s a proper 5+2.
At six-seven, I could get back there and fold the second-row seatbacks into place. It’s not exactly a Kia Carnival, but it’s fit for purpose.
There’s storage, USB-C ports, and curtain airbag coverage back there, all of which are welcome and increase the third row’s usability.
The large, flat tailgate is power operated, and can be activated with a kick sensor beneath the rear bumper if your hands are full. Space behind the third row is limited, but there’s enough room for a few shopping bags.
To see how the Mercedes-Benz GLB shapes up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
What’s under the bonnet?
The engine in the base GLB is shared with a range of Renault vehicles, along with entry-level versions of the A-Class and GLA.
Specifications
Mercedes-Benz GLB 200
Engine
1.3L 4cyl turbo
Power
120kW
Torque
270Nm
Transmission
7-speed dual-clutch auto
Driven wheels
FWD
Weight
1676kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
7.5L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
8.0L/100km
Fuel tank capacity
52 litres
Fuel requirement
95 RON
CO2 emissions
171g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Braked tow capacity
1500kg
To see how the Mercedes-Benz GLB shapes up against the competition, check out our comparison tool.
How does the Mercedes-Benz GLB-Class drive?
The bones underneath the GLB are featured in three other cars in Australia, so the way this car drives is familiar.
Overseas model shown
The steering is light in the city, and it’s tuned for comfort. That means speed bumps and the pimply surfaces common in Australian cities don’t ruin the mood behind the wheel, and you can park in tight spaces without massive biceps.
For a little engine, the 1.3-litre unit in the base GLB packs a decent punch once you’re up and rolling. But it can be awkward off the mark when you’re trying to creep slowly in traffic, juddering on light inputs before sharply engaging and surging forward.
Mercedes-Benz has done a good job smoothing out the powertrain’s rougher edges. It’s less awkward here than in its other applications, and with a bit of time you can drive around its quirks – but there’s no escaping the yawning pause when you flick from drive to reverse, or the occasional stunted start.
You’ll notice the engine needs to kick down up hills with only one person on board, and sometimes needs to drop one, two gears with a heavier load to keep its speed up.
It’s not too noisy in the cabin, with a relatively refined bark, but you’re aware the engine is working hard at times which doesn’t feel particularly Mercedes-Benz.
The way it delivers its torque means all-wheel drive would be welcome as well; the transmission kicks in sharply when you try to accelerate quickly away from the lights, which in the wet can leave the front wheels spinning.
With light steering and upright pillars, this is an easy car to place in town.
As seven-seaters go it’s a very easy one to drive in tight spaces, or to park in narrow underground spots at your local supermarket.
At higher speeds, the GLB is a comfortable cruiser. Although it’s working to get to the legal limit at times, once you’re there the engine settles down and the chubby tyres make for a quiet, refined drive.
Compared to the A-Class and GLA, both of which can get a bit shouty on coarse chip country highways, the GLB is quieter and more refined. It’s still not going to give a GLC any sleepless nights, but it’s better than its platform mates.
Mercedes-Benz has long been a pioneer in the active driver assistance space, and the GLB possesses a set of polished tools to take the load off on long journeys.
The adaptive cruise control confidently maintains a gap to the car in front, and the active lane centring system holds the car between the white lines without ripping the wheel out of your hands.
Features such as the automatic lane change, which handles steering and checks your blind spot when you flick the indicator, elevate the GLB over some rivals.
Mercedes-Benz also does some of the best cameras in the business, which means there’s no excuse for dinged wheels or bumpers.
What do you get?
On test is the entry-level GLB 200.
Mercedes-Benz GLB 200 and GLB 250 4Matic highlights:
19-inch AMG five-spoke alloy wheels
Run-flat tyres
Panoramic sunroof
AMG Line exterior
Privacy glass
Hands-free power tailgate
LED headlights
Adaptive high-beam
Electric folding side mirrors
Adjustable damping
10.25-inch digital instrument cluster
10.25-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wireless Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
Wireless phone charger
DAB radio
USB-C port
Tri-zone climate control
Ambient interior lighting
Nappa leather-wrapped steering wheel
Artico/Microcut upholstery
Proximity entry and push-button start
Heated front seats
Electric front seats with memory
Is the Mercedes-Benz GLB-Class safe?
The Mercedes-Benz GLB received a five-star ANCAP safety rating in 2020 based on testing conducted by Euro NCAP in 2019. This rating only applies to the GLB 200 and GLB 250 4Matic.
Category
Mercedes-Benz GLB
Adult occupant protection
92 per cent
Child occupant protection
88 per cent
Vulnerable road user protection
78 per cent
Safety assist
76 per cent
Standard safety equipment includes:
9 airbags
Autonomous emergency braking
Blind-spot assist
Exit warning
Lane keep assist
Adaptive cruise control
Traffic sign recognition
Driver attention monitoring
Emergency SOS calling system
Semi-autonomous parking assist
Front and rear parking sensors
Surround-view camera
How much does the Mercedes-Benz GLB-Class cost to run?
The Mercedes-Benz GLB is covered by a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty. As is the case across the Mercedes-Benz lineup, it’s a pricey car to service.
The GLB remains a unique, capable option in Australia.
Mercedes-Benz has done an excellent job making the most of a relatively small package, with an impressively flexible cabin and refined manners on the road when you consider it’s a family SUV running a little engine.
That’s where the shine starts to come off the GLB 200. The base engine has just enough punch, but load it up with seven people (or five and their things) and it starts to feel a bit strained… which isn’t very Mercedes-Benz.
The same can be said of the gauche trim and cheap interior finishes, which feel out of place in a $75,000 car.
With its more powerful 2.0-litre turbocharged engine and all-wheel drive, the GLB 250 sitting above the 200 in the range doesn’t solve the interior trim issues, but it does at least get you a powertrain with more headroom if you’re planning to spend lots of time on the open road.
As it stands, the GLB 200 is a good idea executed well – but not as well as it otherwise could have been.
Interested in buying a Mercedes-Benz GLB? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
India is currently the world’s second largest consumer of gold, the largest importer, and the largest exporter of gold jewellery. (Representational image via AP)
The global body recommended that India should include “deeper” qualitative and quantitative data and typologies from domestic and international sources on the money laundering risks
The ease with which the trade of precious metals and stones can be used to move “large amounts” of funds without leaving an ownership trail shows this sector in India is vulnerable to be used as a tool for money laundering and terrorist financing, the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) has said.
The Paris-headquartered global body said in its mutual evaluation report for India released on Thursday that the money laundering (ML) risks associated with the “smuggling and dealing” in precious metals and stones should be “further developed” given the size of this sector in the country.
The report said there were approximately 1,75,000 DPMS (dealers of precious metals and stones) in the country but its apex body– Gems and Jewellery Export Promotion Council (GJEPC) only had 9,500 members.
Certificate of being a GJEPC member along with tax registration is mandatory for undertaking import or export of gems trade in India.
Currently, there are “shortcomings” in risk understanding, particularly relating to money laundering threats arising from smuggling and dealing in precious metals and stones and also human trafficking, it said in its 368-page report.
“The ease with which PMS (precious metals and stones) can be used to move large amounts of funds without leaving an ownership trail combined with the size of the market in India means there are vulnerabilities associated with their use as a tool for ML/TF (terrorist financing),” the report said.
It recommended that India should include “deeper” qualitative and quantitative data and typologies from domestic and international sources on the money laundering risks associated with precious metals and stones smuggled into and circulating in India, when undertaking future risk assessments on DPMS and gold and diamond smuggling and the associated money laundering risks.
The FATF said similar action was required to deal with human trafficking cases.
“Understanding of money laundering threats arising from trafficking in human beings and migrant smuggling and ML/CFT risks from smuggling and dealing in precious metals and stones can be further developed.
“Effective domestic coordination and cooperation on AML/CFT issues occurs at both the policy and operational levels,” as per the report.
A more detailed action plan that provides more “granular” mitigation measures, which lays out clear priorities and benchmarks for implementation, would strengthen responses, it said.
It added that there could be a possibility that this sector (PMS) may have “higher risks” with criminal networks operating cross-border not being investigated and captured by law enforcement reporting.
“Given India’s position as a leading consumer of gold and gems and producer of refined diamonds, India’s authorities should continue to monitor fraud and smuggling evasion techniques and associated ML as well as consider collecting further data and typologies so that investigating authorities can continue to dedicate resources to address ML threats in a targeted manner,” the FATF recommended.
The report said it found that precious metals and stones play an important role in Indian tradition and culture and continue to be used as a store of value for large proportion of the population.
India is currently the world’s second largest consumer of gold, the largest importer, and the largest exporter of gold jewellery.
It also has one of the largest industries for polishing of diamonds and gems, and jewellery manufacture with the sector constituting about 7 per cent of the GDP.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – PTI)
Bitcoin finally made it above $64,000, even though the bears quickly dragged it below the range. The ongoing consolidation is looked to be a part of a post-halving accumulation that breaks out 170 days after the event. The rally further peaks after 480 days and hence it appears that the rally is yet to begin as we are currently 152 days after the BTC halving. As the US elections are underway, global liquidity is expected to spike up. Therefore, the BTC price is believed to break out violently from the pattern it is trading at the moment.
On the other hand, the BTC price has not confirmed a rise above the bearish influence, which has kept the possibility of a rejection alive. Ever since the BTC price surpassed $64,000, the bears have become pretty vigilant and are exerting enough pressure over the token. Currently, the price has dropped below $63,000 after losing the higher range soon after marking daily highs. With this, the bearish hopes of plunging back below $60,000 arise, but here’s the major twist.
As per the data from Coinglass, the BTC Puell multiple indicators have just flashed bullish signals as the indicator is approaching the green zone. The indicator reaching the red zone suggests the BTC price is too high and hence needs to drop. Conversely, the indicator in the green zone indicates that the price is pretty low and could bounce very soon. It is a miner revenue-based indicator and hence reaching the red zone also indicates their revenues are higher than 365-D MA levels. This may compel some of the miners to close the rigs, which may decrease the hash rate.
At present, the levels are about to enter the green zone, which is a bullish signal and also be considered a great time to accumulate BTC. Regardless of this, the price has not confirmed a bullish reversal and in such a case, the question arises: whether the token will form another lower high?
The daily chart of Bitcoin offers a clear picture of it remaining stuck within a descending trend. The latest move may have raised the price above the local resistance, but the bulls are falling week as they approach the descending trend line, acting as a pivotal resistance. With the daily candle turning bearish, the possibility of the token forming another lower high has emerged.
Regardless of the interim bearish influence, the Bitcoin (BTC) price, from a wider perspective, continues to trade under the bullish influence within a bull flag. Hence, a breakout from the pattern is expected to trigger a massive run, probably beyond $100K.
The world seems chockablock with research and data about how AI is now — and in the future — having an impact on the careers of marketers and creators.
Is that because we’re in the research business and have seen a few recent studies, including CMI’s 2025 Career Outlook for Content and Marketing, that speak to AI’s impact on career opportunities, both current and future, for marketers?
We took the question to Robert Rose, CMI’s chief strategy advisor, who has his human finger on the pulse of the studies and AI. He explains what’s happening and the takeaways all marketers should have. Read on for his take, or watch this video:
Stat’s inverse indicates the real picture
A mentor once told me something that’s top of mind this week, “When our ability to cleanly measure is imprecise, humans will fill the gap for better or worse with narrative.”
In other words, you fit the data into the story in your head rather than fit the story into the data. If you use Google Analytics to tell a marketing story, you know exactly what I’m talking about.
Over the last few weeks, new research studies, including CMI’s, speak to the impact of AI on marketing careers. A lot of amazing stories are out there, but the reality is a bit more boring.
Are industries really changing to meet ideas? What do stats like “72% of industry leaders say they need to reshape talents and skills of their organizations” really mean? Is that really anything new? Disruptive?
I always like to ask, “What’s the story with the inverse?”
What about the 28% of industry leaders who don’t feel like they need to reshape the talents and skills of their organizations? What are they thinking? Do they feel great about things the way they are? Or are they saying, “Meh, we’re pretty happy with the team the way it is.”
When it comes to AI in marketing and your careers as marketers, is the sky falling? Or is it, you know, just another Friday?
The cognitive bias known as the frequency illusion fascinates me. Also known as the Baader-Meinhof phenomenon, it occurs when you notice a word or concept more frequently after you’ve been made aware of or focused on it for some time.
The classic example is after you buy a new car. You’ve explored the options, priced them, chosen one, and now, as you drive around, the world is filled with that car.
Are the multiple recently released studies on AI’s impact on marketing job opportunities creating a frequency illusion? What’s really going to happen? To say it’s a decidedly mixed bag would be an understatement.
If you want to stop reading now, the truth is nobody knows. To paraphrase one of my writing heroes, William Goldman, of The Princess Bride film, talking about movie executives: Nobody knows anything. Not one person in the entire industry knows for sure what’s going to work or how it’s going to all turn out. Every time, it’s a guess and, if you’re lucky, an educated one.
Is generative AI really important in marketing careers?
In CMI’s outlook, demand-gen marketers didn’t even put AI on the list of where they planned to expand spending in the next year. However, 57% of marketers in the research named AI as the No. 1 biggest impact. Additionally, marketers feel pressure to “get good” at generative AI, primarily from the C-suite.
Is it any wonder?
Other research headlines are filled with the changing-so-fast-it’s-making-our-heads-spin theme. A recent study by Deloitte finds that 79% of director and C-suite respondents expect generative AI to drive substantial organizational transformation in less than three years.
The more recent Kantar research (registration required) finds that almost half of respondents say AI already affects their media organization. OK, but remember my inverse preference? That finding means that more than half don’t.
Experience in AI was 10th in Kantar’s list of the top 10 most important skills sought by leaders in the media industry in the next three years. Only 27% say it is a very important skill.
Gartner’s November 2023 analysis of more than 300,000 job postings found that fewer than 1% mentioned generative AI skills or responsibilities for AI-related content creation.
What’s the real story?
After consuming all this research, you would be right to still be confused. All these numbers seem to indicate a lot of FUD — fear, uncertainty, and doubt — about the most appropriate uses of AI, and people, mostly those in senior leadership positions, think they’re a lot farther behind in its integration than they actually are.
Marketing media seem to play a bit in the talk that AI will fundamentally disrupt the marketing organization. They say leaders are deeply convinced their organization will be disrupted, upended, torn apart, made exponentially more efficient, innovate like never before, double in creativity, halve in size, and ultimately evolve marketing to be automated in the next three to 50 years.
It’s as clear as mud.
Ground your AI plans in these ideas
How do you move past the headlines as you round the bend and head toward the fourth quarter of 2024 and the planning season for 2025? Consider these three things:
Businesses are taking a considered approach to this enterprise AI thing. Most don’t really know what to do with it or whether it’s going to work. Many talk a big game, but privately wait to see how it starts to shake out.
Marketing practitioners and content creators are worried but a little less worried than even a year ago. Most businesses integrating AI seem to avoid the bumper sticker advice, “AI won’t replace you, but someone using AI will.” Instead, they treat generative AI as a core technology, not unlike computing. They employ smart strategists, storytellers, and innovative and creative people and teach them AI rather than hiring AI specialists and trying to teach them how to be strategists and storytellers.
AI changes every day. It’s almost changing too fast for its own good. In the early days of the internet, a big challenge was how quickly the technology and skillsets needed for workers to thrive were changing. Many people concluded that becoming a generalist and knowing a little bit about a lot was better than trying to know a lot about a little piece. You never knew when that little bit would be outdated.
Many businesses over-purchased technology and over-indexed on complex technology they didn’t know how to derive value from. One of the biggest reasons for the dot-com bubble and subsequent pop was that fast-expanding technology stars realized they were building nothing other than a lot of hot vaporware that amounted to little value.
Now, whether an AI bubble or crash is coming is uncertain, but the thinking relates to your career, skills, and how marketers use this technology.
My advice? Pump the brakes. Learn as you can and keep your Spidey senses up. Just don’t move so fast you lose your peripheral vision.
As you look at all these AI tools — and all the research — you start to see everywhere, you’ll see opportunities everywhere. But remember the frequency bias. Not everything is a problem to solve and not everything is a problem to solve with the hottest technology in the last few decades.
Take the time to see what’s going on behind the headline stories. When the data shows AI is dead last in the list of the top preferred skills and 80% of organizations appreciate communication skills and storytelling, that tells you something. It’s important to listen, watch, and ask questions to make the story your own.
Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Vidya Samiksha Kendras, or VSKs, which aim at collecting and collating real-time data on students and teachers across the country, has brought 30 odd States and Union Territories under its network, said Vipin Kumar, Additional Secretary to the Ministry of Education.
The VSK network aims at making available parameters such as student and teachers’ attendance, online, on a real-time basis on a GIS dashboard across all States.
The VSK – with a presence of at least one centre in every State – is viewed as a data warehouse that will eventually connect every single school across the country, from government to private; thereby enabling comprehensive and interactive data analytics to facilitate data-driven policy interventions and customised decision-making in the schooling system.
Tracking learning gap
According to Kumar, the system will allow for mapping, tracking and, if necessary, identifying learning gaps in students even if they move across States.
It will also help in identifying reasons behind poor performance by students in a specific school or region, look into consistent low attendance of girl students in schools of a particular block, and even verify if a mid-day meal was provided to all school-going children in a district.
“Every student has a unique ID like Aadhar. And, their progress is tracked. So, even if they move around and shift from one State to another, teachers will be able to view and track his strengths and weaknesses, his learning progress, etc,” Kumar said, while speaking at the Deloitte India’s Government Summit.
“The VSKs include students from both government and private schools,” he added. Some of the States already onboard include Andhra Pradesh, Delhi, Tamil Nadu, Uttar Pradesh, among others.
Therapy is a critical part of treatment for mental health concerns like depression or anxiety. But what are you supposed to do if you can’t afford it? Even with sliding scale payments, therapy can be expensive. Online therapy services like BetterHelp and Talkspace make it more affordable, at around $60 to $90 per session, but that’s still not in the budget for many people. Not to mention, therapists aren’t always taking new patients.
Therapy will always be the gold standard for mental health treatment, but circumstances can make it temporarily impossible. That doesn’t mean your mental health has to suffer. These simple wellness strategies can help you nourish your mental wellness without spending any money.
Also, see how to naturally treat depression and anxiety and ways you can give yourself a happiness boost each day.
1. Use mental health apps to track daily progress
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
Mental health apps offer resources to people who otherwise couldn’t get them. While they’re not a substitute for therapy and can’t diagnose conditions, mental health apps like Moodfit and Sanvello are great tools to use on your mental wellness journey. The best mental health apps will help you relieve stress and anxiety and teach you how to manage symptoms in the future.
There’s a lot of variety in what these apps offer and the features that are built in. Many offer a great catalog of educational resources to help you learn about conditions and adapt coping strategies to manage them daily.
Mental health apps can also be a reminder to check in on yourself. Most send push notifications throughout the day, which can be used as an indicator to stop and assess how you’re feeling.
Wiphop Sathawirawong/Getty Images
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
2. Implement cognitive behavioral therapy strategies on your own
Cognitive behavioral therapy is commonly used to treat depression, anxiety and addiction. CBT strategies and tools are intended to be taken outside of therapy sessions and used in daily life.
It’s called self-directed therapy. Again, it isn’t a replacement for traditional therapy with a professional, but it can supplement your mental health efforts when you don’t have access to talk therapy. This self-help strategy is best reserved for those with moderate symptoms that don’t affect daily tasks.
A systematic review of 33 studies found that self-help treatments can decrease anxiety and depression. Self-directed therapy results were “moderate,” according to the review. So people didn’t feel 100% better, but they reported feeling less anxious or depressed. If you’re interested in self-directed therapy strategies to improve your mental well-being, we recommend checking out the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies’ list of books. The books on the list have received a “seal of merit.”
Common self-directed therapy techniques:
Journaling: Writing down your thoughts and feelings and reflecting on them can help you identify negative thoughts and behavior patterns. Once you’re aware, you can take meaningful steps toward making changes.
Guided courses: With self-directed therapy, you have to start somewhere. Guided courses can help you learn methods and tactics for daily management. You can consult the National Alliance on Mental Illness for its mental health education directory.
Mental health apps: Many mental health apps use cognitive behavioral therapy techniques to reduce anxiety and help manage symptoms.
Getty Images
3. Stay connected to others
It’s important to connect with other people, especially those experiencing similar things. Studies show that connecting to others can provide a sense of meaning and purpose and decrease loneliness. Group therapy or support groups are typically led by a mental health professional or group leader and can be low-cost or free. Whether it be friends, family or strangers, sharing your feelings and experiences is essential.
Connections with people aren’t the only ones that can help improve your mental health. Pets and animals can reduce stress and anxiety levels. Take some intentional time to hang out with your pet — play with your dog, hug your cat. If you don’t have a pet, you can volunteer at a local animal shelter or humane society. Fostering or pet-sitting animals is also an option.
4. Practice mindfulness and meditation
Meditation has a history that stretches back thousands of years, but it’s become an extremely popular stress-relieving practice in the last few. Mindfulness helps you become more attuned to what you’re feeling and thinking, which helps you manage your thoughts and emotions more effectively, rather than becoming overwhelmed by them. Mindfulness uses techniques like meditation and breathwork to improve your mental health.
Mindfulness can help you manage symptoms of anxiety and other mental health disorders by helping you understand and cope with what you’re feeling. Studies show that meditation can help reduce stress, alleviate symptoms of depression or anxiety and help you sleep. The focus is on mind and body integration, which can help you enhance your mental well-being.
You can also use meditation apps to reduce stress and help maintain your mindfulness regimen. These free or low-cost apps are great for beginners.
Read more:Headspace Review: Get Tools for Mindfulness, Meditation and More for Just $5 a Month
Other practical tips to improve your mental health without therapy
Exercise: Several mental health benefits are associated with exercise, like relieving anxiety or improving your mood. Exercise also can boost your confidence and release endorphins. You don’t have to jump straight into heavy lifting; any exercise can help.
Go outside and soak up the sun: Sunlight boosts serotonin in the brain, which can improve your mood. When you don’t get enough sun, your serotonin levels drop, leading to seasonal affective disorder.
Prioritize your sleep:Poor sleep is linked to a greater risk of anxiety or depression, poor mood and higher stress levels. Prioritize your sleep by sticking to your bedtime routine — get ready for bed by doing something relaxing, aim for the same bedtime each night and turn off your screens.
Take a step back from social media: Constant social media use can increase symptoms of anxiety and depression. A digital detox may be warranted if you compare yourself to others online or notice a dip in your mental health. Start by limiting your time on social media. Then, try to fill that time with things you enjoy or people you like spending time with.
Getty Images
When should I see a therapist?
Self-directed therapy and well-being tactics are extremely useful, but they’re not the be-all and end-all of mental health. Face-to-face time with a licensed therapist is essential for those with severe conditions and symptoms.
The first thing you should do is check your insurance. Employer-provided insurance and Medicaid may cover screenings, psychotherapy and counseling. Your insurance coverage will depend on your state and your health plan, but many plans include mental health coverage for in-network therapists.
Read more: How to Find the Best Therapist Near You
Your finances shouldn’t stop you from getting the help you need. It may take some research into therapists and programs, but there are low-cost options.
Sliding scale payments: Some therapists offer sliding scale fees — you pay what you can afford. The cost will be based on your income. Not all therapists offer this, but many do.
Low-cost or free services: Some therapists offer low-cost or free counseling for individual and group sessions. If you live near a college or university, the graduate department may offer free or discounted therapy sessions.
Local and online support groups: Local organizations and volunteers in many areas offer support groups for things like grief and addiction. Use Mental Health America’s list of support groups to find one that best fits your needs. You can participate in a peer-led support group through the National Alliance of Mental Illness (NAMI).
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
The body isn’t the only thing that changes when a woman is pregnant.
A new study conducted by researchers at UC Santa Barbara mapped how the brain responds to rapid hormone changes during pregnancy.
Pregnancy is a “transformative period in a person’s life accompanied by profound hormonal and physiological changes,” study co-author Dr. Laura Pritschet said in a conversation with Fox News Digital.
AMERICANS ARE HAVING FEWER BABIES AS BIRTH RATE HITS HISTORIC LOW, CDC REVEALS
“Investigations that compare women pre- and post-pregnancy provide the strongest evidence to date that the human brain undergoes neural change during this period,” she said.
“Yet, how the brain changes during gestation itself is virtually unknown.”
The study mapped how the brain responds to rapid hormonal changes during pregnancy.(iStock)
Pritschet and her team launched the Maternal Brain Project, which scanned a first-time mother’s brain, once every few weeks, from preconception through two years postpartum.
This allowed the researchers to record changes in the brain in “pretty exquisite detail,” Pritschet said, which is “something that hasn’t been captured before.”
“These findings reveal highly dynamic changes unfolding in the human brain during pregnancy — some of which did not fully return to preconception levels.”
“Our findings show that pregnancy is characterized by reductions in gray matter volume, cortical thinning, and enhanced white matter microstructural integrity that unfold in step with advancing gestational week,” she went on.
These changes in brain matter were also linked to a significant rise in estrogen and progesterone during pregnancy.
SOME PREGNANT WOMEN USE CASTOR OIL TO SPEED UP LABOR, BUT EXPERTS SAY IT’S NOT FOR EVERYONE
“Together, these findings reveal highly dynamic changes unfolding in the human brain during pregnancy — some of which did not fully return to preconception levels,” Pritschet said.
This demonstrates a capacity for “extensive neural remodeling well into adulthood,” according to the researcher.
A reduction of gray matter in the brain isn’t necessarily a bad thing, she noted.
Researchers saw a decrease in gray matter and an increase in white matter in the brain of a first-time mother.(iStock)
A decrease in gray matter could indicate a “fine-tuning” of brain circuits, similar to how the brain changes and becomes more specialized as adolescents transition through puberty, Pritschet told Fox News Digital.
Some of the neurological changes were thought to be a response to the “high physiological demands” of pregnancy, which shows how adaptive the brain can be, the researcher said.
Overall, the study revealed evidence of “profound changes” happening in the brain, she noted, which could help validate the “wide range of experiences women have during pregnancy.”
‘DOES SMARTPHONE EXPOSURE CAUSE BRAIN CANCER?’: ASK A DOCTOR
Dr. Earnest Lee Murray, a board-certified neurologist at Jackson-Madison County General Hospital in Jackson, Tennessee, told Fox News Digital that he considers this study “interesting.”
Murray, who was not involved in the study, defined neuroplasticity as the brain’s ability to “reorganize neural pathways in response to changes in the brain, such as growth, chemical changes, environmental exposures or injury.”
“Neuroplasticity is the brain’s ability to reorganize neural pathways in response to changes in the brain, such as growth, chemical changes, environmental exposures or injury,” a neurologist told Fox News Digital.(iStock)
The extent of brain structure changes in such a short amount of time was one of the most “remarkable” findings in the study, Murray noted.
“This demonstrates the brain’s remarkable ability to respond to numerous changes and stressors,” he said.
“We know that women’s bodies go through many changes during pregnancy, but this is the first time changes in the brain have been documented with imaging during the different stages.”
Spotlight on women’s health
Pritschet emphasized that pregnancy should not be considered a “niche research topic,” as 85% of women experience it at least once in their lifetime, and about 140 million women are pregnant every year.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Asking these questions is long overdue, but we have good news — there is now a worldwide spotlight on women’s health at large, and the future is bright because of it,” she told Fox News Digital.
“Our hope is that this proof-of-concept study serves as a catalyst for more studies that take place in larger, more diverse cohorts of women.”
“Profound changes” happening in the brain could help validate the “wide range of experiences” women have during pregnancy, the researcher suggested.(iStock)
Using the new information from this study, the researchers plan to further investigate how brain changes may drive neurological conditions during pregnancy, like eclampsia, epilepsy, stroke and migraine.
“There are now FDA-approved treatments for postpartum depression (a condition that affects roughly one in five women), but early detection remains elusive,” Pritschet said.
“The more we learn about the maternal brain, the better chance we’ll have to provide relief.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews/health
Murray agreed that this study will help lay the groundwork for additional studies looking at various psychological or neurological conditions women may face during pregnancy.
This study did not look at the neurological changes related to forgetfulness or “brain fog” — often referred to as “pregnancy brain” — or other side effects, Pritschet clarified.
“The more we learn about the maternal brain, the better chance we’ll have to provide relief.”
“We absolutely need more work in this space to understand how changes in the brain during pregnancy lead to or trigger cognitive, behavioral and health outcomes,” she said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Everyone’s journey is different – some women report changes in mood or forgetfulness, while others do not – so we need to understand how and why these differences may emerge.”
Gigi Hadid’s daughter Khai turned 4 yesterday, September 19, and her mother went all out to make her birthday week extra special. The American fashion model shared a carousel of pictures on Instagram showcasing Khai’s Star Wars-themed celebration. The highlight was undoubtedly the Yoda birthday cake. One photo offered a full view of the stunning dessert, featuring a miniature Yoda atop a textured pink base, decorated with edible pearls. Another snap showed a half-eaten cake, revealing its rainbow colours inside. The words, “May the FOURce be with you” were written on the cake stand with green icing. In another photo, the birthday girl was spotted enjoying a cup of chocolate ice cream topped with colourful sprinkles. A box of chocolate sprinkles was also on the table. In her caption, Gigi Hadid wrote, “Our girl is 4 today and we celebrated all week! She loves animals (fantastical ones too), music, baby yoda, all things nature & bugs, descendants, anything squishy or miniature, and if possible – will be in the water from dawn til dusk. She is curious, adventurous, loving, and oh so witty Khai – it is my life’s greatest joy and pride to be your mama! Thank you for the four best years of my life – you remind me to live life to the fullest every day, in the most simple & beautiful ways. Your possibilities are endless, my sweetest love! YODA BEST.” Take a look: Also Read: Gigi Hadid Shares Pics Of Baby Girl Khai’s Meals – Full Of Colours, Shapes And Nutrients
Also Read: Gigi Hadid Made This Yummy Multi-Layered Sandwich At Home And We Want To Try It Earlier, on Mother’s Day, Gigi Hadid shared a photo dump of the baby food she prepared for her little girl. The supermodel used portion control plates to ensure her Khai had veggies with almost every meal. The first picture featured a mix of carrots and green pickles, a few French fries, tomato sauce and what appeared to be small pieces of bread or cake. Next, there were three adorable panda face pancakes topped with whipped cream, colourful toppings and some blackberries. Click here to read the full story.
What do you think about Gigi Hadid’s daughter’s cake? Share your thoughts in the comments section below.
CGTN’s Gateway of Time invites you to experience the People’s Republic of China’s 75-year transformation through an immersive visit to Chinese people’s homes. In the first scene, you step into the life of a farmer’s family in the early years of the PRC.
This era, from the 1950s to the 1970s, was marked by the dominance of the primary industry in employment and its contribution to GDP. Our protagonist, Jianguo, like most people at that time, worked the land and lived in a rural area, reflecting the low level of urbanization in the period.
Ivanhoe Cambridge has exited three digital infrastructure platforms by selling its stakes in them to joint venture partner Macrotech Developers for around ₹240 crore.
In an exchange filing Macrotech Developers or Lodha said that in line with its objectives to gradually increase its annuity income it had executed share purchase agreements with Ivanhoe Warehousing to acquire its interest in three platform entities Bellissimo Digital Infrastructure Development Management, Palava Induslogic 4 and Bellissimo In City FC Mumbai 1. Post the acquisition its stake in the above three entities would increase to 70 per cent, 66.67 per cent and 66.67 per cent respectively.
In 2022, Lodha, Ivanhoe Cambridge (a subsidiary of Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec) and Bain Capital formed a platform to invest $1 billion in creating 30 million square feet of digital infrastructure assets across India. They each had a one-third interest in the venture Lodha Industrial and Logistics Parks.
So far, only two assets have been created under this platform: one in Navi Mumbai near Palava and an in-city fulfilment centre in the eastern suburb of Kurla.
Businessline reported earlier this month that the venture was finding it difficult to establish a pan-India warehousing and logistics chain due to the high land acquisition costs.
According to the filing, of the three entities, only Bellissimo Digital Infrastructure Development Management, in which Ivanhoe had a 10 per cent stake, was generating revenue of Rs 55.5 crore as of March 31, 2024. The other two have yet to generate any income.
Before the sale, the CDPQ arm held a 33.3 per cent stake in the other two logistics entities.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
DANAS su novi iPhone 16 modeli stigli u Appleove trgovine i prodajna mjesta Appleovih partnera diljem svijeta, a prvi kupci već su počeli preuzimati svoje prednarudžbe. Istovremeno se formiraju redovi ispred Appleovih trgovina širom svijeta.
Uzbuđeni vlasnici iPhonea 16 i iPhonea 16 Pro već dijele fotografije svojih novih uređaja na društvenim mrežama, pritom dijeleći svoje prve dojmove.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Apple je 9. rujna predstavio novitete
Podsjetimo, 9. rujna Apple je na eventu It’s Glowtime predstavio novitete, a glavne zvijezde događaja bili su novi modeli iPhone 16. Predstavljeni su iPhone 16, iPhone 16 Plus, iPhone 16 Pro i iPhone 16 Pro Max.
Prednarudžbe novih telefona započele su 13. rujna, a najprodavaniji modeli tijekom prvog vikenda prodaje bili su iPhone 16 i iPhone 16 Plus. S druge strane, iPhone 16 Pro i iPhone 16 Pro Max zabilježili su pad prodaje u usporedbi s prethodnom godinom.
Što se tiče boja, najtraženija među modelima iPhonea 16 je nova Ultramarine, dok je u Pro liniji najpopularnija Desert Titanium. Cijene novih iPhonea u Hrvatskoj možete pogledati ovdje, a u kojoj su susjednoj zemlji najjeftiniji, saznajte ovdje.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Nonleague Apple Valley 34, Upland 31 Banning 17, Rialto 0 Beaumont 42, Murrieta Mesa 13 Bell Gardens 29, Arlington 21 Beckman 31, Woodbridge 0 Corona 30, Indian Springs 20 El Rancho 26, Fontana 0 Hemet 49, Adelanto 0 La Quinta 57, Southwest 0 La Habra 48, La Mirada 21 Moreno Valley 34, La Sierra 0 Los Amigos 52, Nogales 14 Miller 39, Desert Mirage 22 Murrieta Valley 62, King 6 Ocean View 30, Bolsa Grande 6 Parris 41, Jurupa Valley 0 Pioneer 55, Bassett 0 Redlands 35, Grand Terrace 10 Rowland 37, Ganesha 26 Oaks Christian 13, Gardena Serra 6 Silverado 27, Hesperia 24 Placentia Valencia 45, South El Monte 0 Xavier Prep 7, Rancho Christian 7 Valley View 28, Yucca Valley 7 Vista Murrieta 56, Temecula Valley 14 Cathedral City 40, Arroyo Valley 24 Aquinas 48, Riverside Notre Dame 0 Los Osos 16, Sultana 12
Google Photos has unveiled a long-awaited image-flipping feature, which will allow users to mirror photos horizontally without the requirement of third-party applications. Earlier users needed third-party apps to get the same effect. This latest addition improves Google Photos app’s current abilities such as editing tools, smart organization, and easy sharing. Nevertheless, the flip feature is accessible to a selected group of users, and the tech giant has plans for a widespread rollout in the near future via server-side arrangement.
Before this upgrade, Google Photos users were only able to resize, rotate, or modify the aspect ratio of their pictures utilizing the app’s crop feature.
The new horizontal flip feature will be situated next to the rotate tab once the upgrade is fully integrated. As per the report, this new tool will also be accessible for videos. To use this new flip feature, Google Photos users will need to open the image they want to flip and click on the “Edit” tab. Users can find this “Flip” feature within the crop tools. Hitting on this tab will mirror the image horizontally. If sources are to be believed, this upgrade is predicted to be available to all users soon. Although this upgrade might appear to be minor, it offers a treasured improvement for both usual users and expert photographers by reforming photo editing processes.
Along with the image-flipping feature, Google Photos has also unveiled the “Ask Photos” tool for its users in the United States. Google has announced this new feature at its annual I/O 2024 developer conference. It utilizes innovative Gemini models to comprehend a user’s photo gallery context. This tool can recognize key people, hobbies, and favorite foods to assist in locating particular memories and enhancing the search experience within the app. Both iOS and Android users can use this Ask Photos feature.
A giant whale stole the show at the Summer Olympic Games, shooting out of the water as athletes competed in women’s surfing semi-finals on the French Pacific island of Tahiti last month. It is for spectacular scenes like this that many tourists travel each year to French Polynesia, one of the world’s prime destinations to go whale-watching and even swim with the huge mammals. But even if the French overseas territory seeks to promote eco-friendly tourism, environmentalists and some scientists warn that growing numbers of travellers present a threat to the majestic species.
CORRECTS SPELLING OF SOURCE – This photo provided by Blue Kingdom Whale and Wildlife Tours shows a seal in the mouth of a humpback whale on Thursday, Sept. 12, 2024, in the waters off of Anacortes, Wash. (Brooke Casanova/Blue Kingdom Whale and Wildlife Tours via AP)(AP)
Every year, between July and November, humpback whales travel from their breeding grounds in Antarctica to the balmy waters of French Polynesia to mate and give birth, covering the extraordinary distance of roughly 6,000 kilometres (3,728 miles). Located in the middle of the South Pacific Ocean and consisting of 118 islands, the picture-perfect territory known for its crystal-clear waters, stunning beaches and lush landscapes is one of the few places on Earth where tourists can swim with the whales.
“We’re lucky to have humpback whales that come close to the reefs in search of rest and calm,” said Julien Anton, a guide for Tahiti Dive Management, a government-approved operator offering whale-watching tours. “The females try to escape the males, so they come to protect themselves and swim regularly along the reefs.”
Whale song
Humpback whales were decimated by commercial whaling in the 19th and early 20th centuries. Due to conservation efforts and a moratorium on commercial whaling adopted in 1986, the population has increased to around 80,000 individuals. Humpback whales are known for their aerial displays known as breaching as well as elaborate songs with which males court females.
Adult females average 15 meters in length and weigh up to 40 tons, while adult males are slightly smaller. For many Indigenous peoples across Polynesia, the marine animals are sacred. In March, Indigenous leaders from across Polynesia including Tahiti, Tonga, Hawaii, New Zealand and the Cook Islands signed a declaration recognising whales as legal persons with inherent rights.
They hope that the move would strengthen the protection of the species, which is under threat from climate change, ship strikes and whale watch harassment, among other risks. Whale-watching is an important source of income for French Polynesia, and authorities have taken steps to promote responsible tourism to protect the cetaceans.
In April, regulations imposed a safety distance of 100 metres between the animal and authorised boats, while swimmers must stay 15 metres away. “This is one of the last places on the planet where we are allowed to observe them at such close quarters,” said Anton.
‘Do it with love’
However, environmental associations and some scientists have criticised the boom in whale-watching activities. The Polynesian association Mata Tohora, which works to protect marine mammals, says there are far too many boats on the water. “We need to limit the number of boats around the whales and dolphins. It’s a question of managing the activity, which needs to be done quickly,” said Agnes Benet, a biologist and founder of the association.
“You can swim with the whales without disturbing them,” she added. “It’s possible if you take the time, if you’re patient and if you do it with love.” Her association is campaigning for the introduction of a “no whale-watching” period, from 2:00 pm onwards, to allow them to rest. A study carried out in the South Pacific island nation of Tonga and published in the journal PLOS One in 2019 pointed to “detrimental effects” on the whales targeted by swimming activities, especially mother-calf pairs.
The study said that both observing and swimming activities cause “avoidance responses” from humpback whales, with mothers diving for longer periods of time in the presence of vessels and swimmers. The risks are not limited to the animals. In 2020, a 29-year-old female swimmer was seriously injured off the coast of Western Australia after becoming trapped between two whales.
While it might hurt Christmas Switch sales and Nintendo’s lofty financial targets, all signs are pointing towards an imminent Nintendo Switch 2 reveal as part of a September Nintendo Direct conference. According to the latest leaks, rumours and reports, Nintendo’s next console has entered the manufacturing stage in China. The new console is reportedly larger than the current model, with a smaller bezel for more screen space. Perhaps to give it more universal appeal, it’s said to feature a black and white colour scheme, not too dissimilar to the PS5, Xbox Series X and Series S. While this particular report feels a little wishy-washy, there’s plenty more evidence to suggest Nintendo is planning something big this month.
First up are the reports that Nintendo has invited numerous developers and publishers to its North American HQ over the past week.
One insider said that lots of developers had met with Nintendo this week, something that was later confirmed by Limited Run Games CEO Josh Fairhurst on X.
“We had an awesome visit to Nintendo of America today!” reads a Fairhurst tweet. “I am grateful that we have such great partners at NOA.”
The timing of the meetings would suggest that Nintendo is prepping some of the smaller companies about its plans for the Switch 2.
Perhaps most interesting of all, however, is a recent tweet from VGC founder Andy Robinson, who pointed out that Nintendo always holds a Direct conference in September.
Indeed, Nintendo has held a Direct conference every year in September since the launch of the Switch in 2017.
Based on previous timings, Nintendo would hold its September Direct this week, or early next week at the very latest.
While this is no guarantee of a Switch 2 reveal, the timing does seem right, especially with the increased risk of leaks now that the console has entered production.
The inevitable September Nintendo Direct could also be used to promote upcoming games such as The Legend of Zelda: Echoes of Wisdom, Mario and Luigi: Brothership, and Super Mario Party Jamboree.
An imminent Nintendo Direct would benefit Echoes of Wisdom, in particular, which has a September 26 release date.
Instead of controlling Link, the new Legend of Zelda game sees fans play as Princess Zelda herself.
It features a unique new gameplay mechanic where players can create objects in order to solve puzzles, overcome obstacles and even defeat enemies.
This includes simple things like creating chairs to be used as platforms, to conjuring rocks in order to sink wooden boxes blocking access to water.
Expect all of these games to be playable on the Nintendo Switch 2 when it launches next year.
In the market for a Subaru Forester? You can benefit from a limited-time offer which sees the cost of registration and stamp duty waived, but only for the rest of the month.
Until September 30, a dealer in South Australia is offering the Forester with 12 months of free registration and free stamp duty, available on all in-stock models.
At the time of writing, it has multiple examples of the Forester 2.5i, 2.5i-L, 2.5i-Premium, 2.5i-Sport and 2.5i-S in stock.
This Subaru Forester deal is only available for a limited time. Contact a dealer via CarExpert for the best deal or call our concierge team on 1300 587 992.
With the cost of registration and stamp duty waived, discounts range from $2200 to $2700 on the respective variants.
While the offer also applies to the Subaru Impreza, Crosstrek and Outback, there are lower numbers of these models in stock at this dealership compared to the Forester.
The discounted pricing doesn’t apply to the Forester Hybrid, nor does it apply to special edition models like the STI Sport which aren’t presently in stock at this dealership.
Below is a price list for the Subaru Forester in Australia.
Model
Price before on-roads
2024 Subaru Forester 2.5i AWD
$38,690
2024 Subaru Forester 2.5i Luxury Special Edition AWD
$39,690
2024 Subaru Forester 2.5i-L AWD
$41,090
2024 Subaru Forester 2.5i Premium AWD
$43,890
2024 Subaru Forester Hybrid L AWD
$44,090
2024 Subaru Forester 2.5i Sport AWD
$45,640
2024 Subaru Forester 2.5i-S AWD
$47,140
2024 Subaru Forester STI Sport AWD
$48,640
2024 Subaru Forester Hybrid S AWD
$50,140
MORE: Buy a Subaru Forester MORE: Everything Subaru Forester
TCS set up operations in Poland in 2006 and its presence in the region has continued to strengthen since then.
With the new delivery centre, TCS expects to double its workforce to 1200-plus in a year to support its further growth in the region.
Tata Consultancy Services (TCS), India’s largest IT services company, on Friday said it has launched a new delivery centre in Warsaw, Poland, expanding its operations in the country. With the new delivery centre, TCS expects to double its workforce to 1200-plus in a year to support its further growth in the region.
“Located in the heart of the city, the new delivery centre showcases TCS’ capabilities across industries and technologies. Poland is home to one of the largest European technology talent pools and the centre will tap into the growing Polish Information and Communication Technology (ICT) talent pool to support the needs of customers in niche technology skills and cognitive business and domain processes,” TCS said in a statement.
It forms a part of TCS’ European delivery network, which facilitates the delivery of hyper-connected services to its customers across Europe. This ensures that all TCS customers globally benefit from consistent, near-shore experiences tailored to their unique cultural, compliance, language, and technological requirements.
The centre was inaugurated by the Indian Ambassador to Poland Nagma Mallick, TCS’ head of Europe Sapthagiri Chapalapalli and General Manager for TCS in Eastern Europe Prabal Datta, according to the statement.
Nagma Mallick, Indian Ambassador to Poland, said, “I am proud to witness this milestone event. This event marks a new chapter in the expansion of India’s IT prowess in Poland and further strengthens the economic ties between our two nations. It is a gratifying moment for both TCS and the Embassy of India in Poland.”
European governments are also facing ambitious growth targets for digital skills, infrastructures and business capabilities by 2030 to uphold the region’s competitiveness at the forefront of enterprise and innovation. TCS’ European investment strategically reflects this need, and the company has been steadily expanding its European near-shore delivery capabilities.
It recently opened a new Aviation Digital Centre in Lisbon with Portugal’s national airline TAP and expanded its TCS Pace innovation network with its new Pace Studio in Stockholm. TCS recently inaugurated a first-of-its-kind AI Centre of Excellence at its Paris Pace PortTM.
Sapthagiri Chapalapalli, Head of Europe, TCS, said, “Poland is a strategic location for TCS, and we are proud of our long-standing commitment to the region. For nearly twenty years, TCS has been establishing solid partnerships with prominent Polish and global companies. Our decision to invest and scale our presence demonstrates our faith in the Polish economy and the exceptional talent available here to support our customers across the world.”
TCS set up operations in Poland in 2006 and its presence in the region has continued to strengthen since then. The company’s Polish expansion is indicative of its wider unparalleled commitment to the European market, where TCS has had a presence for more than 45 years.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
Europe’s tough competition policy is something of a historical accident. After the second world war Germany wanted to contain cartels, which it viewed as a threat to its young democracy and market economy. France, meanwhile, saw cracking down on big firms as a way to promote its economic interests. Messy negotiations ended up handing lots of power to the European Commission, where it resides to this day—much to the dismay of many in Silicon Valley. In recent years Brussels has launched a series of regulatory investigations into America’s tech giants, including Apple, Google and Meta.
Looking for the most recent Mini Crossword answer? Click here for today’s Mini Crossword hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Wordle, Strands, and Connections puzzles.
The New York Times Crossword Puzzle is legendary. But if you don’t have that much time, the Mini Crossword is an entertaining substitute. The Mini Crossword is much easier than the old-school NYT Crossword, and you probably can complete it in a couple of minutes. But if you’re stuck, we’ve got the answers. And if you could use some hints and guidance for daily solving, check out our Mini Crossword tips.
The Mini Crossword is far from alone in the Times’ stable of games. If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections and Strands answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: Tips and Tricks for Solving The New York Times Mini Crossword
Let’s get at those Mini Crossword clues and answers.
NYT MIni Crossword completed puzzle for Sept. 20, 2024.
NYT/Screenshot by CNET
Mini across clues and answers
1A clue: See who can get there the fastest Answer: RACE
5A clue: Comic actor Sandler Answer: ADAM
6A clue: Acronym for a pro-housing movement Answer: YIMBY
8A clue: Fencing sword Answer: EPEE
9A clue: Org. that certifies foods as “Organic” Answer: USDA
Mini down clues and answers
1D clue: Beam of sunshine Answer: RAY
2D clue: French goodbye Answer: ADIEU
3D clue: Places where bug juice is served and color wars are waged Answer: CAMPS
4D clue: Plant deep (within) Answer: EMBED
7D clue: Opposite of nay Answer: YEA
How to play more Mini Crosswords
The New York Times Games section offers a large number of online games, but only some of them are free for all to play. You can play the current day’s Mini Crossword for free, but you’ll need a subscription to the Times Games section to play older puzzles from the archives.
A rare parasitic infection known as raccoon roundworm has been confirmed in Los Angeles, according to the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health.
Two people in the South Bay area of Los Angeles County have been diagnosed with the infection, Baylisascaris procyonis, which is caused by a parasitic worm from the raccoon’s intestines.
When it infects humans, the parasite can affect the brain, spinal cord and eyes, potentially causing brain swelling and eye disease, the health department warned.
SUPERBUGS DUE TO ANTIBIOTIC RESISTANCE COULD KILL 39 MILLION PEOPLE BY 2050, LARGE STUDY FINDS
After maturing in the raccoon’s intestines, the worms produce eggs that are then passed with the animal’s feces, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
A rare parasitic infection known as raccoon roundworm has been confirmed in Los Angeles, according to the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health.(iStock)
After two to four weeks, the eggs become infectious. The eggs can survive for years in the right conditions.
“Aside from its natural host, the raccoon, some accidentally infected species include domestic dogs and humans,” Erica Susky, a certified infection control practitioner based in Canada, told Fox News Digital.
TICK-BORNE WETLAND VIRUS, NEWLY DISCOVERED IN CHINA, COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO BRAIN, RESEARCHERS SAY
“The roundworm infects new hosts via ingestion of the infective larval stage, either by eating the infected host or by ingestion of contaminated feces in the environment.”
Although it is rare, infection can happen when people accidentally ingest the roundworm’s eggs (which are in the raccoon’s feces) from soil, water or on contaminated objects, according to the CDC.
When it infects humans, the parasite can potentially cause eye disease, the health department warned.(iStock)
Young children and developmentally disabled persons are at the highest risk, as they are more likely to accidentally put contaminated fingers, soil or objects into their mouths, the CDC warned.
The infection cannot be transmitted among people.
FIRST CASE OF HUMAN BIRD FLU DIAGNOSED WITHOUT EXPOSURE TO INFECTED ANIMALS, CDC SAYS
“While Baylisascariasis is rare in people and the risk to the general public is low at this time, it is concerning because a large number of raccoons live near people, and the infection rate in raccoons is likely high,” stated the LA health department.
The parasite is present in the U.S. and Canada, Susky noted, though it is more common in the Southern latitudes, the Northeast, the Midwest and the West coast.
“It is concerning because a large number of raccoons live near people, and the infection rate in raccoons is likely high.”
Fewer than 25 cases of raccoon roundworm have been reported in the U.S., the CDC noted, but the number may be larger due to misdiagnosis or lack of diagnosis.
As of 2018, there had been 23 confirmed cases and six deaths in the country.
Symptoms of raccoon roundworm
Effects of raccoon roundworm may vary depending on the volume of eggs consumed and where they travel in the body.
“Some of those infected have had no symptoms, known as subclinical infections,” Susky said.
Swelling of the brain is one adverse effect of raccoon roundworm, health experts warn.(iStock)
Larger numbers of eggs can lead to a variety of symptoms, including nausea, fatigue, enlarged liver, loss of muscle control, loss of coordination, blindness, coma and lack of attention to people and surroundings, according to the CDC.
Those at the highest risk of severe disease include children, adults 65 and older, pregnant women and those with weakened immune systems, the agency warned.
Preventing infection
Studies show that up to 60% of infectious diseases in humans come from animals.
“Our health is closely linked to the health of the animals around us,” said Dr. Muntu Davis, a health officer with Los Angeles County, in the press release.
“Our health is closely linked to the health of the animals around us.”
“Simple precautions, like washing your hands regularly, avoiding direct contact with wild animals and their waste, keeping pets healthy, and preventing wildlife from sheltering or living in or next to our homes or properties can help keep our neighborhoods and families safe and healthy.”
The best means of prevention is to avoid contact with wild animals or birds whenever possible, including dead ones, according to Susky.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“One way to do this is to ensure that open attics and crawl spaces remain closed up, thus eliminating potential hiding places,” she said.
People are advised to keep pets indoors whenever possible, and to keep them on leashes when outdoors.
The infection, Baylisascaris procyonis, is caused by a parasitic worm from the raccoon’s intestines.(iStock)
“Take pets frequently to the veterinarian if they are outside for regular deworming, or to find out whether it is required and with what frequency, and seek veterinarian treatment if a pet becomes ill,” Susky recommended.
Hand-washing is especially crucial, she said, as eggs could inadvertently be in soil and water.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“It is always good infection prevention to wash one’s hands frequently — for example, before preparing food or after contact with animals,” Susky added.
“And if one is spending time outdoors, they should wash their hands upon completing their outdoor activities.”
Hand-washing is especially crucial for prevention, experts say, as eggs could inadvertently be in soil and water.(iStock)
Adults should help remind children to wash their hands after playing outside, Susky advised, as they are more at risk of accidentally ingesting soil and water.
“For this reason, cover sandboxes when not in use, so that animals cannot use the sandbox for defecating or urinating,” she added.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Fox News Digital reached out to the Los Angeles County Department of Public Health.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
In everyday kitchen life, the distinction between vegetables and fruits may seem clear-cut. But nature has a way of blurring the lines between these two food categories. Prepare to be surprised as we reveal some common foods that you always thought were vegetables, are technically fruits. This confusion arises because certain foods, though biologically classified as fruits, are predominantly used in savoury dishes as vegetables. In botanical terms, a fruit develops from the ovary of a flowering plant and contains seeds, while vegetables encompass other plant parts like roots, leaves, and stems. It’s not necessary that all fruits are sweet and all vegetables are savoury.
Also Read:5 Things To Keep In Mind While Cleaning Veggies And Fruits
Here’re 9 Vegetables That Are Actually Fruits:
1. Cucumber
While cucumbers may seem like a regular vegetable, they are actually fruits. With their high water content and crisp texture, cucumbers are a refreshing addition to salads and summer dishes. They offer a cooling effect, making them ideal for hot days.
Cucumber is a hydrating food, mostly used in salads. Photo Credit: Pixabay
2. Tomatoes
The humble tomato, widely mistaken for a vegetable, is indeed a fruit. It grows from the flower’s ovary, housing the plant’s seeds within its juicy flesh. This vibrant tangy food not only enhances salads, sauces, and sandwiches but also fills them with antioxidants, vitamins and other nutrients.
3. Eggplant
Known for its meaty texture and ability to absorb flavours, eggplant (or brinjal) is surprisingly a fruit. If you slice open an eggplant and observe closely, you’ll find numerous tiny seeds in its flesh. That makes it a fruit belonging to the berry family, and not a vegetable.
Also Read: Soak Your Way To Better Digestion: 7 Foods That Should Be Soaked In Water
4. Bell Peppers
Peppers, whether they are red, green, or yellow, belong to the fruit family. While their culinary uses may disguise them as vegetables, botanically, they fall under the fruit category. Nevertheless, bell peppers are packed with flavour and nutritional benefits.
5. Lady’s Fingers
Surprised? Yes, your beloved bhindi is biologically a fruit! Bhindi is the soft green, edible seed pod of a flowering plant. It’s also known as “lady’s fingers” due to its slender shape. Still, it is used as a vegetable to create delicious savoury dishes like kurkuri bhindi.
6. Avocado
Creamy, rich, and undeniably delicious, avocados are closer to being fruits than vegetables. Technically classified as a single-seed berry, avocados are the matured ovaries of flowers. Popular for their healthy fats and nutritional value, avocados’ buttery green flesh levels up our meals like avocado toast and guacamole.
7. Green Peas
Don’t let their green colour fool you! Peas are not vegetables but small, round seeds enclosed in pod fruits. These pods develop from the pea flower and belong to a plant species known as Pisum sativum.
8. Pumpkin
Although its enormous size might suggest otherwise, the pumpkin is, in fact, a fruit. It’s filled with seeds, just like other fruits, and possesses a subtle sweet taste derived from the plant itself. Moreover, pumpkins are versatile enough to be used in both sweet and savoury dishes.
9. Olives
Olives are a staple in Mediterranean cuisine, and we often find them on our pizzas and in our salads. But you should know that olives are fruits of the olive tree. They form from the ovary of the olive flower and contain tiny pits, which are the seeds.
Also Read: 7 Amazing Ways To Re-Use Leftover Vegetable And Fruit Peels
Olives are mostly used in Mediterranean dishes.
Even after knowing this, we’ll still use these food as vegetables but isn’t it good to know the truth?
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-19/Chinese-premier-stresses-advancing-reform-on-raising-retirement-age-1x1Oaz9jyQ8/img/fc0de3d08a0c4399814a27310c947e86/fc0de3d08a0c4399814a27310c947e86.png' alt='A retired teacher volunteers to help children with reading in Huzhou, east China's Zhejiang Province, July 3, 2024. /CFP '
Chinese Premier Li Qiang on Thursday called for the steady and orderly implementation of the reform regarding gradually raising the statutory retirement age to provide critical support for advancing Chinese modernization.
Li, also a member of the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China (CPC) Central Committee, made the remarks during a State Council meeting on mobilizing efforts for the reform.
Li said the reform aligns with the objective requirement to proactively address an aging population and promote high-quality population development, as well as the practical necessity for fully unleashing talent dividends and facilitating Chinese modernization.
He noted that the reform is a significant move to improve the social security system and better safeguard and improve people’s livelihoods.
The Chinese premier emphasized adhering to the principle of voluntary participation and flexibility in implementing the delayed retirement policy and ensuring that it truly reflects employees’ intentions.
He called for the prompt formulation and improvement of supporting policies and measures, noting that policies that need to directly align with the reform plan should be introduced and implemented as early as possible.
Li said that expanding employment should be a crucial measure supporting the reform’s advancement. He stressed implementing and refining employment policies for college graduates and other young people while ensuring the protection of workers’ rights and interests.
He also called for concrete efforts to strengthen old-age security and services, effective implementation of policies to raise basic pensions for urban and rural residents and retirees, and enhancing the coordination and adjustment of pension insurance at the national level.
Ding Xuexiang, a member of the Standing Committee of the Political Bureau of the CPC Central Committee and vice premier of the State Council, and State Councilor Wu Zhenglong attended the meeting. State Councilor Shen Yiqin presided over the meeting.
According to a decision adopted by Chinese lawmakers last week, the statutory retirement age will be gradually raised from 60 to 63 for men over the course of 15 years from 2025, from 55 to 58 for women working as cadres, and from 50 to 55 for women who are blue-collar workers.
China’s current statutory retirement age was set in the 1950s and has remained unchanged for more than seven decades.
Results of the Phase III HERTHENA-Lung02 trial demonstrated the superiority of patritumab deruxtecan over platinum plus pemetrexed induction chemotherapy in patients with locally advanced or metastatic EGFR-mutated non-small cell lung cancer.
We give the Messy Cats Interactive Slow Feeder a rating of 4.9 out of 5 stars.
Quality: 4.9/5
Effectiveness: 4.8/5
Durability: 4.8/5
Value: 5/5
If you have a tubby tabby or a food-obsessed Felix, you’ve probably considered using a slow feeder. But finding an effective, quality slow feeder that works for cats can be tricky. I know, I’ve been searching for one for my hungry house cat for months.
Thanks to Messy Mutts, I think I’ve finally found it.
The Messy Cats Interactive Slow Feeder is the perfect size for cat-sized meals and is made for the short snouts of felines. It is dishwasher safe and works just as well for canned food as it does for kibble. Most importantly, it’s durable and made to slow feeding without causing frustration.
Find out what I love about this product, how my cat feels about it, and more in my full Messy Mutts Messy Cats Interactive Slow Feeder review, below.
About Messy Mutts
Messy Mutts started with a simple vision: Create functional and fabulous-looking pet products that help reduce the mess while blending seamlessly into home decor. This vision grew from dog-centered grooming and feeding supplies to include an entire line of cat products.
This “Messy Cats” line includes cat feeders, litter box accessories, and food prep products.
Where Are Messy Mutt Products Produced?
Messy Mutts, which is owned by Jascor Housewares Inc., is operated out of Toronto, Canada. Most of their products are made in China using food-safe silicone, BPA-free plastic, and stainless steel.
Which Type of Cat Is the Messy Cat Interactive Slow Feeder Best Suited For?
The Messy Cat Interactive Slow Feeder is a great choice for cats who tend to snarf down their food so fast that they think they’re still hungry after. The bowl’s unique design forces cats to eat slower without causing frustration or confusion.
This isn’t a puzzle feeder that forces your cat to actively solve problems to get to their food. Rather, the high ridges prevent your cat from taking full bites, effectively prolonging the eating process. This helps cats avoid regurgitation and feel more satiated once they finish their meal.
Overview
Here is an overview of the Messy Cats Interactive Slow Feeder by Messy Mutts. We’ll look at the materials it’s made of, how it works, care instructions, and the technical specs.
Materials
The Messy Cat Interactive Slow Feeder bowl is made from food-safe silicone and BPA-free plastic.
The central portion, which is dark gray, is made of plastic and features ridges of various heights. This material is chew-resistant and hard enough to hold its shape, making your cat work to get to their food.
The light gray outer ring and base of this slow feeder bowl are made of silicone. This softer material around the feeder means there are no hard or sharp edges to worry about. Built into the bottom of this silicon shell are nine suction cups to help hold the feeder in place while it’s in use.
How It Works
This slow feeder bowl uses the same principles as most dog slow feeders. The raised ridges in the middle prevent cats from taking big bites of food. Instead, they must use their tongue and muzzle to move pieces until they can grab them, effectively slowing the eating process.
Unlike dog slow feeders, which tend to have deep ridges and narrow gaps to force dogs to use their long tongues, this feeder features shallower, wider areas. Since cats have shorter, less dexterous tongues and short muzzles, this feeder works much better for them than those made for canines.
This feeder can be used with both kibble, canned food, and raw food.
Care
Caring for this slow feeder bowl is easy. It’s dishwasher safe, which means you can pop it on the top rack whenever it gets dirty. The curved ridges don’t hold food like other puzzle feeders, making it easy enough to rinse off in between deeper cleanings.
You will occasionally need to rinse the bottom suction cups, as well. This is especially true if you feed kibble that leaves behind dust and grease.
The Messy Cats Interactive Slow Feeder is made to hold its shape and retain its color for years.
Specifications
This feeder is six inches in diameter, making it fairly small and compact. It can easily hold ¼ cup of dry food or about one 3-ounce can of wet food.
It is only available in one color, cool gray.
Like most other Messy Mutts products, this one comes with a one-year manufacturer warranty.
Pros & Cons
Pros
Easy to use
Dishwasher safe
Small and compact
Durable yet lightweight
Works for all kinds of food
Cons
Suction cups don’t stick long
Only one color available
Limited holding capacity
Key Features
Built For Cats
This slow feeder was made for the anatomical proportions of a cat. The ridges are relatively shallow and the areas between them are wider than most dog slow feeders. This allows cats to extract kibbles and tonguefuls of wet food without frustration while still significantly slowing their eating.
The small size and gripping suction cups are also tailored to the needs of cats and their owners.
Easy to Use and Care For
This slow feeder is super easy to use, even for novice kitties and their owners. It’s not a puzzle feeder, which means your cat doesn’t have to struggle to get their food out. Rather, they can approach eating the same way they normally would, but it will take them much longer to get the bowl clean.
As far as care goes, this slow feeder is super simple to maintain. It is easy to clean by hand thanks to the wide gaps and curved ridges. Or it can be tossed in the dishwasher for a thorough cleaning without the effort.
Works with All Kinds of Food
Whether you feed dry food, canned food, or something in between, this feeder is a great choice.
It can hold up to ¼ cup of dry, freeze-dried, or air-dried food or a small can of wet. For the latter, simply use a rubber spatula to push the wet food into the crevices. You can also use this feeder with raw diets, just be sure to wash it between each use.
Is the Messy Cats Interactive Slow Feeder a Good Value?
Yes, at just $10, this slow feeder is a great value. Most comparable feeders cost much more than this. And those that cost less tend to be made only of silicone, which is not nearly as durable as the plastic-silicone combination used for this bowl.
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
Is this bowl easy to keep clean?
Yes. Unlike many slow feeders and puzzle feeders, there are no areas where kibble and wet food can get stuck in this feeder, making it easier to keep clean. It is super easy to rinse off and dishwasher safe.
Is this bowl a good choice for my cat who eats silicone?
The ridges and main bowl of this feeder are made of hard plastic while only the outer edge and bottom are made of silicone. My cat, who loves to eat silicone, has been using it without issue. However, I would recommend putting the bowl away between feedings.
Do the suction cups work on all surfaces?
You will need to use this bowl on a clean, smooth surface in order to engage the suction cups. It will work on smooth plastic or vinyl feeding mats but not the textured kind. It works best on granite, finished wood, and tile.
Our Experience With the Messy Cats Interactive Slow Feeder
I have been looking for a slow feeder for my hungry cat, Makoa, for ages. He is a big foodie and loves to gobble up his food as fast as possible and then claim that he’s still hungry.
This is an extra problem since he also has pica, which means he likes to eat non-food items as well. Because of this, it’s even more important that he feel full after he eats.
A slow feeder is the perfect solution for his issues because it prolongs the eating process (giving him a healthy activity to engage in) while helping him feel fuller once he has finished eating. The problem is, not only does Makoa eat silicone, which most cat slow feeders are made of, but he also can’t smell very well.
I have tried a variety of specialty feeder options for him. The puzzle feeders don’t work because he can’t smell the food well enough to seek it out. And the silicone ones just end up becoming food themselves.
Luckily, the Messy Cats Interactive Slow Feeder has the perfect combination of features to work for my special little guy.
While this feeder does have some silicone on the sides, the food contact points are made of hard plastic that not even Makoa can chew. And unlike plastic feeder bowls made for dogs, the ridges on this one are shallow, which means even my nose-blind kitty can get all the kibbles out with relative ease.
While this bowl doesn’t cause any frustration, it still does a great job of slowing him down. He used to finish a bowl of kibble in about three minutes. Now it takes him at least ten. And often, he’ll take breaks in between.
This helps stretch meals out for up to an hour. Not only does this help entertain him, but it also seems to help him feel more satiated by the time he finishes.
I’ve noticed a significant decrease in his food seeking behavior since he got this slow feeder.
On my end, I love that this thing is dishwasher-safe and super easy to rinse off between washings. All the ridges are smooth, so there are no corners for food to get stuck in. There isn’t even a gap between the plastic and silicone edge, which means food can’t accumulate there, either.
The size of this bowl is about perfect for the amount of food Makoa gets each meal. However, if he got any more, things would get messy fast.
Even with just feeding ¼ cup of dry food for dinner, a few kibbles end up on the counter around the feeder. This doesn’t bother me too much since it only adds to the time it takes him to eat everything, but owners trying to keep a cleaner home might see this as a downside.
But my biggest complaint about this dish has to do with the suction cups.
These cups are super strong and do a great job of keeping the bowl in place during feeding. This is especially true if you’re using it on a hard, smooth surface like granite or tile. But this suction doesn’t last long on any surface.
After about ten minutes, the suction cups release. This isn’t a huge deal since they also act as an effective anti-slip device. But for smart cats, it wouldn’t take much to lift the entire bowl up and dump the food out.
For me personally, not having the suction cups stay engaged means I have to be careful to put this bowl away between feedings so Makoa doesn’t carry it off and use it as a chew toy.
But overall, this slow feeder has been a big win for my household. I have been and will continue to use it for Makoa at every meal. He seems to enjoy the challenge of getting all the food out and I love that it gives him some quality enrichment while helping him feel fuller.
Conclusion
If your kitty needs some help slowing down at meal times, I highly recommend checking out the Messy Cats Interactive Slow Feeder from Messy Mutts.
This slow feeder was designed specifically for cats to help them eat slower so they can feel fuller while getting some much-needed enrichment. The design is perfect for those short muzzles and makes cleaning the feeder a breeze. Plus, this slow feeder is durable, affordable, and dishwasher-safe.
Investments by non-resident Indians (NRIs) into the Indian real estate market has surged over the past 20 months, growing at 15-20 per cent and their share in total investments in the sector is expected to rise to a fifth from 10-15 per cent earlier, according to industry players.
In 2023, NRIs invested over $13 billion in real estate and by 2025, their investments are expected to account for 20 per cent of total real estate investments in India, according to Saurabh Runwal, Associate Director, Runwal.
“Undoubtedly, NRIs constitute a significant part of the overall sales in the markets. In any given quarter, at least 10-15 per cent of total sales is by the NRIs,” said Santhosh Kumar, Vice-Chairman, Anarock Group.
While NRIs have always been investors in properties in India, the current surge in their purchases is being fuelled by the optimism in the Indian economy, stricter compliance norms for developers under RERA regulations and capital appreciation in properties, he said. The rally in the domestic stock markets has created wealth and that is being channeled into real estate.
According to Anarock, there was a 15-20 per cent increase in demand by NRIs in 2023 compared with 2022 and the first half of 2024 has seen similar traction.
Current demand
Runwal said NRIs accounted for 8-10 per cent of his company’s sales, their preferences being across township projects, mixed-use developments, sky villas and duplexes. The developer sells upscale apartments in and around Mumbai.
The current demand from NRIs would persist for the next three years, said Bhavik Bhandari, Chief Sales & Marketing Officer, Ashwin Sheth Group. He pointed out that NRIs liked to invest with safe brands with a good pedigree and track record. With more real estate players listing and subjecting themselves to disclosures and transparency, NRIs have a wider choice now. When looking at real estate as an investment, they had a horizon of three-four years for prices to move up, which meant that they were also buying under-construction properties.
Apart from investments, the growth prospects in the Indian economy are attracting a lot of NRIs to shift base back to India and buying homes to stay, Kumar said.
“NRIs invest in Mumbai’s real estate to diversify investment portfolios,” said Rahul Thomas, Whole-Time Director, Suraj Estate Developers.
“The motivation for investments is bolstered by the desire to ensure financial stability for family members in India and the strategic advantage of a depreciating rupee, which enhances currency gains when repatriating funds,” he pointed out.
Larger houses
Most NRIs prefer to buy properties priced over ₹90 lakh, according to Anarock. Within this, close to half were buying houses in the range ₹90 lakh to ₹1.5 crore, about a fifth in the range ₹1.5-2.5 crore and a tenth above that.
NRIs have traditionally preferred apartments by established builders, or existing bungalows as resale properties. With reputed builders entering the plotted development segment, some NRIs are investing in this as well.
“We are observing a clear trend in which NRIs are increasingly choosing larger and more expensive homes,” said Runwal. Many NRIs were looking for properties that offer not only luxury but also ample space, privacy and exclusive amenities that aligned with the high standards of living they were accustomed to abroad. “Larger homes provide an added sense of comfort and prestige, which is why we have seen a rise in our sales of sky villas and penthouses to NRIs.”
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
SLJEDEĆE godine dolazi nova boja Nike Kobe 5 Protro tenisica naziva Year of the Mamba. Riječ je o kombinaciji ljubičaste, zlatne i crne boje. Na gornjem dijelu tenisica dominantna je tamnoljubičasta, a oko bočne strane i Swoosh brendinga omotava se zmija zlatne boje.
Stižu sljedeće godine
Nike Basketball zadnji je par nadahnut preminulim košarkašem Kobeom Bryantom lansirao prošli mjesec, u pitanju je model Kobe 9 Elite Protro, a dostupni su i 4, 6 i 8 Elite Protro modeli. Uz to, jedan od najpopularnijih modela 5 Protro vraća se početkom sljedeće godine.
Naziv Year of the Mamba nadahnut je Kobeovim nadimkom Black Mamba, a prikladno će biti lansiran sljedeće godine, koja je prema kineskom horoskopu godina zmije. U 2025. lunarna Nova godina (poznata i kao kineska Nova godina) počinje 29. siječnja, a tenisice će biti dostupne za kupnju od 8. veljače.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Cijena za EU nije potvrđena, ali poznato je da će u SAD-u biti 190 dolara, što je oko 170.46 eura. Bit će ih moguće kupiti u Nike webshopu i odabranim trgovinama.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Maybe Caleb Williams just isn’t used to someone grabbing him by the shoulder pads and saying, “Come here.”
Especially when that someone is a rival quarterback only six weeks — and one extremely impressive rookie season — his senior.
Moments after C.J. Stroud‘s Houston Texans defeated Williams’ Chicago Bears, 19-13, at home Sunday, the 22-year-old quarterbacks met at midfield of NRG Stadium. Stroud was miked up, and he came off like a sage veteran offering Williams advice.
“Good job out there, stop taking those hits,” Stroud said.
Williams, who was sacked seven times, took 11 quarterback hits and had two passes intercepted, responded with a blank stare. He began to depart, only to have Stroud grip his shoulder pads and pull him back.
Stroud, who was a Rookie of the Year revelation last season, kept the advice flowing, saying, “Come here. Learn from those mistakes. And everything that you got, bro, is in you already, bro. You’re going to be a hell of a player in this league.”
Maybe it was including the word “mistakes” in the comment.
Maybe Williams, the former USC star and 2022 Heisman Trophy winner, simply didn’t feel like chitchatting after suffering his first loss as an NFL quarterback.
Maybe he just didn’t want to hear it from the guy who finished third in that same 2022 Heisman voting.
But Williams gave the impression he wasn’t thrilled by the advice, with some on social media going as far as saying he was “dismissive.”
Stroud made it clear during a news conference Wednesday that he had nothing but good intentions and that Williams’ reaction didn’t bother him.
“I was not trying to little bro him or anything, he knows that, too,” Stroud said. “I have a ton of respect for him.”
Stroud said he was the recipient of similar advice last season when he was a rookie out of Ohio State.
“I had so many guys coming to me after games last year, and that meant the world to me that those guys even thought about giving me advice,” he said. “So, I just try to give back to what the game is giving me. So, I wish him the best, man. I want him to do amazing in this league. I think he will.”
Stroud, a former Rancho Cucamonga High standout, is maturing fast, gathering information from all over to gain an edge. He heard Bears cornerback Jaylon Johnson on “the Richard Sherman Podcast” divulge how he could feign a coverage to fool a quarterback, so he approached Johnson before Sunday’s game, telling him with a laugh, “I heard your secrets on the Richard Sherman podcast, dude. That palms look. You ain’t getting me!”
Williams was the first pick in the 2024 NFL draft, a year after Stroud was the second pick. The two young guns likely will enjoy a spirited rivalry for the next decade or so. Their first on-field interaction might have been awkward, and perhaps in the next meeting between their teams, Williams will get the upper hand.
“He’s just upset that they lost,” Stroud said. “I totally understand.”
Williams spoke at a news conference Wednesday, but wasn’t asked about the interaction with Stroud. He did, however, say it was jarring to get pummeled for the first time since USC lost to UCLA in November in his last college game.
“Just getting used to getting hit again, it’s been a while,” he said. “It’s been since Nov. 18 since I was hit, so getting used to that.”
Williams also said that despite the loss to the Texans, his outlook is rosy. And he smiled, a distinct departure from the blank stare on his face listening to Stroud.
“It’s great, it’s truly awesome,” he said. “You sign up for this position, you sign up for games like that.”
Asus has unveiled ExpertBook P5405 featuring Intel Core Ultra processors (Series 2). The laptop integrates Asus AI ExpertMeet tools for an AI-enhanced work experience.
These laptops have advanced features such as AI transcript, AI translation, AI subtitles, assisted meeting summaries, AI camera, AI noise cancelling, and business watermarks.
Leveraging Intel’s latest processor, which boasts up to 47 NPU TOPS and up to 115 total platform TOPS of performance, the ExpertBook P5405 is optimized for running AI applications.
“It also offers exceptional battery life for improving office productivity. It is perfect for delivering reliable performance and durability for small businesses and professionals. The ASUS ExpertBook P5405 laptop provides multilayered security extending to the BIOS level, including advanced features like Secure Boot and a discrete Trusted Platform Module (TPM) to guard against unauthorized interventions at startup. It also offers an optional SafeGuard Backup tool, which securely backs up important data with encrypted protection. ASUS has partnered with McAfee to pre-install McAfee+ Premium Individual Unlimited on the ExpertBook P5405 model, free for one year globally,” the company said in a release.
Addressing the service needs of modern professionals and ensuring their peace of mind, theExpertBook P5405 has a standard international warranty, that includes coverage for the adapter. For added assurance and flexibility, there is a range of extended service packs available with a validity of up to five years.
This innovative laptop embodies ASUS’s commitment to sustainability by prominently integrating eco-friendly practices. The ExpertBook P5405 utilizes industrial recycled aluminium alloy and post-consumer recycled steel, minimizing environmental impact while pioneering the use of recycled magnets in ASUS commercial laptops.
ASUS ExpertBook P5 laptop will be available on sale in India during Q4 2024.
The Vatican on Thursday gave the green light for Catholics to continue flocking to a southern Bosnian village where children reported seeing visions of the Virgin Mary, offering its approval for devotion at one of the most contested sites of Roman Catholic practice in recent years.
This photograph shows a statue depicting Virgin Mary, on the square, in front of St. Jacob church in Southern-Bosnian town of Medjugorje. The Vatican announced its recognition of the shrine of Medjugorje in Bosnia-Herzegovina, without commenting on the Virgin’s presumed messages to the faithful, who have been gathering there by the millions for over 40 years, during a press conference today on September 19, 2024 on Medjugorje apparitions. Vatican approves pilgrimages to Medjugorje: Virgin Mary’s apparitions spark religious tourism (Photo by ELVIS BARUKCIC / AFP)
In a detailed analysis after nearly 15 years of study, the Vatican’s doctrine office didn’t declare that the reported apparitions in Medjugorje were authentic or of supernatural origin. And it flagged concerns about contradictions in some of the “messages” the alleged visionaries say they have received over the years.
But in line with new Vatican criteria in place this year, the Dicastery for the Doctrine of the Faith ruled that the positive “spiritual fruits” stemming from the Medjugorje experience more than justified allowing the faithful to organize pilgrimages there and permit public acts of devotion.
The decision overrules years of doubts about the veracity of the alleged apparitions by the region’s past diocesan bishops and Vatican experts. And it ignores current concerns about the economic interests that have turned Medjugorje into a thriving destination for religious tourists.
Last year alone, 1.7 million Eucharistic wafers were distributed during Masses there, according to statistics published on the site’s website, a rough estimate of the numbers of Catholics who visited.
But with Pope Francis’ blessing, the doctrine office decided that “the abundant and widespread fruits, which are so beautiful and positive,” justified its decision. It said doing so “highlights that the Holy Spirit is acting fruitfully for the good of the faithful in the midst of this spiritual phenomenon.”
In 1981, six children and teenagers reported seeing visions of the Madonna on a hill in the village of Medjugorje, located in the wine-making region of southern Bosnia. Some of those original “seers” have claimed the visions have occurred regularly since then, even daily, and that Mary sends them messages.
By some counts, the Virgin Mary has appeared to the “seers” more than 40,000 times since 1981.
“It’s my third time here and each time I come I feel like I really want to come back,” said Mia Hash, a pilgrim from Lebanon who was visiting Medjugorje on a rainy Thursday as the Vatican made its announcement. “It’s the most peaceful place on earth, I really love it here.”
However, unlike at the more well-known and established Catholic sanctuaries in Fatima, Portugal or Lourdes, France, the alleged apparitions at Medjugorje were never declared authentic by the Vatican.
And over the years, the area’s local diocesan bishops and some Vatican officials had cast doubt on the reliability and motivations of the “seers.” Two experts tapped by Pope Benedict XVI to study the Medjugorje concluded the Medjugorje phenomenon was “demonic” in origin.
Even Francis in 2017 expressed doubts about the messages, saying “I prefer Our Lady to be a mother, our mother, and not a telegraph operator who sends out a message every day at a certain time,” he said.
Religious tourism has become an important part of the local economy, with an entire industry catering to pilgrims: hotels, private accommodations, family-run farm businesses, even sports complexes and camping sites. Their growth has contributed to the surrounding municipality’s financial well-being after the Bosnian war in the 1990s devastated the economy.
Yet the Vatican expressed no concern about the economic interests behind Medjugorje, and the Holy See’s editorial director, Andrea Tornielli, cited by name one Milan-based religious travel agency, Rusconi Travel, that takes pilgrims there by bus.
Robert Fastiggi, a consultant at the Vatican’s Marian apparitions observatory, praised the time the Vatican took to come to a decision and said he believed the Holy See was likely impressed by “the many signs of authentic Catholic spirituality connected to Medjugorje.”
“I believe the DDF (Vatican dicastery) made its decision in light of the Gospel criterion: ‘By their fruits you will know them,’’’ said Fastiggi, a professor of dogmatic theology at Sacred Heart Major Seminary in Detroit.
In its assessment, the Vatican doctrine office recalled that in May of this year it announced it was no longer in the business of authenticating alleged apparitions and other supposedly supernatural phenomena that have attracted Catholics for centuries, including statues that allegedly weep blood or stigmatas that are said to erupt spontaneously on hands or feet.
The new criteria envisage six main outcomes, with the most favorable being that the church issues a noncommittal doctrinal green light, a so-called “nihil obstat,” which means there is nothing about the event that is contrary to the faith, and therefore Catholics can express devotion to it.
The Vatican on Thursday gave that “nihil obstat” to Medjugorje. The local bishop issued the decree authorizing devotion there, and it is now possible that a sanctuary could be built, said the head of the doctrine office, Cardinal Víctor Manuel Fernández.
At a nearly two-hour news conference at which those present were invited to recite the “Hail Mary” prayer at the end, Fernández revealed that St. John Paul II was a firm believer in Medjugorje and had wanted to visit but was waved off by the local bishop.
The decision doesn’t require the faithful to believe in the Medjugorje phenomenon, but allows them to.
In its analysis, the Vatican listed what it called the many spiritual benefits that have been associated with pilgrimages to the site, including people deciding that they want to become priests or nuns, couples reconciling after troubles in marriage, healings after prayer and new works of charity caring for orphans and drug addicts.
It listed no example of any negative experiences associated with Medjugorje. Nor did it mention that the priest most closely associated with Medjugorje and the six “visionaries” was defrocked by the Vatican in 2009 for, among other things, spreading false doctrine.
The Vatican did seem to want to distance the place from the people who received the alleged apparitions, stressing that these benefits haven’t occurred as a result of meetings with them but rather “in the context of pilgrimages to the places associated with the original events.”
Fernández said there was no prohibition on contact with the “seers,” but that it wasn’t advisable. And in an indication that the jury is still out on them and the entire phenomenon, he reaffirmed that Francis’ personal envoy to Medjugorje would keep watch over the site and evaluate any future messages purportedly received by the “visionaries” before they are published.
“The nihil obstat doesn’t resolve everything for the future,” he said.
In its 17-page document, it used nearly four pages to list concerns about problems in some of the thousands of individual messages the alleged visionaries have received, including cases where the message contradicted aspects of Catholic doctrine.
The decision will surely impact Medjugorje, which lies in the municipality of Citluk, one of the smallest in Bosnia with some 18,000 residents but economically well-off.
“Medjugorje means a lot, all economic sectors lean on Medjugorje,” said Ante Kozina, the tourism association chief. “It is a growth generator for the entire municipality.”
On Thursday, pilgrims in raincoats and umbrellas said they were pleased with the Vatican’s decision.
“I think that is OK so they don’t make hasty decisions,” said Darko Dumic, a pilgrim from the Croatian coastal town of Split. But he expressed hope that there will be an even more positive decision in the future, “an official one for Medjugorje to become a holy place.”
One of the big contenders at next year’s Oscars is expected to be the new British World War II film Blitz.
Today the first trailer arrived for Oscar-winner Sir Steve McQueen’s latest movie starring Saoirse Ronan in a role that could finally win her an Academy Award.
The official synopsis reads: “Sir Steve McQueen’s Blitz follows the epic journey of George (Elliott Heffernan), a 9-year-old boy in World War II London whose mother Rita (Saoirse Ronan) sends him to safety in the English countryside.
“George, defiant and determined to return home to his mom and his grandfather Gerald (Paul Weller) in East London, embarks on an adventure, only to find himself in immense peril, while a distraught Rita searches for her missing son.”
Written and directed by McQueen, the new film co-stars Harris Dickinson, Stephen Graham and Alex Jennings.
Blitz will open the BFI London Film Festival on October 9 before a release in select cinemas on November 1 and then will head to streaming on Apple TV+ from November 22, 2024.
The Volkswagen Group is finally entering the electric SUV chat in Australia.
After years of promised launches and numerous delays, we’re finally getting a Tesla Model Y competitor based off the VW Group’s MEB architecture – starting with the 2025 Skoda Enyaq Coupe.
While technically not the Group’s first electric vehicle in Australia (the Cupra Born landed first), Skoda and Volkswagen have struggled to get their respective MEB EV ranges to Australia, citing our market’s lack of emissions regulations and high demand in the European market.
The Enyaq seems to be the golden child, though. While its siblings and cousins were subject to criticism over build quality, software issues and disappointing performance, Skoda’s take on the MEB platform has been widely acclaimed in Europe and the UK, and is one of the top-selling electric SUVs in its home region – fourth, to be exact.
Since the nameplate’s introduction in late 2020, there have been over 200,000 units delivered globally. Despite the car not changing visually since launch, Australia is actually getting an updated version with various enhancements to the electric drivetrain, battery and infotainment software in line with a mid-life refresh released in Europe less than 12 months ago.
Sportline
Available to order now ahead of deliveries commencing in December, the Enyaq is debuting in Australia as a coupe-only proposition available in sporty Sportline and RS grades. There’s a more conventional SUV version as well as other trim and drivetrain variants abroad, but those won’t come here for at least another 12 months if confirmed.
Sharply priced against equivalent models from rival nameplates and boasting class-leading range, Skoda is looking to make a splash on an already competitive segment. Has it Czech-mated the likes of Tesla and Hyundai/Kia?
How does the Skoda Enyaq compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Skoda Enyaq against similarly sized vehicles.
Skoda
Enyaq
How much does the Skoda Enyaq cost?
The Sportline starts from $69,990 before on-road costs, while the dual-motor RS is priced from $83,990 plus on-roads.
While the Enyaq is closer to premium territory than mainstream positioning, Australia gets a pretty good deal if you look at overseas pricing.
Look at Skoda UK’s configurator and the most affordable Enyaq Coupe with the larger battery pack is £45,775 or close to $91,000 if you directly exchange to AUD, while the Enyaq Coupe RS is £54,155 or ~AUD $118,000. A similarly specified Enyaq Coupe 85 Sportline in Germany is €58,590 (AUD $98,000) while the RS is €63,300 (AUD $110,000).
Also keep in mind the Enyaq is subject to a 5.0 per cent import tariff where its Chinese-, Japanese- and Korean-made rivals benefit from free trade agreements. It’s worth acknowledging Skoda Australia’s ability to achieve very competitive pricing against like-for-like rivals in the Australian market.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Skoda Enyaq Coupe Sportline
$69,990
2025 Skoda Enyaq Coupe RS
$83,990
To see how the Skoda Enyaq lines up against the opposition, check out our comparison tool.
What is the Skoda Enyaq like on the inside?
While its platform mates have been panned for questionable material quality for their asking price, the Enyaq’s cabin feels suitably upmarket and competitive with rivals asking similar money.
Sportline
Skoda has been pushing upward in terms of its design and execution, and the Enyaq is a good example of that.
The strong, structured dashboard and chunky design elements give a sense of robustness, accented with soft-touch plastics and padded, stitched leatherette surfaces. It’s minimalist but not spartan like a Model Y.
Up front, the driver and front passenger are treated to big, comfortable sports seats with integrated headrests which not only look good, but offer a heap of bolstering and support from most angles.
In the Sportline the front chairs are trimmed in a mix of suede and leather, with the base grade getting manual adjustment for the passenger but power adjustment including lumbar and memory for the driver.
You can add a power passenger seat as well as massage function amongst other things if you opt for the Ultimate Pack ($6000). This package also adds niceties like Canton premium audio, an augmented reality head-up display, heated rear seats, and other niceties like adaptive damping and a heat-insulating windscreen.
Sportline
Do you need to spend the extra money on the package? Probably not. But if you’re like me and like to have as many tech and feature items you can get it could be worth the extra dosh.
Ahead of the driver is a sporty steering wheel with perforated leather rim, and behind that is a small 5.0-inch Digital Cockpit that unlike other MEB products from the VW and Cupra stables is recessed into the dashboard under a cowl more like a traditional instrument cluster.
It offers a handful of different layouts to show you various bits of info, and it’s not susceptible to glare like the freestanding units of its platform mates.
The freestanding 13-inch touchscreen infotainment system is running a newer interface than the bug-infested one that debuted in the first Enyaqs, and in our limited time with the car it seems free of any major quibbles.
RS
Standard wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto work well, and are complimented by a wireless phone charger under the centre stack which worked as it should. There are also a number of different menus and widgets to play with, but it’s worth noting the Enyaq lacks some features expected of the price point.
Connected services and embedded satellite navigation remain omitted from Australian models, due to the lack of support for the MEB platform’s connected car module. You can work around this with smartphone apps as well as the cabin pre-conditioning tool which allows you to schedule days and times you want the car to start defrosting windows or pump up the A/C, but you cannot access it via a smartphone like you can in other markets.
Unlike Volkswagen, Skoda has virtual but permanent climate controls in a toolbar at the base of the touchscreen, with the only touch slider used for audio volume. It can take a bit of getting used to, but you can set and forget if you leave the climate control in Auto.
Moving into the second row, the Enyaq Coupe’s sloping roofline and panoramic glass roof don’t eat into headroom as much as you might think, but you don’t want your passengers to be much taller than me (I’m 6’1) if they’re riding with you regularly as my voluminous ‘do was nearly brushing the roof.
There’s otherwise plenty of space for two adults in the rear, and three at a pinch. You get a standard third zone of climate with temperature controls and directional vents, and the floor is flat courtesy of the dedicated EV architecture so middle-seat passengers won’t be competing with neighbours for foot room.
You also get amenities like a folding centre armrest with cupholders, map pockets and mobile phone holders on the front seatbacks, USB-C charge ports, and big bottle holders in the rear doors. ISOFIX and top tether anchors feature as you’d expect, though the bulky front seats can impede forward vision for smaller passengers.
In fact, storage is excellent throughout the Enyaq, with a big shelf under the centre console up front and a decent cubby under the centre armrest, as well as big door pockets up front, too. The centre console also features storage nooks and cupholders up top, sitting in and around the stubby shift-by-wire selector.
Even better, there’s the signature Skoda umbrella nestled in the driver’s door, as well as manual sunshades integrated into the rear doors to ‘block out the haters’, as the kids say these days.
RS
Both versions of the Enyaq Coupe quote 570 litres of boot capacity with the rear seats in place, and 1610 litres with the second row folded. For reference, that’s 15 litres and 100 litres down on the Enyaq SUV respectively.
There’s underfloor storage with a divider to hide items away, and the standard charging cables come with a cute bag that easily slots into the side compartment. The rear seats also fold 60:40 and the centre seat has a ski port for longer items.
‘Simply Clever’ touches that haven’t already been mentioned include a cargo net array for the boot area to keep things from sliding around, a removeable rear seat console that slots into the centre of the floor, as well as a ticket holder in the A-pillar up front.
So, still a ‘Skoda’ despite the electric powertrain, then. Worth noting, however, is the lack of any form of spare wheel, rather there’s a tyre repair kit.
Dimensions
Skoda Enyaq Coupe
Length
4653mm
Width
1879mm
Height
1621mm – Sportline 1618mm – RS
Wheelbase
2765mm
Cargo capacity (VDA)
570 litres – rear seats up 1610 litres – rear seats down
To see how the Skoda Enyaq lines up against the opposition, check out our comparison tool.
What’s under the bonnet?
Two drivetrains are available in Australia, both with a 77kWh (net) lithium-ion battery pack. Unlike some other electric vehicles, there’s no frunk in the Enyaq.
Specifications
Skoda Enyaq 85 Sportline
Skoda Enyaq RS
Drivetrain
Single-motor electric
Dual-motor electric
Battery
77kWh (net) li-ion
77kWh (net) li-ion
Power
210kW
250kW
Torque
545Nm
134Nm + 545Nm
Driven wheels
Rear-wheel drive
All-wheel drive
Weight
2210kg (tare)
2290kg (tare)
0-100km/h (claimed)
6.7 seconds
5.4 seconds
Power consumption (claimed)
158.6Wh/km 15.86kW/100km
163.2Wh/km 16.32kWh/100km
Claimed range
Up to 561km (combined)
Up to 530km (combined)
Max AC charge rate
11kW
11kW
Max DC charge rate
175kW
175kW
The Enyaq isn’t available in Australia with a heat pump, despite the feature being available as an option in overseas markets.
As for real-world efficiency, I was seeing around 16kWh/100km in the Sportline on high-speed, winding B-roads with plenty of more spirited driving thrown in with downhill regen opportunities; and 17-18kWh/100km in the RS.
So, you should be able to achieve pretty close to the advertised efficiency and range claims in more balanced daily driving situations.
To see how the Skoda Enyaq lines up against the opposition, check out our comparison tool.
How does the Skoda Enyaq drive?
Given Volkswagen’s (and by extension Skoda) penchant for European refinement and balanced on-road manners, I was very interested to see if the praise the Enyaq has received overseas translates to the Australian model.
Sportline
Our drive program included three main hour-ish stints through the winding roads of the Southern Highlands in NSW, starting with the Sportline and moving through the Sportline with Ultimate Pack and finally the RS hero.
Even the base car has plenty of go. With 210kW and 545Nm driving the rear axle, the ‘base’ Enyaq Sportline has the sort of punch you’d expect of six-cylinder ICE vehicles without the noise. And with a claimed 0-100km/h time of 6.7 seconds, it’s as quick as any of the brand’s current ICE-powered RS performance products, too.
The Enyaq offers the immediate response that is a hallmark of EVs, and builds speed with a sweet linearity that is both smooth and punchy. It’s also particularly quiet, with no synthesised powertrain noise and insulation from both road and wind noise being excellent for the class.
Base Sportline versions get passive damping, and you’d be forgiven for being wary of the fact it’s riding on big 21-inch wheels shod in 235/45 front and 255/40 rear Bridgestone Turanza Eco rubber. But, you should be as pleasantly surprised as I was.
Even without the optional adaptive dampers, the Enyaq Sportline strikes a really nice balance between bump isolation and handling. It generally irons out pockmarked surfaces and undulations with gusto, only the harshest of potholes eliciting any sort of slap off those big wheels – and even then it’s far from crashy or jarring.
The Sportline also comes with what Skoda calls Dynamic Steering as standard, which is effectively the progressive steering system used in other VW Group products. It means the Enyaq is light and manoeuvrable around town but then the tiller loads up with more weight at higher speeds and during dynamic driving for better response and feedback.
No, this isn’t going to shame established performance SUVs like the Porsche Macan nor is it quite as tied down or dynamic as a Kia EV6, but the electric Skoda again strikes a similar balance between comfort and dynamics to the brand’s acclaimed RS models, if with a bit more mass.
It is rare that the Enyaq will be betrayed by its 2.2-tonne tare mass, thanks to its low centre of gravity and large footprint. You will feel its weight shift side to side in very tight and technical stretches of road, which really isn’t what this car will call home anyway.
Driven back to back with an Ultimate Pack-equipped Sportline, I wasn’t all too sure if the addition Dynamic Chassis Control (adaptive damping) made any major advancements to the ride – though there was a noticeable difference.
The adaptive dampers unlock various suspension modes including a firmer Sport setup as well as a softer Comfort profile, and it was the latter I was keener to trail following my stint in the standard car. On the lumpy and undulating B-roads we drove on, the Comfort setting was almost too soft, requiring an extra moment or so to settle over crests, for example.
I can understand the want for added firmness in Sport, but even the Normal setting was more than satisfactory for all scenarios. Apart from that the changes to steering feel in both cars didn’t really make too much of a difference to my tastes, thanks to the variable ratio out of the box.
Regen braking is a consideration for many EV buyers, and the VW Group’s approach is a little different. There are various stages and intensities as well as a B mode for the transmission, but while its most aggressive setting does slow the car down in a progressive fashion it’s not quite the one-pedal drive some prefer.
If anything, it drives like a ‘normal’ VW Group car that happens to be electric. As you’d expect there’s a nice refinement to the controls and response. Really, the Sportline is all most are going to need.
RS
Hopping into the Mamba Green – mmm – Enyaq RS for the final leg was definitely interesting. It’s billed as the most powerful production Skoda ever, and claims a pretty handy 0-100km/h time of just 5.4 seconds – 1.3s quicker than the Sportline RWD.
The RS basically takes the Sportline with Ultimate Pack’s running gear and adds the extra electric motor on the front axle, so for the most part it doesn’t feel drastically different with the exception of the added pace and all-paw traction.
Now 5.4s to 100km/h isn’t going to give a Model Y Performance any sleepless nights, but the Enyaq RS is nicely brisk. It largely retains the comfort and refinement of the Sportline while adding some nice RS-themed design elements and trimmings for a dash of flair – it certainly looks quite special in the spec pictured here.
The extra e-motor adds around 180kg to the Enyaq’s tare mass in RS guise, but it’s barely noticeable given the all-wheel traction and extra grunt. For me, it just felt like a quicker Sportline. There’s no sound either which sort of detracts from the performance experience, though that’s very much down to personal tastes.
But I will note, that in my experience with the Model Y on bigger wheels, the Enyaq has a far more resolved ride compared to the top-selling Tesla, and perhaps will feel less alien if you’re stepping out of a conventional car and looking to go electric. Food for thought.
Our launch drive favoured B-roads and the one highway leg I was a passenger, so I didn’t really get a chance to trial the Enyaq’s suite of driver assistance systems – but being a VW Group product, I know what to expect.
Unlike the smaller Cupra Born, the Enyaq offers Travel Assist in all grades. This combines adaptive cruise and lane centring functions for semi autonomous highway driving – and in pretty much every Group product I’ve trialled it in it’s been very, very good.
Further, there’s standard Side Assist (blind-spot assist) and rear cross-traffic alert to give you an extra set of eyes when merging lanes or reversing out of tight parking spaces. The available surround camera system is handy too, as is the standard inclusion of Matrix LED headlights should you drive on poorly-lit roads often.
The Enyaq’s available head-up display with augmented reality (AR) is simple in presentation but offers clever animations and graphics which feel high-tech. It’ll animate arrows and navigation prompts when using Apple Maps on CarPlay or Google Maps on Android Auto, and there are swish animations for the driver assist functions as well.
What do you get?
Enyaq Sportline standard equipment:
Exterior and Interior
21-inch alloy wheels – ‘Supernova’ Anthracite
Panoramic glass sunroof
Power driver’s seat incl. lumbar, memory
Heated front seats
Sports comfort front seats
3-spoke flat-bottom steering wheel
Leather-appointed
Heated
Paddle shifters
Black exterior accents, badges
Floor mats
60:40 split rear seat incl. centre armrest
Lighting
Matrix LED headlights
Cornering function
Dynamic Light Assist
Auto dusk sensor
LED ambient interior lighting
Comfort and Convenience
Mode 2, Mode 3 charging cables
Virtual Pedal
Power tailgate
Hands-free opening
Tri-zone climate control
Electrically adjustable mirrors
Heated
Power folding
Auto-dimming – driver side
Keyless Access
Push-button start
‘Walk Away’ keyless locking
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Heated reflecting windscreen
Rear privacy glass
Rain-sensing wipers
Roll-up sunshades – rear-side windows
Connectivity, Sight and Sound
13-inch infotainment system
Wireless Apple CarPlay
Wireless Android Auto
Wireless phone charger
5.3-inch Digital Cockpit
4 x USB-C outlets – 2 x front, 2 x rear
DAB/FM radio
8-speaker sound system
Intelligent voice control
Simply Clever
Umbrella in front driver’s door
Phone pockets – rear
Luggage net
Enyaq RS adds:
Drivetrain
All-wheel drive incl. Traction Mode
Adaptive Chassis Control
Exterior and Interior
21-inch alloy wheels – ‘Vision’ Anthracite
RS exterior styling
Exterior ambient lighting incl. Crystal Face grille
Front seats incl. power adjustment, memory
Power lumbar
Massage function – driver
Comfort and Convenience
Heated rear outboard seats
Heat insulating windscreen
Connectivity, Sight and Sound
Augmented reality (AR) head-up display
Canton premium sound system
Options
Ultimate Pack (Sportline): $6000
Augmented reality (AR) head-up display
Adaptive Chassis Control
Area View (360 view)
Canton premium sound system
Exterior ambient lighting incl. Crystal Face grille
Front seats incl. power adjustment, memory
Power lumbar
Massage function – driver
Heated rear outboard seats
Heat insulating windscreen
Colours
Metallic and Pearlescent: $NCO
Moon White Metallic
Graphite Grey Metallic
Black Magic Pearlescent
Race Blue Metallic
Velvet Red Metallic
Mamba Green – RS only
Is the Skoda Enyaq safe?
The Skoda Enyaq range wears a five-star ANCAP safety rating in New Zealand, though this is yet to be carried over to the Australian range.
Skoda Australia says the local rating is subject to assessment, and the Australian result should be communicated prior to customer deliveries commencing in December.
For reference, the New Zealand ANCAP rating – itself based on Euro NCAP testing – includes an adult occupant protection score of 94 per cent, child occupant score of 89 per cent, vulnerable road user score of 71 per cent, and a safety assist score of 73 per cent.
Standard safety equipment includes:
8 airbags
Dual front
Dual front-side
Dual rear-side
Dual curtain
Adaptive cruise control
Driver fatigue monitor
Emergency Assist
Exit warning
Front Assist (AEB)
Pedestrian detection
Cyclist detection
Turn Assist
Lane Assist
Adaptive Lane Guidance (centring)
Lane departure warning
Lane keep assist
Parking sensors – front, rear
Proactive Occupant Protection
Reversing camera
Side Assist
Blind-spot monitoring
Rear cross-traffic alert
Speed limiter
Ultimate Pack + RS adds:
Area View (360 cameras)
Park Assist
How much does the Skoda Enyaq cost to run?
The Enyaq is covered by Skoda Australia’s seven-year new vehicle warranty, with the battery subject to eight years or 160,000 kilometres of warranty coverage – whichever comes first.
Sportline
Skoda isn’t offering a complimentary charging subscription like Audi is doing (temporarily) with the related Q4 e-tron range, but the Czech carmaker has partnered with JET Charge to offer a range of home charging solutions with more transparent pricing including standard installation.
There are 7kW single-phase and 22kW three-phase chargers available to purchase – though the Enyaq maxes out at 11kW via three-phase – with prices ranging from $1780 to $2700 including standard installation and GST.
On the topic of charging, Skoda Australia was quick to point out that with the exception of the Toyota bZ4X, the bulk of the Enyaq’s rivals will charge you extra for Mode 2 or Mode 3 charging cables, of which the Skoda includes both.
For reference, the Mode 2 cable is a Type 2-to-wall socket cable that plugs directly into a conventional home power outlet, while the Mode 3 cable is a Type 2-to-Type 2 charge cable that’s required for certain AC public chargers – these can cost anywhere between $300 and $800 depending on brand.
Running costs
Skoda Enyaq Coupe
Warranty
7 years, unlimited kilometres – vehicle 8 years or 160,000 kilometres – battery
Roadside assistance
12 months, then service-initiated
Service intervals
24 months or 30,000 kilometres
Capped-price servicing
Up to 10 years
Total capped-price service cost
$1650 – 8 years $1950 – 10 years
CarExpert’s Take on the Skoda Enyaq
While I don’t think the Enyaq is going to be a sales hero in Australia like it is in Europe – where it’s the fourth best-selling electric SUV – there’s a lot to like about this Czech EV.
It’s very competitively priced and specified compared to direct rivals, offers best-in-class driving range for those with range anxiety, and drives with the sort of all-round polish we’ve come to expect from the VW Group.
Despite the coupe body style being the sole option for Australia at launch, it’s still typical Skoda in its practical packaging and thoughtful ‘Simply Clever’ touches; while also offering a very competitive aftersales program that beats out most rivals over various metrics.
That’s not to say it’s perfect. The lack of connected and remote services will be a sticking point for EV tech heads, as is the absence of embedded satellite navigation if you prefer native routing and mapping. It’s also a shame the more practical Enyaq SUV hasn’t made the trip Down Under yet, given Skoda is often associated with practical wagons.
I also personally believe, given the Enyaq’s strengths in comfort and refinement, the more luxurious L&K trim level should have formed part of the launch range, giving Skoda something of an attainable alternative to equivalent models from luxury brands; as well as a cheaper ‘Edition’ variant that could duck in under $65,000.
But all things considered, the Enyaq Coupe is a very likeable and well-rounded package that arguably is the most competitive rival for Tesla’s top-selling Model Y from a legacy brand. While it’s not necessarily better in every respect, it makes a very strong case for itself particularly in Sportline trim.
While my personal pick is an Ultimate Pack-equipped Sportline in Race Blue or Velvet Red – which don’t cost extra mind you – the un-optioned Sportline represents excellent value for money relative to its competitors and is well supported by a solid aftersales program should you be wary of making the jump to electric, or Euro for that matter.
Throw in Skoda’s sharp finance offer and guaranteed future value program, or the allure of FBT exemptions that would likely make this as affordable to novated lease as a mid-spec Kodiaq, and the value equation starts to stack up more.
It will certainly appeal to Skoda or VW loyalists looking to go electric if the price isn’t too steep, and has plenty to offer more broadly for those who aren’t interested in following the Tesla crowd or trying something Chinese.
Interested in buying a Skoda Enyaq? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
RBI had imposed the restrictions on IIFL Finance on March 4, 2024.
The RBI’s decision is effective immediately and allows IIFL Finance to resume the sanctioning, disbursal, assignment, securitisation, and sale of gold loans in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations, says the company.
IIFL Finance on Thursday said the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has lifted restrictions imposed on the company’s gold loan business.
“RBI, through its communication dated September 19, 2024, has lifted the restrictions imposed on the gold loan business of the company. The RBI’s decision is effective immediately and allows the company to resume the sanctioning, disbursal, assignment, securitisation, and sale of gold loans in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations,” said IIFL Finance in a stock exchange filing.
RBI had imposed the restrictions on March 4, 2024.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
The next Solana phone is all set to launch in mid-2025 as the Solana Seeker after already attracting 140,000 pre-orders. Solana Mobile revealed the official branding and a first look at the next Android handset onstage on Friday. The Solana Seeker will have a brighter “flagship display” and a longer-lasting battery than the Saga, plus better cameras. It has been priced very aggressively for it to be accessible for growth. In terms of performance, it will be a meaningful step up from Saga in part. This phone will be focused on new and entrenched crypto users, rather than the general public.
Should you still invest in paid social media promotion and advertising for your brand?
When I posed the question to experts in marketing, the responses were almost unanimous:
“Yes, but …”
Some view it as a necessary evil given the limited organic reach on social today. Others say that although social platforms are crowded with content, they’re still valuable for marketing. Others qualify their replies with “It depends.”
Let’s explore the nuances behind those answers. (If you’re already sold on paid and want advice on how and where, skip to this section for tips on improving your social media planning and budgeting.)
How should you play the paid social game?
First, the experts presenting at Content Marketing World share their thoughts on what you should consider before paying Facebook, Instagram, X, TikTok, LinkedIn, YouTube, or any other social media platform.
Consider it required
Paid social is likely an unspoken requirement now if you want other organic content to surface on networks. Understanding what social channels drive demand for your brand or company is critical so you can strategically prioritize where you’re spending on paid versus blanket paid efforts across all social channels. — Jenn VandeZande, editor-in-chief, SAP CX + Industries
Go for reach
I strongly believe in the collaboration of paid, owned, and earned channels. When you start with content marketing, you need to invest in paid channels to achieve reach. If you do this correctly, your organic and earned reach will grow. Over time, you will need less paid investment. — Pauline Lannoo, head of digital strategy, The Fat Lady
Integrate strategically
Investing in paid social can be effective if it’s part of a multichannel strategy. The spray-and-pray approach to pushing a ton of content to your target audience is a Hail Mary, not a sound strategy. Instead, marketers should create user journeys based on persona, engagement, and cross-channel targeting to deliver value to their target audience. — Royna Sharifi, senior marketing campaign manager, Amazon Web Services
Reach your audience where they are
It’s another channel that people can find you on. It’s important to make sure you are relevant on any channel that users might be searching on. — Zack Kadish, senior SEO strategy director, Conductor
Accommodate social-first audiences
Of course! There is no one-size-fits-all when it comes to your marketing strategy. The way people see and absorb content varies by demographic and geographics. For example, someone at one age may only purchase products or services via paid ads on social. Someone in Japan may only be interested in validating their purchase journey on a social ad. Not only that, with AI built into most ad platforms these days, you stand to win more than lose. — Michael Bonfils, global managing director, Digital International Group
See if social is a habit
It depends on your audiences. If your audience is predominantly found on social media, then indeed, it becomes an indispensable channel for connecting with them effectively.
Ultimately, the key factor in determining the relevance of social media marketing is your target audience and their online habits. It’s all about your audience. — Pam Didner, vice president of marketing, Relentless Pursuit LLC
Start small and test
Paid social is still a good channel for brand building and getting your brand in front of new audiences. To see success with paid social in driving a more specific action or conversion, try it on a small scale and see what works.
For example, at my last company, we saw a return on investment using paid social to increase visibility and registration for marquee digital events. It was one of our strongest paid methods for driving traffic to our event web page. — Monica Norton, vice president of communications and content, Nextiva
Make quality choices
It still makes sense to invest in paid social media. The question is where, to whom, and when. Understanding the days of cheap paid campaigns driving high-yield results in the form of clicks, impressions, views, etc., which are quantitative, has changed significantly. — Troy Sandidge, founder, Strategy Hackers
Let return on ad spend guide you
If it did before, then it probably still does now. It’s just another paid channel. All paid channels should be evaluated by return on ad spend (ROAS) and other impact measures and not on a priori channel bias. — Tony Byrne, founder, Real Story Group
Do an audit first
Whether content-rich advertising or boosting posts, paid social is still one of the best ways to increase your social reach. Channels like Facebook have limited organic reach, so paid posts are often necessary if you hope to reach any audiences — even those who follow your page. Luckily, that can be done cost-effectively on that channel. LinkedIn, on the other hand, can require a significant investment to acquire individual leads.
The best way to understand your opportunities on social media is to perform a social media audit. Review your recent performance on every channel where your brand has a presence, and research your competitor channels to understand the size of the audience for your content, what opportunities you may be missing, and where you’re already standing out. — Erika Heald, founder and chief content officer, Erika Heald Marketing Consulting
Proceed with caution (and creativity)
The part of me that loves social media wants to say, “Yes, it’s still a powerful tool when wielded correctly.” But I also recognize how many caveats come with that statement. Paid social offers precise targeting options and can significantly amplify your reach, leading to higher engagement rates and a better return on investment compared to traditional advertising methods.
However, the costs can be high, especially in competitive industries, and users experience ad fatigue, so your content must be exceptionally creative to stand out. But if your budget and audience are there, then yes, paid ads can still be impactful. — Ashley Baker, founder and chief marketing officer, Coastline Marketing LLC
Pay for influencers, not advertisements
It depends on what type of paid social you’re talking about. Do I believe companies should pay for ads to appear on sites like Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter? Not really. They don’t deliver enough for what’s put into them. However, I would consider working with influencers as a form of paid social (when goods or money is exchanged), and that form of promotion has only continued to grow. — Beth Elderkin, content marketing manager, Informa Connect
Lower the friction for higher conversion
LinkedIn Ads work well for B2B businesses looking to generate qualified leads. The targeting abilities are good, and LinkedIn Lead Gen Forms allow you to capture conversions native to the LinkedIn platform. Lower friction results in higher conversion rates. — Dennis Shiao, founder, Attention Retention
Return to branding
With search engines using generative AI to summarize results, branding is coming back, and paying to remain visible is becoming more important every day. — Jim Sterne, president, Target Marketing of Santa Barbara
How much should you invest in paid social media?
If you buy into the premise that brands should make social media buys, you likely want to know the how and how much. Marketers who responded to my query through the Qwoted platform have some thoughts. (Spoiler alert: They don’t all agree.)
Get your platform mix right
One of the keys to a successful paid social strategy is finding the right platform mix. It’s crucial to not only be presentwhere your personas spend the most time but also where they’re most likely to engage with your brand.
Interestingly, some of the most successful B2B lead-generation campaigns I’ve managed have seen platforms like Facebook and Instagram significantly outperform traditional choices like LinkedIn and even Google paid.
Selecting the right ad unit formats is key to driving the success of your paid social campaign. It’s important to explore all available ad units and understand how users engage with them. While video often outperforms static images, including a mix allows platforms to optimize content delivery based on their algorithms. Continuously monitor performance, pause inefficient ad units, test new formats, and iterate to achieve the best results. Ultimately, the chosen ad formats should align closely with your campaign’s objectives to ensure maximum impact. — Justin Eveloff, vice president of performance marketing, OBI Creative
Take advantage of retargeting
While consumers have become more ad savvy, well-crafted paid social campaigns can still yield significant results. Successful strategies often involve targeted remarketing or leveraging influential voices within specific niches.
In B2B, a more targeted strategy is often beneficial. Utilizing LinkedIn to reach specific job titles within target companies can be highly effective. Retargeting these professionals on Meta platforms can further reinforce brand messaging, as business decision-makers are also active consumers on these networks.
While still valuable, B2C paid social on platforms like Meta requires a more nuanced approach. Unsolicited ads may be less effective, necessitating strategic planning and execution. — Kim Bode, owner, 8thirtyfour
Combine video and text
LinkedIn’s thought leader ads are a powerful tool. When combined with retargeting site visitors (and coordinated with YouTube videos diving deeper into the same content), they can amplify credibility and trust on a fast timetable.
Tactically, the best success comes from creating long-form content on YouTube with a link to download resources from your website. Now, write an article (no links) on LinkedIn with a short native video introducing the topic. Have a teammate comment a link to the YouTube video on the article and a link to the website to download the resources. Use a small ad budget to amplify the article on LinkedIn and the video on YouTube. Retarget site visitors who haven’t downloaded the resources on both LinkedIn and YouTube. Follow up with downloaders to offer a conversation on putting the recommended strategy into use. —Mark Osborne, founder, Modern Revenue Strategies
Budget for competition
For small businesses, starting at $5,000 per month is enough to get started. This has been my starting budget for most brands for a few years. Of course, that depends on what you sell. I’ve had an e-bike company that had an average order value of $5,000, and $4,000 per month was not enough to run ads as it’s highly competitive, and it takes a long time for a new customer to purchase a new e-bike. But let’s say you’re selling a T-shirt for $25 per unit. Then, $4,000 is enough since it takes less than seven days to make a purchase decision. — Erika Castro, co-founder, CMO, Croia
Ramp up the budget and retain the data
Compared to organic marketing, which demands substantial time and resources in AI, systems, automation, and team development, paid marketing requires a significant upfront financial commitment but less time, making it particularly attractive for established businesses. For brands generating over $50,000 to $100,000 monthly, paid strategies offer more predictability and scalability.
For starting out, a modest daily budget of $20 to $50 allows you to test and refine your approach using the feedback and profits to gradually increase your investment. It’s crucial to choose a platform that resonates most with your target demographic to maximize engagement and conversion rates. Consider an increase if your initial results are promising and aligned with your scaling strategy.
Lastly, when engaging professionals to manage your paid campaigns, opt for experts who collaborate under your ad accounts. This ensures you retain your data and insights, which are crucial for ongoing strategy adjustments. Avoid agencies that retain control over your analytics and data. — Sophie Musumeci, CEO and founder, Real Entrepreneur Women
Exercise spending flex
Budget levels may change throughout the year depending on the client for a few reasons. Factors such as seasonality, competition, and fatigue can cause CPMs (cost per thousand) to increase, meaning you have to spend more to reach your audience. Clients selling a product may want to increase budgets around key periods such as Black Friday and Christmas or to drive sales and ensure you are visible more than your competition. Making sure you plan for those more expensive periods will allow you to be more efficient with the budget and remain competitive. — Helena Taylor, paid social team lead, Space & Time Media
Spend more with more competition
At Kimberfire, which bridges the gap between online and offline diamond jewelry retail, we’ve consistently leveraged paid social media to reach our target audience. We’ve seen the need to slightly increase our spend to maintain visibility as competition grows. However, the key is to continually test and optimize — focusing on what delivers the best ROI rather than just increasing spend blindly. — Jonathan Goldberg, founder, president and CEO, Kimberfire
Budget based on goals
I recommend brands allocate 10% to 30% of their expected annual revenue toward marketing, depending on how aggressively they want to drive results. Of that, 60% to 70% should go toward lead generation in a B2B context, and the remaining 30% to 40% toward branding and awareness. It’s important to note that LinkedIn is not cheap, so serious results require serious investment.
After about three months of A/B testing different content types and ensuring other marketing touchpoints are aligned, most marketers should have a clear understanding of whether paid social is a channel worth continuing, stopping, or increasing investment in. — Belinda Conde, head of marketing, Datos
Say yes and figure out the specifics
The resounding answer is that paid social media can work for your brand. “While there is a myriad of options for organically growing your audience and reach, the brass tacks are that paid plays a major role in converting that audience growth into actual customers. Fun in organic, to the point in paid,” saysTed Harrison, founder and CEO of neuemotion and former head of production at Twitter (X).
But how (and how well) it works depends on your brand’s goals and audiences. As always, pick the most relevant advice for your scenario, see if it delivers what you want, and adjust accordingly.
Bring your team to Content Marketing World this October for inspiration, ideas, and actionable advice on developing and executing a strategy that drives profit for your business. Group rates are available. Register today.
MORE ADVICE FOR OUR CMWORLD SPEAKERS:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Good for
Organic, healthy, low-calorie, pescatarian, vegetarian, keto, gluten-free, Whole30, gourmet
Score Breakdown
Taste/results7/10Value7/10Ease of recipes8/10Recipe variety7/10Healthiness9/10
Pros
Mostly organic ingredients and healthy recipes
Customizable menus
Good for those eating gluten-free, keto or paleo
Interesting recipes with unique flavors
Cons
Some recipes took longer than the website said
More expensive than other services
Portion sizes may be small for some
A lot of plastic used
During my first try ofGreen Chef, I found the recipes overly complicated, a bit random and sometimes even difficult to execute in the way the recipe instructed. With Green Chef being on the higher end of the meal kit price, the resulting meals just weren’t good enough to justify the cost. Even so, while it’s still one of the more expensive meal kit options, Green Chef has made significant changes to its menu and meal plan cost since then.
Green Chef’s healthy meal kits earned a spot on our list of best meal kits in 2024.
David Watsky/CNET
After testing Green Chef for a second time, I found the service much easier and a better value in than the first go-round. So much so that I’ve deemed it the best healthy meal kit pick in 2024, especially for those looking to eat wholesome, organic meals and cut out some of the cumbersome steps that come with cooking from scratch. Green Chef also proves to be a practical option for those eating gluten-free, paleo, keto and vegetarian diets.
Here’s how the subscription service works, and my full review of the Green Chef meal kits, updated with new testing in late 2023.
How Green Chef works
Choose between six overarching meal plans to help you hone in on your eating goals.
Green Chef/Screenshot by CNET
Green Chef is a meal kit subscription, meaning it sends ingredients to you along with recipes for healthy, mostly organic meals. When signing up, the service offers six main nutrition plans such as Plant-Powered and Calorie Conscious to guide your selections, but you’ll still have access to Green Chef’s full menu of over 50 meals per week. (See below for this week’s menus.)
After choosing a meal plan type, you’ll then choose how many meal kits per week you want to receive — three or four — and also how many servings per meal — two, four or six.
Green Chef is one of the healthier meal delivery services with mostly organic ingredients and lots of vegetables and lean meats.
David Watsky/CNET
After plugging in your payment info, you’ll select meals from your plan and delivery date for the following week. Each week you’ll select your meal and a box arrives on the doorstep on the day of your choosing in insulated packaging. Green Chef ships to nearly every US zip code except for Alaska, Hawaii and some parts of Louisiana. Though it wasn’t an issue for me, a critique I found in other Green Chef reviews was shipping delays — albeit usually no more than a day or two.
How much does Green Chef cost?
Recipes per week
Meals for 2
Meals for 4
Meals for 6
2
N/A
$13
N/A
3
$13.49
$12.49
$12
4
$13
$12
$12
*Prices per serving
What are Green Chef meals like?
Green Chef meals are healthy with plenty of options for special diets including keto, paleo, vegan and gluten-free. Expect lots of organic vegetables and lean meats with lighter sauces and seasonings. There is the scattered “cheat meal,” such as truffle linguine with chicken and mushrooms or Salisbury steak and potatoes, but most of the dishes have high nutritional value with very few heavy cream-based sauces, cheese toppings or excess empty carbs.
Green Chef recipes are bright and colorful, filled with superfoods and healthy greens.
Green Chef/Screenshot by CNET
There’s a fair variety of fish and seafood options plans including salmon, tilapia and shrimp recipes. Some seafood recipes are included with a standard meal plan, while others are considered premium and cost as much as $9 more per serving.
I appreciated the eco-friendly paper bags that hold the components of each recipe, but found a good deal of single-use plastic once I opened them.
David Watsky/CNET
Green Chef flavors will be familiar to most American eaters, and I’d say the company plays it safer than rivals such as Sunbasket or Blue Apron. I noticed a good deal of heat and punchy elements such as chimichurri, lime, peppers and Mexican spice. In a previous round of testing, I found some recipes to be odd, random and unappealing, but not so much in this latest round.
Green Chef support materials
A few of my recipe cards.
David Watsky/CNET
Green Chef’s recipe cards can be sent in printed form or found online. I found them to be clear and concise, with some helpful footnotes for beginners, such as a brief explanation of what a roux is. There’s also an app that allows you to order or change meals and find recipes, too.
Add-ons
Green Chef has a dozen or so add-ons, including Good Chop meat packs and breakfast bites.
Green Chef/Screenshot by CNET
Add-ons have become a popular feature for meal kit services to pad your weekly order. They’re convenient and can knock a few items from your weekly shopping list. Green Chef has partnered with meat purveyor Good Chop to offer meat add-ons, including chicken parts, beef packs and selections of seafood. You can also tack on some sous vide egg bits or oatmeal for an easy breakfast. Prices vary but tend to skew a little higher than you’d find at a grocery store.
How easy are Green Chef meal kits?
Vegan enchilada ingredients ready to go.
David Watsky/CNET
Green Chef meal kits require some skill and are ideal for intermediate home cooks. Most are simple to prepare, often taking less than 30 minutes from start to finish.
As with many other meal kit services, Green Chef has a few more involved meal kits that may take 45 minutes or more, but you won’t find many overly complicated recipes as you might with a service such as Martha & Marley Spoon or Sunbasket, and you don’t need extensive cooking experience. That said, the average Green Chef recipe is slightly more complex than those from a beginner service like HelloFresh, Home Chef or Dinnerly.
I did notice that the project time to cook each recipe was a little off. The pan-roasted chicken with basil pesto took about five to seven minutes longer than the card indicated, for instance. Another, the simple pork and apple meatloaves, took about 10 minutes less than Green Chef predicted.
What I cooked and how it went
Barbecue pork and apple meatloaves with green beans and slaw: This meal was fantastic and one I plan to make again, with or without help from a meal kit. The apple added so much to both the meatloaf mixture and the slaw. It was also very simple, taking less time and effort than I anticipated. I would say the portion size was on the small side and might not be enough for a big eater.
This pork and apple meatloaf recipe was fast, easy and delicious: 10 out of 10.
David Watsky/CNET
Pecan-crusted trout with lemon caper sauce: This is a fail-proof flavor combination for me. I thought the dish was good, although the premade sauce was a little bland. The fish was fresh and the dish as a whole was light, but also satisfying.
Salmon with spicy mango salsa and potato hash: A perfect summer salmon with bright and bold flavors. This one was very filling.
Mushroom and black bean enchiladas with chimichurri sauce: I’d be lying if I said I didn’t miss having some chicken or pork in my enchiladas, but the flavors for this dish all worked well and the chimichurri was a big hit.
Mushroom and black bean enchiladas with lots of sauce.
David Watsky/CNET
Pan-roasted chicken with basil pistou, Swiss chard and rice: This recipe features surprising elements including sweet diced dates and punchy artichokes. Everything worked in perfect harmony to create an excellent dish. My only beef is that the recipe took me a little longer than expected.
Ancho-lime sweet potato bowls: One of the better plant-based meal kit recipes I’ve made. Absolutely loved the addition of lime zest to the white rice and have added that trick to my normal rice-cooking routine.
A very tasty ancho chili and sweet potato bowl over zesty lime-infused rice.
David Watsky/CNET
Caribbean shrimp with coconut rice, mangos and chard-cabbage slaw: Coconut rice is one of my favorite side dishes in the world so my expectations are high. This was solid, but another one that didn’t blow me away. I thought the rice needed something else to punch up the flavor.
Who should try Green Chef?
Green Chef is one of the best meal kit options for those looking to eat organic food and want simple, healthy meals. It’s also a solid choice for vegetarians since the plant-based menu includes nine hearty vegetarian meal kit selections per week, like orange miso tofu or artichoke “crab” cakes. Green Chef recipes feature interesting ingredient combinations, making it a good choice for adventurous eaters. It’s also good for eating gluten-free, keto or paleo.
Who shouldn’t try Green Chef?
Because it starts at $12 a serving, Green Chef probably isn’t a great pick for someone on a tight budget. (See our list of the best cheap meal delivery services for that.) I also found portion sizes small, so big eaters may not find the recipes to be enough.
Green Chef pricing
Pricing for Green Chef meals lands between $12 and $13.49 a serving depending on the number of servings ordered. Green Chef now offers variable pricing, whereas it used to be one per-serving price no matter which plan you chose. You can order as few as six servings per week (the most expensive cost per serving) or as many as 24 (the cheapest per serving). There’s also a $10 flat-rate shipping fee for each box.
All of this still adds up to Green Chef being on the more expensive end of the meal kit category — not entirely surprising, considering these meal kits feature mostly organic produce and meats. That said, with the improved quality of recipes, the higher-than-average prices didn’t bother me as much as the last time I tested it.
Packaging and environmental friendliness
I noticed a fair amount of single-use plastic in Green Chef meal kits.
David Watsky/CNET
Green Chef claims to be the No. 1 most sustainable meal kit company, but those are fuzzy stats, and I found there to be a good deal of plastic waste. That said, the box, coolers and ice packs are all recyclable and the recipes all come in paper bags, unlike the plastic large plastic bags used by Home Chef.
What’s the Green Chef menu this week? June 3, 2024
Protein Packed weekly menu
Hearty white bean and chicken soup
Chicken with garlic chard rice
Harissa apricot glazed barramundi
Gyro-spiced pork filet kale salad
Gyro-spiced chicken kale salad
Gluten-Free weekly menu
Teriyaki pork fried rice
Hearty white bean and chicken soup
Chicken with garlic chard rice
Teriyaki turkey fried rice
Spicy harissa turkey stuffed peppers
Plant-Based weekly menu
Shawarma-spiced cauliflower tacos
Baja cauliflower bowls
Middle Eastern-style chickpea bowls
Caramelized onion and apple melts
Quick and Easy weekly menu
Hearty white bean and chicken soup
Pesto shrimp couscous bowls
Shawarma-spiced cauliflower tacos
Spicy harissa turkey stuffed peppers
Calorie Smart weekly menu
Coconut shrimp soup
Spicy chili-ginger chicken kale salad
Chicken with garlic chard rice
Spicy harissa turkey stuffed peppers
Mediterranean weekly menu
Harissa apricot glazed barramundi
Chicken with garlic chard rice
Pesto shrimp couscous bowls
Shawarma-spiced cauliflower tacos
Verdict: Is Green Chef worth it?
When I first tested Green Chef meal kits in 2021, I wasn’t entirely impressed, but the service has since made a few small changes that add up to a major overall improvement. With simpler recipes that feature high-quality and mostly organic ingredients, in my late 2023 test I found Green Chef to be well worth the price. It’s still pricier than most services, but a good pick for those looking to eat healthy, interesting food made at home.
In the recipes I tackled, the meats and produce were fresh and arrived in good shape. I enjoyed some bold flavors such as apple and pork meatloaves and bright sauces, many of which had a homemade quality. Green Chef also deftly caters to niche eating plans such as gluten-free, keto and Mediterranean diet, which is perfect for a gluten-intolerant person such as myself.
With cheaper per-serving prices and options for steak and seafood on the standard meal plan, Blue Apron is still my pick for the best meal kit service in 2024. But if you’re interested in cooking mostly organic meals that don’t skimp on taste, Green Chef is your best option.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
When Justine Carter stepped on the treadmill for a quick energy boost last May, she never thought it would lead to a near-death experience.
The Utah mother, 33, was fit and healthy — but 12 minutes into her walk, she started having shortness of breath and a pain in her back that penetrated to her chest.
When that was followed by violent vomiting, Carter assumed she’d been hit with a terrible stomach flu.
SOY MILK COULD REDUCE RISK FACTORS FOR HEART DISEASE, RESEARCH SHOWS
“That’s where things get a little bit hazy,” she told Fox News Digital during an interview.
Justine Carter (left) experienced a spontaneous coronary artery dissection (SCAD) while on the treadmill. At right, she reunites with the EMS team who saved her life at HCA Healthcare’s Mountain View Hospital.(Justine Carter)
Carter called her husband and mother-in-law, but has no recollection of the conversations.
“The next thing I knew, I woke up in the hospital.”
Her husband and mother-in-law had found her in the bathroom, where Carter appeared to be having a seizure and had very slow breathing.
SLEEPING LONGER ON WEEKENDS COULD LOWER HEART DISEASE RISK BY 20%, STUDY FINDS
Her mother-in-law, Teresa Carter — a nurse at HCA Healthcare’s Mountain View Hospital in Payson, Utah — kept her alive with CPR until emergency medical services arrived.
For 25 minutes, Carter’s heart didn’t beat, and blood only circulated to her body through CPR.
“Everything was pretty ominous,” Teresa Carter told Fox News Digital during the same interview.
Justine Carter and her husband, Kevin Carter, are pictured during her recuperation in the hospital.(Justine Carter)
“She had what we call ‘tombstone rhythm’ on the monitor, which tells us she was having a heart attack, and that her heart muscle was not getting enough oxygen.”
At HCA Healthcare’s Mountain View Hospital, doctors confirmed that Carter had experienced a spontaneous coronary artery dissection (SCAD), which is a tear in the wall of a coronary artery that can lead to a heart attack, heart rhythm problems or even sudden death.
What to know about SCAD
Carter’s condition, SCAD, has no known cause or risk factors.
Most patients who have the condition are women in their 40s and 50s who are otherwise healthy, according to the American Heart Association (AHA).
“Patients are often women who are otherwise healthy.”
While there is no specific known cause, “scientists think it’s likely that multiple factors may cause SCAD, such as abnormalities in the arteries, genetics, hormonal influences or inflammatory issues,” the AHA’s website states.
“Although it is not perfectly clear what causes SCAD, patients are often women – very similar to Justine’s case – who are otherwise healthy,” Dr. Mark Bair, medical director of the emergency department at HCA Healthcare’s Mountain View Hospital — the physician who treated Carter — told Fox News Digital.
Justine Carter was reunited with her first responders team and clinical colleagues at HCA Healthcare’s Mountain View Hospital in August 2024.(Justine Carter)
“In fact, it’s often the case that SCAD patients have few or no risk factors for heart disease at all,” he went on.
“Extreme physical and emotional stress are risk factors, as is fibromuscular dysplasia, which affects arterial blood vessels, genetic connective tissue disorders and very high blood pressure.”
Carter had no concerning warning signs before the event.
HEART HEALTH RISK FACTORS FOR WOMEN OVER AGE 50
“I just felt like I had low energy that day and didn’t feel up to par — but I just thought it was because it was winter and cloudy outside,” she said.
A week after the first heart attack, the day she returned home from the hospital, Carter experienced another cardiac event.
As with the first time, she had chest pain and severe nausea, along with dangerously low blood pressure.
Justine Carter is pictured the day after coming out of a coma at HCA Healthcare’s Mountain View Hospital in Payson, Utah. (Justine Carter)
“The second event was every bit as scary as the first,” she told Fox News Digital.
Carter was life-flighted to HCA Healthcare’s Timpanogos Regional Hospital, which has a full cath lab team and a cardiothoracic surgeon, in case she needed open-heart surgery.
The cardiac team found that Carter’s original aortic tear had grown in length, causing more swelling and yet another blockage.
WOMEN’S HEART DISEASE RISK COULD BE PREDICTED UP TO 30 YEARS IN ADVANCE WITH ONE BLOOD TEST, STUDY FINDS
“When she arrived at the hospital, her blood pressure was not life-supporting,” said Teresa Carter. “Truly, I thought her heart was just going to give out, and was afraid we might lose her.”
After restoring blood flow by using a balloon to compress the artery wound, the cardiac team implanted a small heart pump to temporarily relieve Carter’s heart of some of its workload while she recovered.
‘Incredible’ recovery
Today, Carter is back at home, feeling stronger every day.
“Justine is doing great and has a wonderful prognosis with good care and prevention techniques,” Bair told Fox News Digital.
Justine Carter (left) is pictured with her mother-in-law, Teresa Carter, who saved her life by administering CPR after her heart attack.(Justine Carter)
When Carter first arrived at Mountain View Hospital’s ER, Bair was worried that she could have ongoing neurological damage because of the 25 minutes that she wasn’t getting oxygen to her brain, he said.
“However, due to the wonderful things that were done in the field, she has fully recovered.”
NO CARDIOLOGISTS AVAILABLE IN HALF OF US COUNTIES AS STUDY REVEALS ‘INCREDIBLY CONCERNING’ CARE GAPS
Carter’s mother-in-law starting CPR and the resuscitation efforts of the EMS crews were key to her survival, Bair noted, along with the “heroic steps” performed in the hospital to preserve her brain function.
“Her recovery has been incredible to watch,” he added.
After completing cardio rehab, Carter is now able to take her dog on walks, but hasn’t yet been cleared to resume her running or hiking activities.
“It’s often the case that SCAD patients have few or no risk factors for heart disease at all.”
“I was really tired for the first two weeks, and then my energy level started coming up,” she said.
“Now I can get through the whole day without needing a nap.”
Every three months, Carter visits her cardiologist to make sure her heart is functioning as it should.
Justine Carter is pictured with her husband, Kevin Carter, after leaving the hospital.(Justine Carter)
Although SCAD can’t be predicted or prevented, Bair emphasized the importance of good lifestyle choices, like eating a heart-healthy diet, engaging in moderate exercise, reducing stress and treating high blood pressure.
“Adults should also get necessary, quality sleep and have regular visits with their physician,” he advised. “Tobacco use is also the most preventable risk factor for heart disease.”
Lessons learned
Carter’s heart attacks have been “life-changing,” she said, teaching her the following valuable lessons.
1. Listen to your body
“As women, we tend to put everyone else’s needs above our own,” she said. “We have to say, ‘This is how I’m feeling and this is what I’m going to do about it.’”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Carter’s heart attacks have helped her realize it’s OK to slow down and let others do things for her.
“Now, if I’m tired, I just tap out.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“If something feels ‘off,’ don’t hesitate,” she advised. “Just call 911, because a lot of things can be prevented if you do that.”
Baid also stressed the importance of paying attention to new or different symptoms, including chest pain, abnormal shortness of breath, and extreme weakness or dizziness.
2. Learn life-saving techniques
It’s important for people to know CPR and be prepared to use it in emergency situations until EMS arrives, Justine and Teresa Carter agreed.
It’s important for people to know CPR and be prepared to use it in emergency situations until EMS arrives, Justine and Teresa Carter agreed.(iStock)
“Even for non-medical people, it’s such a valuable skill to have,” said Teresa Carter. “You will most likely be able to help someone you love.”
3. Don’t live in fear
Although SCAD events usually can’t be predicted or prevented, Carter is determined not to live in fear.
“If you spend every day in fear, you won’t enjoy life.”
“You can live your life scared of a lot of things, but if you spend every day in fear, you won’t enjoy life,” she said. “Life is fragile and short, so just enjoy it for what it is.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Carter reiterated her gratitude for the team at HCA Healthcare Mountain View Hospital.
“I’m only here because of them,” she said. “All I can say is, ‘Thank you.’”
When it comes to keeping your gut happy and healthy, we try all sorts of food combinations. However, many of the nutrients and antioxidants needed to do so are readily available in fresh fruits and vegetables. One of the most nutritious fruits you can eat for your gut health is the pear. Now, we know this bell-shaped fruit does not get the limelight like some other “superfoods” out there, but trust me, they are superfoods in their own right! So, if you’re looking for a nutritious and delicious addition to your diet, it’s time to give pears a chance. And guess what? They’re also perfect for improving your gut health, so all those crunchy bites will make your gut happy! Let’s dive in to see how pears can help keep your tummy happy.
Also Read:Season’s Best: 4 Unique Ways Of Eating Pears This Season
Here Are 5 Reasons Why Pears Are Good for Your Gut
1. Great Source of Fiber
If you’re struggling with constipation, this is one of the main reasons why you should include pears in your diet. Pears, or nashpati, are packed with fibre, which is important to keep your digestive system happy. According to the U.S. Department of Agriculture, one large pear (230 grams) contains 7.13 grams of fibre. This fibre helps soften stool and promotes regular bowel movements. Plus, it also feeds the good bacteria in your gut, which helps keep the microbes balanced.
2. Keeps You Hydrated
Did you know pears are one of the highest water-containing fruits? Yes, you read that right! According to the USDA, pears contain 84% water, which is crucial for staying hydrated. When you drink enough water, it helps smoothen digestion and prevents constipation. So, eating pears won’t just hydrate you but also provide essential nutrients that contribute to overall well-being.
3. Packed with Prebiotics
Pears aren’t just packed with fibre but are also a great source of prebiotics. For the unversed, prebiotics are non-digestible fibres that feed the good bacteria in your gut, supporting a healthy microbiome. According to a 2021 review published in BMC Complementary Medicine and Therapies, several fibres in pears can be prebiotics, which selectively stimulate the growth or activity of microbial species in your gut. So, eating pears can lead to better digestion and improved immunity.
4. Won’t Make You Feel Heavy
If you have a sensitive stomach, pears can be a great snacking option. They are low in acidity and easily digestible, making them perfect for people who deal with issues like acid reflux or heartburn. Pears can help soothe your gut without irritating, unlike citrus fruits, which can sometimes trigger discomfort.
5. Keep Your Overall Digestive System Happy
Pears are rich in antioxidants like copper, flavonoids, and vitamin C, which may help reduce inflammation in your body. According to a research paper published in the journal Molecules, flavonoids can help reduce inflammation and lower the risk of major health issues, including Type 2 diabetes and stroke. Plus, the combination of fibre, hydration, prebiotics, and antioxidants makes pears an all-rounder when it comes to keeping your digestive system happy.
Also Read: Indian Cooking Tips: How To Make Nashpati (Pear) Chutney
So, include this humble fruit in your daily diet and watch your digestive system become healthier and happier!
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-18/Wang-Yi-meets-with-head-of-ROK-China-Parliamentarians-Union-1x09IFSE5ig/img/b1cd1b2e00c4453e98ba092ef8c39674/b1cd1b2e00c4453e98ba092ef8c39674.png' alt='Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi (R) meets with Kim Tae-nyeon, president of the ROK-China Parliamentarians' Union, in Beijing, September 18, 2024. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi on Wednesday met with Kim Tae-nyeon, president of the ROK-China Parliamentarians’ Union, in Beijing.
Wang praised the association for its contribution to promoting friendly relations between China and the Republic of Korea (ROK), emphasizing that the two countries, as close neighbors, should maintain regular exchanges.
Both countries have achieved mutual success and development, contributing significantly to regional peace and prosperity, which should be highly valued, he said.
Regardless of changes in international and regional circumstances or any difficulties and challenges faced by both countries, they should keep pace with the times, remain good neighbors with mutual trust and be good partners with win-win cooperation, injecting new vitality into China-ROK relations, added Wang, also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee.
He said China is willing to expand all-round mutually beneficial cooperation with ROK, jointly defend the principles of free trade and safeguard the stability and smoothness of supply chains.
Kim and other lawmakers from various political parties who joined him in his trip to Beijing said the ROK-China Parliamentarians’ Union attracted wide participation from lawmakers across party lines, fully reflecting the value and enthusiasm that all parties place on the ROK-China relationship.
The association is willing to work hand in hand with China to strengthen strategic communication, enhance exchanges, explore cooperation potential, continuously improve mutual understanding between two peoples and promote friendly relations between ROK and China, they said.
Approval was based on data from the IND.227/KEYNOTE-483 trial, which demonstrated a 21% reduction in the risk of death when Keytruda was added to chemotherapy in patients with unresectable advanced or metastatic malignant pleural mesothelioma.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
GLOSSIER je lansirao tri nove nijanse sjajila u suradnji sa zvijezdama WNBA. Tri nove nijanse sjajila predstavila su četiri najveće zvijezde WNBA lige: Brionna Jones, DiDi Richards, Skylar Diggins-Smith i Ezi Magbegor. Brend ove žene vidi kao suvremene muze koje žene nadahnjuju svojom snagom i ženstvenošću poslavši poruku kako sport i šminka nisu međusobno isključivi.
“Tako kul suradnja”
Za Glossier, ove su košarkašice izvrstan uzor za žene, a brend je i službeni partner WNBA. Da mu sport nije stran, Glossier je pokazao i podržavajući američki tim na Olimpijskim i Paraolimpijskim igrama.
“Ta ružičasta, ta brončana, ta smeđa”, “Ovo ne mogu naručiti dovoljno brzo”, “Naručila sam sva tri”, “Ovo mi je najdraža kampanja”, “Odlična suradnja”, “Tako kul suradnja”, “Ovo je bolesno, trebam ih” neki su od komentara na objave brenda.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Glossier je inače službeni partner WNBA, a brend je nedavno podržao američki tim na Olimpijskim i Paraolimpijskim igrama.
Tri nove nijanse sjajila zovu se Brown, Pink i Bronze. Sjajila su formulirana da budu dugotrajna, ugodna za nošenje i da pružaju visok sjaj, a sve u neutralnim tonovima. Prema brendu, sjajila će izgledati odlično bez obzira na to nosite li ih samostalno ili pak preko omiljenih ruževa ili olovaka za usne.
Sjajila su dostupna za kupnju putem Glossier webshopa po cijeni od 23 eura.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Entering the season, the biggest question for the Mira Costa girls’ volleyball team was how it would survive the graduation of setter Charlie Fuerbringer, one of the best players in the country at her position.
Fortunately, Milly McGee was waiting in the wings and with her running the show, the Mustangs have not missed a beat. The offense appeared to be clicking on all cylinders Wednesday as they took sole possession of first place in the Bay League with a 25-17, 25-12, 25-10 victory over Palos Verdes in Manhattan Beach.
“I grew up with Charlie, our dads are best friends and they live a street away from me,” said McGee, a junior who committed to USC in June. “She’s my mentor and I learned a lot from her last year. The culture is different. Last year we had 11 seniors, this year we only have five.”
Mira Costa built big leads in each of the first two sets, then overcame a five-point deficit in the third to complete the sweep. Libero Jordan Shelor served back-to-back aces to nudge the host Mustangs in front 11-10 and they gradually pulled away.
McGee’s favorite option is outside hitter Audrey Flanagan, who had five kills in the first set, six in the second and six more in the third for a match-high 17. Fellow junior Simone Rolson added 12.
“Audrey and I started playing together when we were 10 and we’re in the same club too so we’re building good chemistry,” McGee added. “She’s a really good hitter and the whole team has confidence in her.”
Flanagan, who has committed to Wisconsin (where Fuerbringer is now), believes the Mustangs (11-3 overall, 2-0 in league) have the potential to be as good as they were a year ago when they went unbeaten in league and made the Southern Section Division 1 finals.
“Charlie was great but I know the set Milly runs because we play club at SCVC also,” said Flanagan, who led the Mustangs’ beach team to a CIF title in the spring. “We’re a younger team but our returners have gotten better and we still have Taylor Deckert,” their USC-bound senior libero.
Palos Verdes hitter Kaci Demaria on the attack in Wednesday’s three-set loss to Mira Costa in Manhattan Beach.
(Steve Galluzzo / For The Times)
Mira Costa leaves for Las Vegas on Thursday to play in this weekend’s Durango Fall Classic, one of the nation’s top prep tournaments.
Palos Verdes had rallied from two sets down to beat Redondo Union the night before, and the Sea Kings could not muster the energy for another comeback behind Stanford-bound Kaci Demaria (who had nine kills and two blocks Wednesday) and senior captains Mallory and Molly LaBreche. Mallory, a setter, is headed to UCLA while Molly, a defensive specialist, will be going to Louisiana State.
The Sea Kings (11-5, 2-1), who lost a tight match to Mira Costa at the Iolani Tournament in Hawaii on Aug. 16, are not making the trip to Las Vegas.
“Coming off a reverse sweep and not having even one day to rest… we were tired and it showed,” Coach Lacey Minzlaff said. “I think this is the best league in the nation. Who else can say they have three nationally ranked teams?”
Flipkart Big Billion Days 2024 Sale: The much-anticipated annual event for purchasing a brand-new smartphone has returned, and Flipkart’s offers are more tempting than ever. This is the perfect opportunity for tech enthusiasts and casual buyers alike to score incredible deals on a wide range of smartphones. Whether you’re in the market for a flagship killer with top-tier specs, a mid-range performer that offers a balance of performance and value, or a budget-friendly device that delivers excellent value for money, Flipkart’s Big Billion Days sale has something for everyone. With significant discounts, exchange offers, and no-cost EMI options, upgrading your smartphone has never been easier or more affordable. Here are some of the best smartphones to buy in Flipkart’s Big Billion Days sale.
Flipkart Big Billion Days 2024 Sale: Nothing Phone (2a)
Powered by the Dimensity 7200 Pro processor co-engineered with MediaTek, the Phone (2a) delivers exceptional speed and power efficiency, complemented by 20 GB RAM (12GB + 8GB) with RAM Booster technology. The 5,000 mAh battery supports 45W Fast Charging, ensuring quick power-ups. The dual 50 MP rear camera with TrueLens Engine and 32 MP front camera capture moments in high detail. The 6.7” flexible AMOLED display offers stunning visuals with 1,300 nits peak brightness and a 120 Hz refresh rate. Featuring an innovative 90° angle unibody cover and unique camera placement, the Phone (2a) runs on Nothing OS 2.5 with Android 14, providing a seamless experience with enhanced widgets and AI-powered features. The Phone (2a) sold 60k units in 60 minutes on the day of its release.
Flipkart Big Billion Days 2024 Sale: Infinix GT 20 Pro
The Infinix GT 20 Pro features an 8GB RAM/256GB storage variant and a 6.78-inch Full HD+ LTPS AMOLED display with 1300 nits peak brightness and a 144Hz refresh rate. Powered by the MediaTek Dimensity 8200 Ultimate chipset and Mali G610-MC6 GPU, it includes the Pixelworks X5 Turbo gaming display chip for enhanced graphics performance. It houses a 5,000mAh battery with 45W fast charging. Running on XOS 14 based on Android 14, Infinix provides two years of software updates and an additional year of security patches.
Flipkart Big Billion Days 2024 Sale: Vivo T3 Pro
The Vivo T3 Pro 5G comes with a 6.77-inch Full HD+ 3D curved AMOLED display, 4,500 nits peak brightness, and a 120Hz refresh rate. It is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 7 Gen 3 SoC and Adreno 720 GPU, supporting up to 8GB LPDDR4x RAM and 256GB UFS 2.2 storage. The device features a dual-camera setup with a 50MP Sony IMX882 primary sensor and an 8MP ultra-wide lens, alongside a 16MP front camera. It has a 5,500mAh battery with 80W fast charging and runs on FunTouch OS 14 based on Android 14, with two years of OS updates and three years of security patches.
Flipkart Big Billion Days 2024 Sale: OnePlus Nord CE 4
The OnePlus Nord CE 4 features a 6.7-inch Full HD+ AMOLED display with a 120Hz refresh rate, 210Hz touch sampling rate, 2160Hz PWM dimming, HDR 10+ color certification, and 10-bit color depth. It is powered by the Qualcomm Snapdragon 7 Gen 3 SoC with Adreno 720 GPU. The camera setup includes a 50MP Sony LYT600 primary sensor with OIS and an 8MP Sony IMX355 ultra-wide lens, along with a 16MP front camera.
Flipkart Big Billion Days 2024 Sale: Poco X6 Pro
The Poco X6 Pro boasts a 6.67-inch AMOLED display with 1800 nits peak brightness and a 120Hz refresh rate. It runs on a MediaTek Dimensity 8300 Ultra SoC with Mali-G615 GPU. The device features a 64MP main camera with OIS, an 8MP ultra-wide lens, a 2MP macro lens, and a 16MP front camera. It has a 5,000mAh battery with 67W fast charging, runs on Android 14 with Xiaomi’s HyperOS overlay, and includes an IP54 rating, an in-display fingerprint sensor, and an IR blaster.
Suján Jawai is the only Indian hotel on the list of World’s Best 50 Hotels. The innovative spin on luxury living made Suján Jawai stand out.
Relais & Châteaux Suján Jawai is the only Indian hotel on the list of the World’s 50 Best Hotels 2024, ranking 43rd. The list was unveiled in London’s prestigious Guildhall, with the who’s who of the travel and hospitality industry in attendance. This is their second annual list of top hotels around the globe.
Suján Jawai ranked 43rd on the list of World’s 50 Best Hotels 2024.
ALSO READ: Travelling to Athens? Here’s how new rental rules in Greece could affect your vacation
Suján Jawai redefined luxury
The luxury hotel is located in Jawai Bandh, Rajasthan, and offers an up-close experience of nature and out heritage. Designed as a wilderness camp tent in the sprawling outdoors, Suján Jawai reimagines luxury and provides the opportunity to unwind and enjoy nature. The camp ticks all luxury checkmarks like elaborate spa provisions. But it also keeps the gritty and rustic nature close with its wall-wide windows and several nature expeditions.
Chefs and servers at work at Sujan Jawai.
The rates for their different camps are listed as follows on the website:
Sujan Jawai rates.
ALSO READ: Man’s Masai Mara stay goes viral on X: How to use credit card points for luxurious travel experience
Suján Jawai experiences
Exploring the wild: Jawai is teeming with an ecological diversity. Nestled in a green, hilly terrain with lakes, the exploration of the region is thrilling. From leopards to migratory birds, Suján Jawai offers a close experience with wildlife.
A view of a room at the hotel.
Horse rides: Suján Jawai offers horse rides, taking wilderness adventure to the next level. New trails are ventured, and terrains inaccessible to the jeeps. Or simply bond with these gentle animals at the stable. Suján Jawai has several horse breeds for horseback adventures.
Rabari walks: No exploration is complete without travelling on foot. It is exhilarating to track the wild animal tracks with the help of the locals. The local tribe, the Rabari tribe, acts as the guide. It is a holistic experience to travel by foot with the Rabari tribe guiding in their traditional garment. The campsite has temples nearby, where daily pujas are conducted.
Sujan has similar luxury camps in Ranthambore and Jaisalmer, seamlessly integrating nature expeditions and local culture with luxury.
ALSO READ: The ultimate excuse: New study finds traveling slows down ageing
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / This Rajasthani hotel is the only Indian property on World’s Best 50 Hotel list. Take a tour
The 62-year-old star who does his own stunts has appeared in over 50 movies since his Hollywood career began almost 45 years ago. But which of Tom Cruise’s movies are the very best? He has two massive on-going franchises with Mission: Impossible and Top Gun alongside some action and drama classics. Check out the full Top 10 of his movies ranked.
Australian insurance provider AAMI has released a report on crash statistics over the past decade, revealing the country’s most dangerous crash hotspots.
The Decade of Driving Report forms part of the annual Crash Index and is compiled by analysing more than 4.3 million motor claims across Australia from 2014 to 2023. It’s intended to provide insights into road accidents and driving behaviours and how they’ve changed.
AAMI motor claims manager, Leah James, says while there have been changes and improvements to car technology and vehicles in general, driving attitudes and behaviours haven’t changed in the same way.
“What we hope to achieve with our AAMI Decade of Driving Report, is to bring awareness to where, when and how accidents occur, so that Aussie drivers can be better informed and educated on how drive more safely,” she said.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
According to the report, the country’s worst crash hotspot is Plenty Road in Bundoora, a suburb in Melbourne’s north-east. Like most of the other hotspots in Australia, Plenty Road is a busy major thoroughfare, and has held the top spot in Victoria for more than five years.
Here’s a breakdown of the worst crash hotspot in every state and territory:
State
Road
Suburb/town
Victoria
Plenty Road
Bundoora
New South Wales
Hume Highway
Liverpool
Queensland
Bruce Highway
Rockhampton
Western Australia
Albany Highway
Cannington
Australian Capital Territory
Canberra Avenue
Fyshwick
South Australia
Marion Road
Marion
Tasmania
Sandy Bay Road
Sandy Bay
Northern Territory
Stuart Highway
Darwin
In all states, except for Tasmania, the top crash hotspot has been the same for more than five of the past 10 years.
Ms James says that on Plenty Road, AAMI’s Crash Index from 2022 helped to inform a speed reduction trial that went on to become a permanent change that same year.
Based on motor claims from 2019 to 2023, the speed reduction contributed to a 26 per cent decrease in accidents on that road.
The report also reveals some other key crash data, including the most dangerous times for crashes.
Afternoons between 1pm and 4.30pm remain the most dangerous time of day for incidents, accounting for 28 per cent of motor claims.
Fridays are when drivers are most likely to have a crash, while women were also found to be much less likely to cause an accident than men, with a 46 to 54 per cent split.
The most common type of collisions nationwide over the past 10 years were nose-to-tail crashes (26 per cent).
Below is a breakdown of the top 10 worst crash hotspots in each state and territory. The infographics have been sourced from AAMI’s report, and you can click on any of them for a better view.
MORE: Australian road death toll surges to highest point in over a decade MORE: These are Victoria’s most dangerous country roads, according to drivers
According to Food Secretary Sanjiv Chopra, the allocation is expected to commence in October.
On Wednesday, the government announced an increased allocation of wheat, under the Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Anna Yojana scheme. The beneficiaries under the scheme will be able to receive the food grains. Here are all the related details to the news.
The allocation is being done to stabilise the wheat prices in the market, as per the reports. According to Food Secretary Sanjiv Chopra, the allocation is expected to commence in October. He added that a committee of ministers approved the additional 35 lakh tonnes of wheat under PMGKAY, emphasizing the achievements of the current government. It will continue till March, next year, the Food Secretary stated at a press conference.
When asked whether the increased quantity would restore the wheat-rice ratio, he replied that it would still be less by a margin. He said, “It will still be 1-2 million tonnes less than the normal quantity.”
According to the earlier reports, the government had increased the allocation of rice in May 2022. At the same time, it reduced the wheat allocation from 1.82 crore tonnes to 71 lakh tonnes. Citing last year’s 112.9 million tonnes of wheat production, Sanjeev Chopra mentioned the availability of the grain is sufficient at present. He stated, “Even as per industry estimates, this is at least 4 to 5 million tonnes more than last year.” Speaking further he added, “Last year, actual production was 112.9 million tonnes, while government procurement was 26.6 million tonnes.”
There is no immediate plan to sell wheat under the Free Market Sale Scheme, revealed the Food Secretary. That is because of the grain’s stable prices and its products. However, the possibility of a sale under the mentioned scheme was not ruled out.
The PMGKAY was announced on March 26, 2020, by the government. It provided 5 kg of rice or wheat per person with 1 kg of preferred pulses per household, at no cost, monthly. The scheme aimed to help a reported 80 crore citizens.
Business Desk
A team of writers and reporters decodes vast terms of personal finance and making money matters simpler for you. From latest initial public offerings …Read More
As cryptocurrencies continue to gain popularity, so does the fervent search for where the next successful investment can be made. The recent rush of meme coins spearheaded by SHIB and DOGE in 2021 would enthral so many individuals, however, it’s growing apparent that the growth of cryptocurrencies in the future will not be driven by speculative coins but by projects that solve real-world problems and have growth potential.
Since the phase of mass hype about meme coins has pretty much passed, prudent investors are looking at better prospects, and right now, one specific cryptocurrency is very much in the frame as a potential millionaire by mid-2025: Rexas Finance (RXS).
Why Meme Coins Like Shiba Inu (SHIB) May Not Be the Answer
Shiba Inu (SHIB) for instance spearheads the category known as meme coins which gained mass popularity among potential investors in the year 2021. Even though a small percentage of investors became wealthy, the truth is that investment in these tokens is akin to entering a casino due to the high volatility and absence of inherent value.
Of late many individuals seem to be interested in evaluating making a thousand stands perked on making a net worth over a million by the middle of the year 2025. This means that it is folly to consider meme coins like Shiba Inu as the kind of investment that will give such good returns. Rather, the efforts are now directed to the projects that can offer something valuable to all users and investors as well. Here comes Rexas Finance (RXS), the next-generation financial application that aims to be among the leaders in the emerging market of RWA tokens.
Rexas Finance: The New Frontier in Crypto Investment
Rexas Finance (RXS) is not just another cryptocurrency but the next evolution of cryptocurrency projects. It seeks to address the issues that have plagued most digital assets that are just speculative tokens with no use. The platform makes it possible for users to convert conventional assets such as property, gold and artwork into digital tokens as a means of v earning a wider audience.
Another idea that is proving more popular in the blockchain ecosystem is the asset-backed tokenization of assets. Rexas Finance, however, is prepared to move this process to the next level and offer a marketplace for fractional ownership in quality assets on the blockchain. This makes it possible to invest in such traditionally illiquid assets by allowing investors to gain access to quite valuable assets without any investments.
Why $10,000 in Rexas Finance Could You Bring Massive Returns by 2025
Rexas Finance’s growth potential can be quite lucrative because of the following reasons which an investor in this company should consider:
1. Early-Stage Opportunity: This is probably why Rexas Finance is still in the very early stages similar to how Solana (SOL) and Ethereum (ETH) were trying to find their way in the market. Such a situation creates an opportunity for investors to come in and invest at a low price before the project starts to gain the needed traction. Such has always been the story of early investors of high-potential projects and the case with Rexas Finance is no different.
2. Real-World Utility: The same cannot be said about the rest of us in meme coins, for there is no real utility beyond the hype of social networks and influencers in the case of Rexas Finance. It is easy to see that trading traditional assets on the blockchain in tokenized forms will be appreciated by a lot of institutional and retail investors.
3. Growing Market: The Adoption of the tokenization of physical assets is expected to see quite rapid growth in the next few years. With the clamouring of more investors for alternative investments in properties or real estate that are associated with digital forms, Rexas Finance is poised to dominate this market segment.
4. Liquidity and Accessibility: One of the primary hindrances when dealing with conventional assets such as real estate is their lack of liquidity. Rexas Finance addresses this concern by offering fractional ownership which allows investors to easily buy, sell, and trade their investments in a holding. Such improved liquidity is bound to increase RXS token demand hence increasing their value over time.
5. Strong Investor Support: Raising these funds through the presale offers indicates that Rexas Finance has prospects in the future. The platform has already been able to raise over $500,000 before the scheduled time which is attracting credible investors to it.
The Road Ahead: Rexas Finance and Beyond
Rexas Finance represents a golden opportunity for those who want to convert a $10,000 investment into a million dollars by mid-2025. As Rexas Finance is doing so, it is also laying the groundwork for a boom in future years by harnessing the emerging trend of tokenization of physical assets and supplying liquidity in traditionally illiquid spaces. In the end, gaining mass adoption for naked-profile AIFs will take longer and meme coins may have had their peak – the chance to become the next wave of millionaires will be thanks to projects such as Rexas Finance.
Seeing that it seeks to use blockchain to make assets in the physical world portable and open up sought-after markets, Rexas Finance is expected to rank among the top players in the world of blockchain technology within a few years. For those willing to invest in projects with apparent substance rather than incoherent excitement, Rexas Finance might provide the absolute best returns one could expect by the year 2025.
For more information about Rexas Finance (RXS) visit the links below:
The Indian School of Business (ISB) has launched a 20-month Postgraduate Programme in Management for Young Leaders (PGP YL), a full-time MBA equivalent residential management programme for high-potential aspirants with up to two years of full-time work experience.
Commencing in mid-2025, ISB’s PGP YL will offer a comprehensive learning experience through an innovative and cutting-edge curriculum designed to respond to the rapidly evolving business landscape and technology disruptions.
“Since our inception in 2001, ISB has been imparting world-class management education to create leaders for India and the world. Our many conversations with industry leaders and recruiters reveal a need for young professionals who can step straight into roles that require business acumen alongside deep expertise in data and technology,” Madan Pillutla, Dean, ISB, said.
“In line with these requirements, we have designed the PGP YL programme for fresh graduates and entry level professionals to transform them into exceptional problem solvers and innovators at the workplace,” he added.
The research backed curriculum will blend foundational business principles with advanced technology, data, analytics courses and global perspectives to develop students into innovative problem solvers.
Given the students’ limited work experience, the PGP YL curriculum has been designed to incorporate significant experiential learning components, including a Business Design Lab and an Innovation Lab. Additionally, students will be required to complete a mandatory two-month summer internship, which will provide them with practical exposure to business environments in various settings. Students in the PGP YL programme will be taught by renowned faculty from ISB and other top international B-schools who will bring their expertise to the classroom.
Students interested in applying for the PGP YL programme will have to submit a valid GMAT, GRE or CAT score, in addition to the details of their educational qualifications and work experience, if any. The admissions process for the PGP YL programme includes a personal interview based on the students’ academic excellence, application essays and test score performance. The shortlisted students will then be interviewed by a panel consisting of leading industry practitioners, academicians, and ISB alumni in senior positions.
The programme fee for the academic year 2025-27 is ₹21,65,000 + GST and the accommodation fee is ₹3,95,000. Scholarships will be awarded to 40-50 per cent of the class based on merit and merit-cum-need criteria. Merit scholarships may offer up to a 100 per cent tuition waiver for deserving candidates.
The Federal Reserve’s decision to lower interest rates by half a percentage point, announced on September 18th, is momentous for two reasons. As the first cut by America’s central bank since it lifted rates to quell inflation, it marks the start of a monetary-easing cycle. It also represents a bet by the Fed that inflation will soon be yesterday’s problem and that action is needed to support the labour market. For the first time since 2005, one of the Fed’s governors in Washington, DC, dissented from the decision. Michelle Bowman preferred to cut rates by a quarter-point.
Looking for the most recent Strands answer? Click here for today’s Strands hints, as well as our daily answers and hints for The New York Times Mini Crossword, Wordle and Connections puzzles.
Strands doesn’t get as much attention as its New York Times game siblings Wordle and Connections, but it can be just as challenging and entertaining. Strands just moved out of beta, so it’s now in the New York Times’ official Games app, which might bring it more fans. I go into depth about the rules for Strands in this story.
If you’re looking for today’s Wordle, Connections and Mini Crossword answers, you can visit CNET’s NYT puzzle hints page.
Read more: NYT Connections Turns 1: These Are the 5 Toughest Puzzles So Far
How to play NYT Strands
1. Use today’s theme to look for words relating to that topic. See one? Drag or click the letters in order. Click on the last letter twice to submit your guess. If you’ve found a theme word, it’ll light up in blue and stay that way.
2. Other words you find are considered hint words that give you clues to the theme words. Find three hint words (they must have at least four letters each) and the game will reward you by showing you a theme word. But if you can’t unscramble it, find three more hint words and the game will highlight the theme word’s letters in order.
3. Hunt for the spangram, a special theme word that spans the entire puzzle, though it could flow across or top to bottom. It summarizes the puzzle theme.
4. When you’re done, you’ll have used every letter on the board in either a theme word or spangram. Theme words fill the entire board and do not overlap.
Hint for today’s Strands puzzle
Today’s Strands theme is: Work out the bugs
If that doesn’t help you, here’s a clue: It’s a bug’s life
Clue words to unlock in-game hints
Your goal is to find hidden words that fit the puzzle’s theme. If you’re stuck, find any words you can. Every time you find three words of four letters or more, Strands will reveal one of the theme words. These are the words I used to get those hints, but any words of four or more letters that you find will work:
These are the answers that tie into the theme. The goal of the puzzle is to find them all, including the spangram, a theme word that reaches from one side of the puzzle to the other. When you’ve got all of them (I originally thought there were always eight but learned that the number can vary), every letter on the board will be used. Here are the nonspangram answers:
BEETLE, EARWIG, SPIDER, TERMITE, MILLIPEDE
Today’s Strands spangram
Today’s Strands spangram is CREEPY CRAWLIES. To find it, start with the C that’s three letters over from the left on the top row and wind down.
The completed NYT Strands puzzle for Sept. 19, 2024.
With flu season right around the corner, when is the right time to get the influenza vaccine?
For most people who only need one dose of the flu shot, September and October are generally the best times to get vaccinated, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)’s website.
The agency noted that “ideally, everyone should be vaccinated by the end of October.”
FLU SHOT RECOMMENDATIONS FROM THE CDC: ‘VACCINATION SHOULD CONTINUE THROUGHOUT THE SEASON’
Other groups, including those over 65 years old and pregnant women, should not get vaccinated earlier than September, as protection may decrease over time, the agency said.
September and October are generally the best times to get vaccinated against the flu, the CDC suggests.(iStock)
“However, early vaccination can be considered for any person who is unable to return at a later time to be vaccinated,” the CDC stated.
“It takes about two weeks after the vaccine for antibodies to develop in the body and provide protection against the flu.”
Among children, some will need two doses of the vaccine, the agency said.
Those include children 6 months to 8 years old who are getting the shot for the first time, those who have not received a total of two or more flu shots in their lifetime, or those whose influenza vaccination history is unknown.
Early vaccinations, in July and August, can be considered for children who only need one dose, according to the CDC.(iStock)
For those children, the CDC recommends that the first dose is administered as soon as it’s available, as there should be at least four weeks between the two shots.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Early vaccinations can be given in July and August for children who only need one dose and for people who are in their third trimester of pregnancy at that time, according to the agency.
Pregnant women should not get vaccinated earlier than September, according to the CDC’s guidance.(iStock)
“This can help protect their infants for the first few months after birth (when they are too young to be vaccinated),” the CDC noted.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Flu shots can be given to anyone 6 months and older through age-appropriate options, including injectables and a nasal spray.
“Ideally, everyone should be vaccinated by the end of October.”
Dr. Marc Siegel, senior medical analyst for Fox News and clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Medical Center, told Fox News Digital that “the time to get a flu shot is over the next month or two.”
“The flu shot lasts six to nine months, and flu season generally peaks in January or February,” he added.
Vaccination should continue throughout the season for as long as flu viruses are circulating, according to a Walgreens spokesperson.(iStock)
A spokesperson from Walgreens reiterated the CDC’s recommendations of getting the shot before the end of October, but added that vaccination should continue throughout the season for as long as flu viruses are circulating.
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
“It takes about two weeks after the vaccine for antibodies to develop in the body and provide protection against the flu,” the spokesperson told Fox News Digital.
“Getting your vaccine now ensures that you and your loved ones have the best protection as kids are back in school and as we enter the holiday season.”
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
Mango juices have been a staple in Indian households for decades. From catchy taglines to celebrity endorsements, anyone and everyone can be seen selling a container of these bottled delights to tired, heat-beaten customers. Have you ever wondered if there’s any mango in these juices? Recently, a content creator on Instagram shared a shocking video from a juice processing plant. The clip reveals a yellow-coloured liquid substance being mixed with red and orange food colouring, sugar syrup and other chemicals in a churning machine. Then, the processed liquid is canned in bottles of plastic paper packets. Finally, they are packaged in large cartons and prepared for delivery to the sellers with the help of several workers. The video was shared with the caption, “Tetra pack mango juice.”
Also Read:Viral Video Details Recipe For ‘Pizza Dhokla,’ Experiment Divides Foodies
As soon as the video was posted, the internet population flooded the comments section with several reactions, revealing their disappointment upon seeing the entire manufacturing and packaging process.
A user commented, “I thank God for social media. I’ve stopped craving or drinking a lot of things that taste delicious. All these delicious 200 percent fruit juice I don’t drink them anymore. I also don’t drink Cokebor or other similar products. It’s water for me – I drink tap water, sparkling water, whisky or wine. God bless social media. I’ve seen some really Scarry stuff.”
Also Read:Delicious Or Bizarre? This Max Lays Omelette Is Giving Foodies Mixed Thoughts
“Where is the mango pulp?” asked another.
Someone else mentioned, “Other than mango, everything is there.”
Another comment read, “Slow poison ….and the government is behind them,” followed by an enraged face emoji.
“I am not buying juice in the store anymore because of this video,” wrote a user
Well, if you want to make some healthy juices at home, here is a list for you. Click here:
The homemade juices will not only boost your immunity but will also help you to stay away from unhealthy packaged beverages.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-09-18/China-says-committed-to-dialogue-to-resolve-EV-tariff-dispute-with-EU-1x0aIbFY9Hy/img/74f3e7c45dfd43a9b4a01696f10fc0d5/74f3e7c45dfd43a9b4a01696f10fc0d5.png' alt='A file photo of Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Lin Jian at a regular press briefing in Beijing, China. /Chinese Foreign Ministry'
China remains committed to resolving the dispute with the European Union over Chinese electric vehicles (EVs) in the European market through dialogue, said a spokesperson for the Chinese Foreign Ministry on Wednesday.
Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Lin Jian told media at a regular press briefing that China has proposed flexible solutions to the dispute. However, the EU keeps rejecting China’s proposals and fails to offer any specific counterproposal despite claiming to be willing to address differences through dialogue.
He said the anti-subsidy investigation against Chinese EVs initiated by the European Commission is a typical act of protectionism and political maneuvering.
The EU probe disregards objective facts, ignores World Trade Organization rules, goes against historical trends and undermines the EU’s green transition and global efforts to combat climate change, Lin said.
The EU began imposing provisional additional tariffs ranging from 17.4 percent to 37.6 percent on imports of Chinese EVs as of July 5, 2024, with a four-month period during which a final decision on definitive duties will be made.
The Chinese spokesperson on Wednesday expressed hope that the EU can show sincerity and take action to consider the reasonable concerns and suggestions from the Chinese EV industry.
If the European Commission insists on its unilateral approach, China will take necessary measures to firmly defend the legitimate rights and interests of Chinese businesses and industries, said Lin.
Approval was based on results from the MANDARA Phase III trial, which demonstrated the superiority of Fansenra over Nucala in patients with eosinophilic granulomatosis with polyangiitis.
Veterinarians, vet technicians, practice managers, rescuers, behaviorists, nutritionists, trainers, volunteers, and other animal professionals are the backbone of pet ownership. Helping pets and their families live in harmony and health together.
Catster wants to highlight some of these underrated champions of the animal world—who we like to refer to as Heroes of The Pet World.
We will interview some of the most inspiring vet clinics, animal hospitals, animal shelters, and rehabilitation organizations around the world to share all the wonderful and oftentimes harsh experiences they face while working to help, heal, guide, revitalize, and protect our furry family members.
These are the stories of unsung animal superheroes!
Meet Dr. Cherry Choi, Lead Veterinarian at Sydney Veterinary Emergency & Specialists (SVES).
Mission
In your own words, what is the Sydney Veterinary Emergency & Specialists (SVES) mission and purpose?
Sydney Veterinary Emergency & Specialists (SVES) is dedicated to providing the highest level of emergency and specialist care to pets in need. Our mission is to offer compassionate, comprehensive, and the best medical recommendations and treatments to improve the lives of pets and support their families during critical times. We strive to be a trusted partner in the pet community, offering exceptional veterinary care around the clock.
What is your individual mission or goal, as a vet professional and as a person?
To me, ensuring they are comfortable and receiving the attention they need. Personally, I aim to continuously grow my skills, stay updated with the latest advancements in veterinary medicine, and advocate for animal welfare. My goal is to make a meaningful difference in the lives of pets and their owners, one case at a time.
Day-to-Day Experience
What is it like being a vet professional in Australia and at SVES?
Being a vet in Sydney, especially at SVES, is both challenging and rewarding. The fast-paced environment of emergency and specialist care keeps you on your toes, and you never know what might come through the door next. We are fortunate to work in a vibrant city with a strong community of pet lovers, and at SVES, we have access to cutting-edge technology and a skilled team that makes tackling even the toughest cases possible.
How big is your team?
Our team is quite extensive, including specialists in various fields, emergency vets, dedicated nurses, and support staff. We have a collaborative environment where everyone plays a crucial role in patient care. Altogether, our team comprises over 80 individuals who work together to ensure the best outcomes for our patients.
Do you have staffing shortages and how do you deal with them?
We are fortunate to have a solid and dedicated team. However, many veterinary practices sometimes face staffing shortages due to high demand for veterinary services, especially in emergency care. We manage this by prioritizing cases based on urgency, supporting each other as a team, and continuously recruiting skilled professionals who are passionate about veterinary medicine. We also emphasize work-life balance to retain our staff and maintain high morale.
How many animals on average do you help on a weekly basis?
We see hundreds of animals each week. Our emergency department is busy 24/7, and we also have scheduled appointments for specialist departments. The volume can vary, but our commitment to each patient’s well-being remains constant.
Challenges and Rewards
What is the hardest part of your job? How do you handle euthanasia and patient loss?
The hardest part of being a veterinarian is dealing with patient loss and providing compassionate support to pet owners when making the heart-wrenching decision to euthanize their beloved pets. It’s never easy, but I remind myself that euthanasia is also a “treatment option” to prevent further suffering. We support pet owners through this process, offering empathy and understanding. It’s essential to take time to process these moments, lean on our team for support, and focus on the positive impact we’ve made on the pets’ lives.
What are some of the biggest challenges that your organization faces?
Some of the biggest challenges include managing the high volume of cases, the emotional toll on staff, and staying ahead of advancements in veterinary medicine. Additionally, ensuring that pet owners are educated and prepared for emergencies can be challenging, but it’s something we continually work on.
What is the most rewarding part of doing what you guys do?
The most rewarding part is seeing a pet recover and go home with their family. Knowing that our work directly contributes to saving lives and making a difference for families is incredibly fulfilling. Every positive outcome, no matter how small, reminds us why we do what we do.
Future
What are Sydney Veterinary Emergency & Specialists’ main goals for the future?
Our main goals include expanding our services to reach more pets in need, continuing to invest in state-of-the-art equipment and training, and maintaining our standard of excellence in veterinary care. We also aim to foster a supportive environment for our staff and further engage with the community to promote pet health and education
Stories
What are some of the accomplishments or specific animals that have made a big impact on you as a person or on your team?
There are countless stories of animals that have touched our hearts. One that stands out is the case of a dog that came in after a severe accident and wasn’t expected to survive. Through intensive care and the combined efforts of three of our departments and day-and-night teams, he made a remarkable recovery and was able to go home with his family. Stories like these inspire us to keep pushing our limits and doing everything we can for our patients.
How to Help
How can the general public help make your lives easier?
The public can help by being proactive with their pets’ health, having regular check-ups with their local general practice vets, staying up-to-date with preventative care, understanding what constitutes an emergency, and reaching out for advice when needed.
If someone wants to visit, join, support, or volunteer at the Sydney Veterinary Emergency & Specialists (SVES) where can they find more information and get in touch?
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
POSLJEDNJIH tjedana, društvene mreže preplavila je “portugalska torba” – novi must-have modni dodatak koji je postao hit na TikToku. Ovaj kožni tote model, s prepoznatljivim širokim ručkama i metalnim zakovicama kreirao je brend Dotthz Bags.
Popularnost originalnog modela, nazvanog Valerie, potaknula je i druge modne brendove da kreiraju svoje verzije. Među njima se posebno istaknuo Stradivarius, koji je nedavno lansirao svoju interpretaciju hit torbe.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Rasprodala se u rekordnom roku
Stradivariusova verzija, koja vjerno prati estetiku originalnog dizajna, privukla je ogromnu pažnju zbog svog atraktivnog izgleda i pristupačne cijene od 35.99 eura. Kombinacija trendi dizajna i povoljne cijene pokazala se kao dobitna formula – torba je u rekordnom roku dva puta rasprodana.
Za sve koji su propustili priliku da se domognu ove torbe imamo dobre vijesti. Na web stranici stoji da će uskoro stići nova zaliha ove tražene torbe. Međutim, s obzirom na dosadašnju potražnju, očekuje se da će i nova pošiljka brzo planuti.
Ako ne želite propustiti sljedeću priliku za kupnju, savjetujemo vam da se prijavite za obavijesti na Stradivariusovoj web stranici. Na taj način ćete među prvima saznati kada torba ponovno bude dostupna.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Caitlin Clark is having a darn good season in the WNBA this year.
You might even call it incredible.
Or tremendous.
Or maybe even amazing.
But would you describe it as dominant?
WNBA legend Sheryl Swoopes would not — even though the Indiana Fever rookie is averaging 19.5 points, a league-best 8.4 assists, to go with 5.7 rebounds and 1.3 steals a game.
“Those are hell of a numbers,” Swoopes said. “But to me, that’s not dominating.”
Swoopes made her comments on Tuesday’s episode of the “Gil’s Arena” podcast, the same place she made other remarks that drew the scorn of Clark’s dedicated fan base months ago. Swoopes incorrectly stated that Clark broke the NCAA scoring record because she played five seasons (Clark only played four collegiate seasons). Swoopes later admitted her error and said she had apologized to Clark.
During the same February podcast appearance, Swoopes also said of the then-Iowa senior: “Will Caitlin Clark be a good pro? Absolutely. Will Caitlin Clark come into the WNBA and do what she’s doing right now, immediately? Absolutely not. Not gonna happen.”
Swoopes, who was inducted into the Basketball Hall of Fame in 2016, revisited those comments during the most recent podcast.
“I know people are like, ‘Oh, my God, you said she wouldn’t be good,’ but I didn’t say she wouldn’t be good,” Swoopes said. “What I said was I didn’t think Caitlin or Angel [Reese] would come into the league and dominate immediately, which I don’t think either of them did.”
Swoopes was the WNBA MVP in 2000, 2002 and 2005. She was asked if she considered herself to have been dominant during those seasons with the Houston Comets.
“No,” Swoopes said. “I don’t think I dominated. … I played very well, and I played very well on both sides of the ball. I scored, I rebounded, I defended. But to me, you can win MVP and not be dominant.”
Only one player is dominating the WNBA this season, Swoopes said, and that’s Las Vegas Aces star A’ja Wilson, who has set league records in scoring and rebounds this year.
Still, Swoopes had high praise for Clark’s play, particularly since the league’s Olympic break.
The Fever have gone 9-4 during that span and clinched a playoff spot for the first time since 2016. Clark, who set an WNBA single-game record with 19 assists against the Dallas Wings on July 17, now holds the league record for most assists in a season, currently at 329 with one regular-season game remaining.
“I still don’t think she’s dominating,” Swoopes said, “but she’s a different player than she was in the first half of the season.”
She added: “I’ve never questioned if Caitlin was a good player. I think she’s a hell of a player. My thing was, no I didn’t think she would come in and dominate. I thought it would take her some time to adjust to being a professional. And to me, I think that’s exactly what she’s done.”
Industry body E-Gaming Federation (EGF) on Wednesday launched a platform, Manthan, to unite industry stakeholders for discussing pivotal issues at the intersection of technology and policy.
“The E-Gaming Federation is proud to create a platform where we can bring all stakeholders together for a churn of ideas around the future of the gaming sector, not just in the context of the gaming sector or jobs alone, but how gaming can be a part of India’s Viksit Bharat story and how gaming can position India in the world’s minds, hearts and pockets.
“Manthan is a very small effort from the E-Gaming Federation to bring stakeholders together to ideate, to collaborate, to debate and create a future where India leads the world in gaming technologies, versus creating for the world or following the world when it comes to more traditional legacy technologies,” EGF CEO Anuraag Saxena said.
The Manthan series seeks to educate and create awareness around gaming and the potential of the space.
“If we can have edutainment, why not edugaming,” Gautam Chikarmane, VP, Observer Researcher Foundation wondered.
Kicking off the Manthan series, EGF held an inaugural session following the launch titled ‘Create in India: Games as a Source of India’s Soft Power’.
A ban on new licenses for short-term rentals in three districts in central Athens will be in force for at least a year, the Greek government said on Monday, also raising the tax on such holiday lets.
Tourists carry their luggage in the neighborhood of Koukaki, in Athens, Greece. Travelling to Athens? Here’s how new rental rules in Greece could affect your vacation (REUTERS/Louiza Vradi)
Like many other European tourism destinations, Greece is seeking to balance a profitable industry fuelled by online platforms such as Airbnb with the needs of locals facing a housing shortage.
A lack of housing and the rising cost of living prompted the country this month to announce an increase in a tax on short-term rentals, ban new licences in central Athens and give homeowners incentives to switch to long-term rentals.
Detailing that plan, Greek Tourism Minister Olga Kefalogianni said on Monday that the ban for new licences on short-term rentals in three districts in central Athens could be extended beyond the initial one year.
“We have found that they (short-term rentals) operate somehow as hotels, while there is also a lot of pressure on society,” Kefalogianni told reporters.
The government said the ban on new short-term lets in Athens would take effect on Jan. 1, 2025.
With many homeowners choosing short-term lets for their property, Athenians are having a hard time to find an affordable house to rent.
“I was looking for a house for eight-nine months and ended up in the one I’m in now,” said Alma Lazi, 34, a private sector worker who lives in the central Athens borough of Pangrati.
“Even during that period when I was looking and expanding the range of areas that I was considering, I didn’t find anything I could afford to maintain.”
GREECE EYES RECORD TOURISM REVENUE
A daily tax on short-term rentals which helps the country deal with the impact of natural disasters related to climate change will be increased to 8 euros from 1.5 euros for the April-to-October period, Finance Minister Kostis Hatzidakis said. The tax will rise to 2 euros from 0.5 euros for the winter months.
Greece expects its revenue from tourism to hit 22 billion euros this year, another record high, Kefalogianni said.
The Mediterranean country, with its crystal-clear waters and pristine beaches, reported record tourism revenue of 20.6 billion euros last year. Data so far indicated that 2024 will be another good year, Kefalogianni added.
“Greece is in the top 10 of the most popular tourist destinations in the world,” she said. “We can be hopeful that revenues could reach as much as 22 billion euros.”
A 20-euro levy on cruise ship visitors to the islands of Santorini and Mykonos during the peak summer season, another measure announced earlier this month to battle over-tourism, will take effect next year, Kefalogianni said.
If you’re counting down the minutes until former PlayStation exclusive God of War Ragnarok makes its PC debut via Steam and the Epic Games Store, then we’ve got some bad news to share. While it’s true that God of War Ragnarok has a September 19 release date for PC, UK fans will have to wait a little longer in order to actually play the game. According to the Steam countdown clock, God of War Ragnarok has a 4pm BST UK launch time on PC gaming platforms. On the plus side, if you were planning on staying up until midnight to guide Kratos and Atreus in their latest adventure, then at least you can have an early night. Furthermore, to ensure you can start playing the moment God of War Ragnarok goes live, developer Santa Monica Studio has confirmed that pre-loading is available on PC.
In a post on X (formerly Twitter), Santa Monica Studio announced that pre-loading is now available to Ragnarok pre-order customers.
“If you ordered God Of War Ragnarok on PC, pre-loading is now available!” reads a Sony Santa Monica tweet.
“Begin downloading the game NOW and have it ready to play on September 19th!”
If the Steam listing is anything to go by, pre-loading the game sounds like a good idea. According to the minimum and recommended requirements, Steam suggests having 190GB of hard drive space available for God of War Ragnarok.
Based on the latest reports, the actual file size is around 175GB, which is pretty massive and could take a long time to install.
The PC port of God of War Ragnarok comes with a number of platform specific features, particularly in terms of visuals.
This includes unlocked frame-rates, not to mention the option of “true 4K resolution”.
That’s on top of enhanced reflections, improved lighting, higher fidelity shadows, and increased geometric detail.
Elsewhere, Sony has confirmed that the PC port features upscaling technology with NVIDIA RTX Deep Learning Super Sampling (DLSS) 3.7, AMD FidelityFX Super Resolution 3.1, and Intel XeSS 1.2.
That’s on top of super ultrawide support if you have a compatible monitor, as well as custom controls and lots more.
South Australia’s grace period for motorists caught by its mobile phone cameras is up, with authorities now fining drivers detected for using their devices illegally while behind the steering wheel.
From September 19, 2024, drivers caught using a mobile phone behind the wheel will face hefty fines and demerit point penalties.
Drivers 18 years and older will receive a $658 fine (which includes a $102 Victims of Crime levy) and three demerit points, while drivers under 18 will be fined $576 and hit with three demerit points.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Mobile phone detection cameras have been in operation at five locations in South Australia since June 19, though no fines were issued for the duration of the three-month grace period.
During that time, SA Police issued 68,252 warning notices for mobile phone offences, equating to around 740 offences a day. The number of offences recorded at each of the five locations are detailed below:
North South Motorway, Regency Park: 19,649
South Road, Torrensville: 15,645
Port Wakefield Road, Gepps Cross: 14,107
Port Road, Hindmarsh: 12,415
Southern Expressway, Darlington: 6436
In the three-month period, one driver received 33 warning letters, two drivers received 32 warning letters, and one driver received 31.
SA Police Traffic Services Brand Officer in Charge, Superintendent Darren Fielke, said police had “gone through a long process of educating drivers about the cameras, where they are operating and have provided a grace period – there is no excuse for being caught.”
“Taking your eyes off the road, even for a split second, to read or respond to a message, slows down your reaction time and increases the chances of having a crash.
“This applies even when you are stationary at traffic lights as you are slow to react to changing traffic conditions, such as lights changing, or the movement of pedestrians, bicycles or other vehicles.”
Authorities say that from January 1, 2019, to December 31, 2023, distraction played a role in causing crashes that resulted in 1715 serious injuries and 199 deaths in South Australia.
Distraction has been a suspected cause in 1631 casualty collisions so far this year, with 21 deaths and 215 serious injuries being attributed to distraction.
MORE: South Australia’s distracted driving problem laid bare by new cameras MORE: South Australia’s mobile phone detection cameras are online: What you need to know
Follow live updates from the US Fed Meeting September 2024 as the FOMC announces its interest rate decision. Get real-time insights on how Jerome Powell’s remarks impact global and India markets.
US Fed Meeting: The US Federal Reserve on Wednesday cut key interest rates by 50 basis points to 4.75-5 per cent. This is the first rate cut in more than four years. The two-day meeting of the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC), the rate-setting authority in the US, concluded on Wednesday. While addressing the media after the FOMC meeting, US Fed Chair Jerome Powell said the US economy is strong overall and the labour market has cooled while the inflation has substantially eased.
The US federal fund rates now stand in the range of 4.75-5 per cent.
Addressing reporters post the FOMC meeting, US Fed Chairman Jerome Powell on Wednesday said, “Our (American) economy is strong overall and has made significant progress towards our goal over the past two years. The labour market has cooled from its formerly overheated state. Inflation has eased substantially from the peak of 7 per cent to an estimated 2.2 per cent in August.”
The US equity markets welcomed the 50 basis points cut and the US Fed chair Jerome Powell’s commentary. The US stock market surged with the equity indices Dow 30 and Nasdaq trading higher by 250 points (0.60 per cent) and 190 points (1.08 per cent), respectively. However, the dollar index was down by 0.54 per cent to 100.3460.
The bitcoin, however, was trading down by 0.26 per cent at Rs 50,87,680.5
This rate cut, which comes after a gap of four years, is expected to be only the first in a series of US Fed rate cuts that will extend into 2025. The last interest rate cut in the US took place on March 15, 2020.
“In light of the progress on inflation and the balance of risks, the Committee decided to lower the target range for the federal funds rate by 1/2 percentage point to 4-3/4 to 5 per cent. In considering additional adjustments to the target range for the federal funds rate, the Committee will carefully assess incoming data, the evolving outlook, and the balance of risks,” The FOMC said in a statement.
The Committee will continue reducing its holdings of Treasury securities and agency debt and agency mortgage‑backed securities. The Committee is strongly committed to supporting maximum employment and returning inflation to its 2 percent objective, it added.
“The Committee has gained greater confidence that inflation is moving sustainably toward 2 percent, and judges that the risks to achieving its employment and inflation goals are roughly in balance. The economic outlook is uncertain, and the Committee is attentive to the risks to both sides of its dual mandate,” the FOMC statement said.
The US central bank held the interest rates steady 11 times for the past one year since July 2023. Before that, between March 2022 and July 2023, the US Federal Reserve raised the interest rates by 525 basis points to control inflation, which hit a multi-decade high amid the Ukraine-Russia war and COVID restrictions.
A basis point is 100th of a percentage point.
Last month, Chair Jerome Powell made clear in a high-profile speech in Jackson Hole, Wyoming, that Fed officials feel confident that inflation has largely been defeated. It has plummeted from a peak of 9.1% in June 2022 to 2.5% last month, not far above the Fed’s 2% target.
US Fed Rate Cut: How Will It Impact Indian Stock Market, Gold Prices?
Impact On Stocks: Over time, US Fed rate cuts will lower borrowing costs for mortgages, auto loans and credit cards, as well as for business loans. Business spending could grow, and so could stock prices in the US. Companies and consumers could refinance loans into lower-rate debt. The higher spending is expected to boost the US economy, thus impacting the Indian markets positively.
Impact On Gold Prices: A cut in rate generally tends to support higher gold prices due to factors like lower opportunity costs, a weaker dollar, inflation concerns and a shift in market sentiment. However, actual price behaviour may be uncertain and unstable because gold prices are subject to factors far beyond the reach of the US Federal Reserve.
At present, gold prices in the international market are hovering near their lifetime highs due to demand optimism amid surging geopolitical tensions, feeble global growth outlook and hopes of a US rate cut.
Mohammad Haris
Haris is Deputy News Editor (Business) at news18.com. He writes on various issues related to markets, economy and companies. Having a decade of experi…Read More
Bitcoin’s price has surged to $61,000 following a significant move by the U.S. Federal Reserve to slash interest rates by 50 basis points. This marks the first interest rate cut in four years, an aggressive start to its first easing campaign.
Fed Plans Another Rate Cut by December
The U.S. Federal Reserve reduced its benchmark fed funds rate by 50 basis points to 4.75%-5% on Wednesday, the first rate cut in four years following its most aggressive hiking cycle.
The press release said, “The Committee has gained greater confidence that inflation is moving sustainably toward 2 percent, and judges that the risks to achieving its employment and inflation goals are roughly in balance. The economic outlook is uncertain, and the Committee is attentive to the risks to both sides of its dual mandate.”
Fed members anticipate the median benchmark rate to decrease to 4.4% by year-end, indicating an additional 50 bps in cuts during the next two Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) meetings, as per the Fed’s quarterly economic projection. This is an increase from the single cut projected in June.
Apart from the emergency rate cuts during Covid, the FOMC last cut rates by half a point in 2008 during the global financial crisis. The matrix of individual officials’ projections also suggests another full percentage point in cuts by the end of 2025 and a half-point by 2026. Overall, the dot plot shows the benchmark rate decreasing by about 2 percentage points beyond Wednesday’s move.
Crypto Prices Might Face 2-3% Swing
Moments after the FOMC decision, bitcoin (BTC) surged 1.4% to $61,000 before trimming its gains. The largest cryptocurrency is down 0.15% in the past 24 hours. U.S. equities also moved higher as Nasdaq and S&P recorded gains between 0.6%-0.8%.
Cryptocurrency-related stocks rose on Wednesday following the rate cut. MicroStrategy (MSTR) increased 3.77% during the day, while shares of crypto exchange Coinbase (COIN) and investment firm Galaxy (GLXY) gained 2.1%-3%.
Markets expected easier monetary policy starting in September after Chairman Jerome Powell said last month that “the time has come for policy to adjust” due to cooling inflation and a rising unemployment rate. Traders were split on whether the Fed would cut rates by 25 bps or a larger 50 bps. Before Wednesday’s decision, the CME FedWatch Tool showed a 40% chance for a smaller cut and a 60% chance for a bigger one.
This uncertainty led to a volatile session. Crypto market maker Wintermute predicted bitcoin could swing 2%-3% in either direction after the decision.
Arthur Hayes, BitMEX co-founder, warned the Fed’s rate cuts could crash markets due to shrinking borrowing rate differences between the U.S. dollar and Japanese yen. This could lead to investors unwinding yen-based carry trades, which triggered the August 5 crash that briefly pushed BTC below $50,000.
What’s the outlook (and current reality) for marketing jobs involving content these days?
Our 2025 Career Outlook for Content and Marketing research found a mix of good and less-than-great signals. On one hand, most marketers are more or less satisfied with their jobs. And the generative AI boogeyman? Not stealing jobs yet.
On the other hand, marketers report feeling somewhat down about their job prospects and the difficulty of job searches. And return-to-office mandates? They’re a no-go for most.
The 700 marketers who participated in the study shared all kinds of interesting information about career goals, hiring trends, and reskilling plans. (Did you know that 22% of full-time marketers freelance on the side?)
They also shared details about their salaries and what factors may influence compensation.
I’m sharing six key findings here to help you advance your career (and not get too bogged down with AI anxiety).
Download the 2025 report (registration required) to review the figures, nuanced salary details (years of experience, position, gender, location, etc.), and other findings.
1. Outlook for marketing jobs
One in three marketers tells us their company laid off marketing employees in the last 12 months — a higher figure than we expected.
And many feel somewhat pessimistic about the job market: 68% believe finding a job in marketing today is more challenging than five years ago. A quarter say it’s about the same, and only 7% say job hunting is less difficult.
Most (75%) believe the challenges are related to macroeconomic factors like financial pressures. And 69% cite heightened competition for marketing jobs as a challenge. Far fewer (33%) believe AI is a factor.
Meanwhile, an undercurrent of frustration exists among marketers about “phantom job” postings. More than a few shared suspicions and anecdotes:
“Many job listings are not actually real or open. Many I encounter are scams.”
“Some companies are not really hiring. They’re posting jobs to see what’s out there and then ghosting people.”
“I wonder whether some job listings I see are just a way to grab followers on social media, or even worse, collect data about job seekers.”
On the brighter side, marketers who were laid off in the last two years report it took just three months on average to find a new role. That’s undoubtedly slower than during the hot talent market a few years ago but not as discouraging as informal chatter might lead you to believe.
2. AI isn’t taking marketing jobs … yet
Here’s more good news. The claim that AI can replace marketing departments? Yeah, that’s not happening yet. Only 3% of marketers report that their teams have replaced employees with AI tools.
But that’s only part of the story.
In open-ended responses about how AI impacts marketing careers, many tell us their employers won’t hire to backfill positions anytime soon. That may mean the promise of AI-driven efficiencies is quietly shrinking teams after all.
Even so, many marketers (51%) view generative AI tools as a net positive for their marketing careers — that’s four times more than those who call them a net negative. This bodes well for the innovative AI-based marketing tools hitting the market.
3. Most marketers do use generative AI (if somewhat unenthusiastically)
Don’t be fooled by that “net positive” number. Many who responded seem conflicted about generative AI’s abilities.
The study shows that marketers tend to use generative AI primarily as a “co-pilot” — a tool to make them more efficient and creative. And 68% say these tools save them time.
The majority say they use generative AI to brainstorm topics (62%) and summarize content (53%). Fewer are using generative AI to create content: Less than half (44%) say they use AI to “write drafts.”
That’s likely because most (69%) believe that the writing output from AI tools is mediocre — “soulless,” as one marketer tells us. Another says, “My direct report uses AI for outlining and brainstorming at times, but I usually find AI-generated content to be unsophisticated.”
But when we looked at which AI uses marketers consider “high value,” the list turned out a little different. The top 10 uses marketers rated “high value” are:
Proofread (50%)
Summarize content (48%)
Outline assignments (42%)
Brainstorm new topics (40%)
Write article drafts (38%)
Analyze data performance (38%)
Write email copy (34%)
Repurpose content (32%)
Create buyer personas (31%)
Optimize content (31%)
4. Most marketers report job satisfaction — but still might move on
Satisfaction levels for marketers are remarkably high. Most marketers (76%) report being somewhat or very satisfied in their roles.
That percentage varies slightly by position (percentages do not total 100 due to rounding):
At the director and above level, 79% say they’re somewhat or very satisfied, 10% are neutral, and 12% are somewhat or very dissatisfied.
Among managers, 79% are somewhat or very satisfied, only 7% feel neutral, and 15% are somewhat or very dissatisfied.
Among individual contributors, 73% are somewhat or very satisfied, 11% are neutral, and 16% are somewhat or very dissatisfied.
But don’t mistake satisfaction for complacency. Even satisfied marketing professionals eye how to grow and advance in their careers. More than one-third of marketers (35%) tell us they’re pursuing or highly interested in finding another job. That’s up 4 points from last year and 7 points from two years ago.
5. Remote work is not negotiable
Marketers as a group appreciate remote work. And most tell us they don’t want to go back to the office full time.
A sizeable chunk (84%) of marketers say they work remotely or in a hybrid setup (a mix of remote and in-office). Of that group, 68% say they would leave their job if their employer required them to work in the office full time.
Employers may be getting the message. Less than a quarter (24%) of marketers say their employers are less willing to allow remote work than they were a year ago. More than half (58%) say their willingness remained the same, and 18% report their employers are more willing to allow it.
6. When it comes to salary, location matters
So many factors go into how much marketers earn that a single average amount obscures more than it reveals.
For example, marketers who work in large urban centers (e.g., New York City, Boston, and San Francisco) make quite a bit more money than their peers in smaller markets.
People who work in major metro areas earn about 30% more than those who don’t. And that bump is even higher for director-level-or-above employees in major markets: They make 43% more than their peers in smaller locations.
The report goes into so much more information about:
Deciding on a show to watch on Netflix can feel overwhelming, given the plethora of titles across all genres, from lighthearted comedies to intense dramas to period pieces. We’ve narrowed down some of the most entertaining shows on the streaming service right now, including both Netflix originals and acquired series. The toughest bit will be deciding which one to start with.
If you’re looking for your next comfort show, here’s our roundup of some of the best series you can binge on Netflix. And if you’d rather go with a movie instead, here are our picks for the best Netflix original movies.
Read more: Best Streaming Services of 2024
Keith Bernstein/Netflix
A compelling, artful retelling of the reign of Queen Elizabeth. The Crown touches on many themes beyond just the monarchy, including politics, family and the tumult of royal marriages — namely that of Charles and Diana. Beyond the spectacular casting across all six seasons, the show is supported by strong writing and gripping storylines that stir up emotion in viewers, regardless of how they actually feel about the British monarchy.
Ed Miller/Netflix
Inspired by real events from writer-actor Richard Gadd’s own life, Baby Reindeer follows Donny Dunn, an aspiring comedian whose day job is bartending. The bar is where he extends kindness to a stranger named Martha, setting off a months-long chain ordeal of stalking. Donny’s experience being stalked triggers a wave of unaddressed trauma, making for an interesting story. The seven-episode series recently won a string of Emmy awards and is available to binge.
Frank Ockenfels/AMC
Breaking Bad (2008 – 2013)
Lauded as one of the best television shows of all time, Breaking Bad has all the merits of a standout series: a suspenseful storyline, dynamic characters and shocking plot twists — many of which are not for the faint of heart. It follows high school chemistry teacher Walter White, who turns to cooking meth when he’s diagnosed with cancer and worries about providing for his family. But his knack for producing the illegal substance leads him down roads he never imagined.
Netflix
Animated series Blue Eye Samurai unfolds with Mizu, a mixed-race woman warrior who is seeking revenge against four men — one of whom is her father. Set during the Edo period in Japan, the show features Maya Erskine as Mizu, Stephanie Hsu, Ming-Na Wen, George Takei, Masi Oka, Brenda Song, Cary-Hiroyuki Tagawa and Mark Dacascos among the cast. Season 1 of the Emmy winner is streaming now.
Netflix
Praised by CNET’s Aaron Pruner as a “brilliant new take on the anti-hero story,” Netflix’s Ripley is the latest book-to-screen adaptation of Patricia Highsmith’s novel character. Andrew Scott plays the cunning Tom Ripley, a stylish con-man who uses morally sketchy methods to gets what wants — even murder.
Netflix
Peaky Blinders (2013 – 2022)
Peaky Blinders tells the story of an English gang run by Thomas Shelby (Cillian Murphy) and his family after World War I. The gang controls the city of Birmingham, but Shelby begins to set his sights beyond the streets as he aims to move up in the world. What sells this show is not only its compelling storyline, but also its stellar casting. For fans of period dramas — and crime shows — Peaky Blinders is a must-watch. A word of caution, though: This gritty series is not for the squeamish.
Netflix
Black Mirror (2011 – Present)
Black Mirror is a dark, dystopian imagining of a world overrun by technology and modern “advancements.” A series of standalone episodes each depict their own compelling — and often unsettling — imagining of the impact of our increasingly digital lives. (The anthology format itself can be a refreshing way to consume television in the age of binge-watching.) It will haunt and entertain you in all the best ways.
NBC, Justin Lubin/NBC
The Good Place (2016 – 2020)
This show is not only hilarious and witty, but it’ll force you to reexamine deeper questions about life and what’s inherently “good” or “bad.” In the show, Eleanor Shellstrop (Kristen Bell) finds herself in the afterlife and, surprisingly, in the Good Place. But, as it turns out, she learns she’s actually there by mistake. This inspires Eleanor to embark on a mission to shed her old ways. The plot twists will throw you for a loop, and the amusing, one-of-a-kind characters will keep you coming back for more.
USA Network
This comedy-drama follows Mike Ross (Patrick J. Adams), a college dropout with no legal experience who manages to land a job at the law firm of one of New York’s top attorneys, Harvey Specter (Gabriel Macht). They become a powerful team, but have to keep Mike’s lack of legal credentials under wraps. A testament to Suits’ brilliance is that it became the most-watched acquired series when it hit Netflix in 2023. (The star power of now-Duchess Meghan Markle, who plays paralegal Rachel Zane in the show, was likely also a factor.) All seasons are streaming on the platform now.
Ludovic Robert/Netflix
If you’re on TikTok, you’ve probably seen this one all over your feed. One Day is a heart-wrenching adaptation of David Nicholls’ novel, in which we see Emma Morley (Ambika Mod) and Dexter Mayhew (Leo Woodall) reunite on the same day across two decades. It’s a unique storytelling device that’ll make you reflect on time and relationships, and pull at your heartstrings all the while.
Netflix
Squid Game (2021 – Present)
This thriller was all anyone talked about when it debuted, and for good reason. Hundreds of people in desperate need of cash compete in a series of games that become a fight for survival. If you can handle the grotesque and gory themes throughout this show, it’s an enthralling watch. Then you can eagerly await season 2.
Netflix
A road rage incident between Danny Cho (Steven Yeun) and Amy Lau (Ali Wong) turns into a drawn-out feud, setting the stage for an enthralling comedic drama made all the better by stellar casting. Beef stole the show at the 75th Primetime Emmy Awards, nabbing eight wins, and won all three categories it was nominated for at the 81st Golden Globe Awards.
Getty Images
Monk does an excellent job combining crime, drama and comedy. It follows Adrian Monk (Tony Shalhoub), a private detective with obsessive-compulsive disorder who works with the San Francisco Police Department to solve unconventional cases. It’s impossible to watch this show without forming an affinity for the main character, and there’s smart writing throughout. Monk is perhaps best characterized as a comfort show, and sometimes that’s exactly what you need.
Some of the most impactful shows are the ones rooted in reality. Such is the case for Maid, which is based on a memoir of the same name by Stephanie Land (some character names were changed). It tells the story of Alex Russell (Margaret Qualley), who gets a job cleaning houses after leaving an abusive relationship. In her struggle to make ends meet for her and her young daughter, the show paints a stark picture of poverty in America, and explores the deep chasm between the haves and have-nots.
Netflix
Stranger Things (2016 – Present)
Stranger Things is an enthralling medley of horror, drama and nostalgia. Set in the 1980s in fictional small-town Indiana, residents begin experiencing a series of odd events, including the disappearance of a young boy, and begin to search for answers.
Netflix
The Queen’s Gambit (2020)
This miniseries feels so much like it was based on a true story, thanks to genuine writing and lifelike characters. An orphaned girl in the 1960s named Beth Harmon (Anya Taylor-Joy) discovers a knack for playing chess, which takes her all the way to big competitions and the world stage. But fame begins to take its toll as she’s forced to reevaluate what she really wants in life.
Netflix
Money Heist (2017 – 2021)
In this riveting Spanish crime drama, a mastermind called “The Professor” assembles a group of eight people to carry out an ambitious robbery of the Royal Mint of Spain. The show uses compelling flashbacks and time jumps to keep you on your toes.
Netflix
Never Have I Ever (2020 – 2023)
If you need a fun, lighthearted show that’ll make you laugh, Never Have I Ever could be your answer. Devi Vishwakumar (Maitreyi Ramakrishnan) is a first-generation Indian-American teenager who struggles to reconcile her dual identities, all while dealing with the typical challenges of high school and climbing the social ladder. There are relatable themes no matter your age — or you might just find yourself having flashbacks to the traumas of adolescence. But in a funny way.
Bridgerton (2020 – Present)
One of the most aesthetically pleasing shows on this list. Bridgerton is set in Regency-era England as the Bridgerton siblings search for love while navigating high society — and being the subject of anonymously penned gossip pamphlets. There’s plenty of drama, beautiful costumes and lavish tea parties to keep you coming back for more. The first installment of season 3 arrives on May 16, so catch up now.
R. Diamond, WireImage
Grace and Frankie (2015 – 2022)
One of the funniest and most original shows on Netflix, Grace and Frankie follows two long-time rivals who end up leaning on each other after learning their husbands have fallen in love with each other. Come for the all-star cast — including Jane Fonda, Lily Tomlin, Martin Sheen and Sam Waterston — and stay for the refreshingly unique plot.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
This story discusses suicide. If you or someone you know is having thoughts of suicide, please contact the Suicide & Crisis Lifeline at 988 or 1-800-273-TALK (8255).
Suicide is a leading cause of death in the U.S., with more than 49,000 people taking their own lives in 2022, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).
Although most suicides stem from mental health disorders, statistics show that the behavior can sometimes be “contagious,” leading to “suicide clusters.”
Suicide clusters are defined as “a group of suicides or suicide attempts that occur closer together in time, space or both than would normally be expected in a community,” the CDC states.
ON WORLD SUICIDE PREVENTION DAY, NEW REPORT IDENTIFIES THREE TOP FACTORS DRIVING SUICIDE RATES
Dr. Caroline Fenkel, a licensed clinical social worker in Pennsylvania, who is an expert in suicide prevention, confirmed that the act can have a contagion effect — particularly among young people.
Although most suicides stem from mental health disorders, statistics show that the behavior can sometimes be “contagious,” leading to “suicide clusters.”(iStock)
“When individuals hear about a suicide, especially someone close to their age or in their community, it can feel more accessible as an option in moments of distress,” she told Fox News Digital.
“The more the details are shared, especially in sensational ways, the greater the risk.”
Up to 5% of youth suicides can be attributed to contagion, according to Jennifer Kelman, a licensed clinical care social worker in Florida who works with JustAnswer, an expert help on-demand platform.
AMERICAN VETERANS WHO COMMIT SUICIDE ARE 95% MALE, CRISIS OFTEN DRIVEN BY FAMILY DISPUTES, SAY EXPERTS
“It doesn’t necessarily increase for everyone in that community, but rather for those who are struggling as well — with depression, anxiety and other feelings that may be overwhelming,” she told Fox News Digital.
5 possible reasons for suicide contagion
Dr. Deborah Gilman, owner and chief licensed psychologist at Fox Chapel Psychological Services in Pennsylvania, shared the following four factors that could contribute to suicide clusters.
1. Normalization
When people hear about suicides, it can normalize the idea of using it as a way to deal with problems, according to Gilman.
Experts encourage people to talk openly and compassionately about mental health to help reduce the stigma.(iStock)
“People often look to others for cues on how to behave,” she told Fox News Digital.
“If they see that many others are choosing suicide, they may believe that it is the socially acceptable or ‘correct’ thing to do.”
2. Copying or modeling
“Some individuals may feel a sense of connection or empathy with the person who died and may imitate their actions,” Gilman said.
“In close-knit communities, schools or social groups, the suicide of one member can lead to others in the same environment feeling similar distress or engaging in similar behaviors.”
“The more the details are shared, especially in sensational ways, the greater the risk.”
Some individuals may imitate the behavior of someone who has died by suicide, especially if they are already struggling with their own mental health, she said.
“This can be due to a sense of hopelessness or a desire to escape their own pain.”
3. Social proof
People may believe that if others are choosing suicide, it must be a valid option for them as well, according to Gilman.
“From social learning theory, if the observed behavior — in this case, suicide — is seen as a positive outcome or a solution to problems, it may be reinforced and more likely to be imitated.”
‘SLEEP DISORDER DROVE MY SON TO SUICIDE,’ NEW YORK MOTHER SAYS: ‘BROKE MY HEART’
This risk can escalate when a celebrity or widely admired person dies by suicide, she added, as it can have a disproportionate impact on those who look up to that individual.
4. Vulnerability
“Individuals who are already struggling with mental health issues — especially depression and anxiety — may be more likely to experience suicidal thoughts or behaviors,” Gilman warned.
Those experiencing difficult life circumstances — such as job loss, divorce or financial struggles — may be more susceptible, she added.
“Pulling away from friends, family or support groups can indicate that the survivor is struggling more than they can manage on their own,” a mental health expert warned.(iStock)
5. Recency bias
“People tend to overestimate the likelihood of events that are easily recalled,” Gilman said.
“If a recent suicide has been widely publicized, it may make the idea of suicide more accessible and salient in people’s minds.”
6 warning signs among survivors
For those impacted by suicide, experts agreed that it’s important to watch for signs of deep distress, including the following.
1. Increased suicidal thoughts
“Experiencing recurring or intensifying thoughts of suicide is a critical warning sign that immediate professional help is necessary,” Gilman advised.
“For instance, the survivor may start having more frequent thoughts about ending their own life or making plans for it.”
NEW YORK TEEN STARTS NONPROFIT FOR SUICIDE PREVENTION THROUGH BASKETBALL TOURNAMENTS: ‘WANTED TO HELP’
They may also express feelings of being overwhelmed to the point where they believe suicide is the only option, she said.
2. Feelings of being a burden
People saying they feel like a burden is a “major red flag,” according to Thomas Banta, a clinical mental health counselor in Jeffersonville, Indiana.
“Many people who try to end their lives feel they are doing the people around them a favor,” he told Fox News Digital.
“When we hear that type of language, intervention is essential.”
3. Inability to cope with daily life
“Difficulty managing daily responsibilities or activities can indicate that the emotional burden is too great to handle without professional support,” Gilman said.
“It’s crucial to highlight help and hope, encouraging those who are struggling to seek support,” a mental health expert said.(iStock)
The survivor may struggle to maintain a job, manage household duties or care for themselves due to their emotional state.
4. Risky behaviors
Engaging in unsafe or self-harming actions is a serious sign that mental health treatment is needed, experts agree.
“For example, the survivor may start harming themselves physically, such as cutting or burning, as a means of dealing with their emotional pain,” said Gilman.
“Many people who try to end their lives feel they are doing the people around them a favor.”
“Or they may engage in dangerous activities, like reckless driving, promiscuous sex or substance abuse, which puts their health and safety at risk.”
5. Severe mood or behavior changes
Significant changes in behavior or mood that affect a survivor’s ability to function in everyday life can be a sign that they need help, according to Gilman.
This might involve the survivor becoming unusually aggressive, withdrawn or apathetic, or displaying behavior that is significantly different from their “normal” demeanor.
Participating in unsafe or self-harming actions is a serious sign that mental health treatment is needed, experts agree.(iStock)
6. Withdrawal from support systems
“Pulling away from friends, family or support groups can indicate that the survivor is struggling more than they can manage on their own,” Gilman warned.
The person might avoid social interactions, decline invitations or isolate themselves from people who usually offer support.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The signs aren’t always obvious, however, Banta noted.
“We also see the opposite end of the spectrum, where somebody will make a plan, and their mood lifts because they feel like they have found an escape,” he said.
Preventing contagion after a suicide
Experts offered the following tips to help reduce the risk of “clusters” following a suicide.
1. Use careful communication
“It’s important to be cautious about how we discuss suicide publicly,” Fenkel said.
“Reaching out for support is a sign of strength, not weakness.”
The best way to prevent contagion is through responsible communication, she advised.
“This includes limiting the specifics around the method of suicide and focusing on the impact of the loss,” she said.
2. Offer support
Offering access to crisis resources can help vulnerable individuals feel connected and supported, Fenkel said.
The best way to prevent contagion is through responsible communication, an expert advised. “This includes limiting the specifics around the method of suicide and focusing on the impact of the loss.”(iStock)
“It’s crucial to highlight help and hope, encouraging those who are struggling to seek support,” she said, noting that many schools and communities provide mental health services to help those who are grieving.
Banta agreed, noting that intervention and higher levels of care can stabilize people and help them develop a robust support system.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“In terms of public health communication, we must let people know that treatment works and that there is effective help out there,” he said.
3. Stop the stigma
“Stigma can lead to feelings of isolation and loneliness, which can contribute to suicidal ideation,” Gilman warned.
When people feel comfortable discussing their mental health concerns without fear of judgment, they are more likely to seek help from professionals, she noted.
“I have worked with many people who felt hopeless and that their lives would never improve, but then they did,” a therapist told Fox News Digital.(iStock)
Fenkel agreed, encouraging people to talk openly and compassionately about mental health.
“Anyone experiencing thoughts of suicide should know that there is help available, and reaching out for support is a sign of strength, not weakness,” she said.
Suicide is a “fleeting state of mind,” Banta pointed out.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“I have worked with many people who felt hopeless and that their lives would never improve, but then they did,” he said.
“So if you are struggling and reading this, there is help. Don’t give up.”
Have you ever taken a bite of your favourite dish and thought, “Hmm, maybe just a pinch of salt would make it better?” Well, you are not alone. For many of us, the final dash of salt seems like an easy way to enhance the flavour of our meals. And we don’t just do it with our daily meals but also with our fruits and salads. But, is it really a good practice to add salt on top of our foods? It makes our food taste better but does it harm our bodies more than we think? If you have this and other sodium-related questions in mind, then you have landed on the right page! Let’s find out if this habit is helping or making your body better or worse.
Also Read: 15 Incredible Rock Salt (Sendha Namak) Benefits for Skin, Hair and Overall Health
Photo Credit: iStock
What Happens When You Eat Too Much Salt?
If you are consuming too much salt daily, it can have several long-term effects on your body. The most common side effect is heightened blood pressure – where blood is being forcefully pushed against the artery walls. Some other common symptoms include the development of multiple sclerosis, heart diseases, headaches, enlarged muscle tissue, damage to organs, kidney stones, osteoporosis, etc. A very evident side effect of too much salt intake is water retention in the body, which could lead to swelling in parts of the body.
Should You Add Salt on Top Of Your Meals?
Yes, you can. As per nutritionist Amita Gadre (@amitagadre) adding salt on top of your meals would not cause any problems. However, it is important to make sure that you aren’t consuming foods that are too savoury or salty to manage your total sodium intake for the day. Many times, we add salt while cooking the ingredients to fasten the process and prevent burning. For example: while cooking onion. The expert says it is completely fine to add salt on top of your meals to enhance their flavour.
How Much Salt Is Okay To Consume Everyday?
As per the expert, it is important to note your salt intake throughout the day. Make sure only to consume 1 teaspoon (5 grams) of salt in a day and not more than that. This is because you obtain sodium from other foods as well and not just from the extra salt being put on top of your foods.
Watch the full video below:
How To Reduce Salt Intake On A Daily Basis?
You can easily reduce your salt consumption by tweaking your daily habits. Follow these easy tips to control your salt intake.
1. Avoid Processed Foods
The ready-to-eat packaged snacks available in the market today have high levels of salt in them. These food products have unhealthy levels of salt that make them tastier but are immensely harmful to us. Instead of buying salty snacks, try munching on healthier options like fruits, nuts and seeds.
2. Limit Pickles, Papads and Chutneys
Pickles, papads and chutneys definitely make the food taste better but have high amounts of salt in them. If you are consuming them in your daily meals, keep the salt levels in your food lower and compensate it with condiments.
3. Cook At Home
Not only will it be pocket-friendly, but cooking at home can help you control your salt intake. Instead of using salt directly, you can use herbs and seasonings to make them nutritious and more delicious. Try substituting salt with seasonings the next time you are cooking.
Apples Photo Credit: iStock
4. Eat Fruits And Vegetables With Less Sodium
Another way to reduce your salt intake is by eating fruits and vegetables with low sodium content. Fruits and veggies like apples, berries, oranges, mangoes, broccoli, sweet potatoes, okra, etc. should be added to your daily diet as they have lower sodium levels.
5. Read Food Labels
Before you buy food, read the labels carefully. Make sure to only buy and consume foods with lower sodium levels to keep a check on your daily salt intake. Start by reducing salt in your daily foods and gradually, your taste buds will get immune to this change.
Also Read: Is Your Table Salt Healthy To Consume? Find It Here
Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi will visit the U.S. from September 21 to 23, the Indian Foreign Ministry said on Tuesday.
During the visit, Modi will attend a meeting of the Quad group comprising India, the United States, Japan and Australia, according to a statement from the ministry.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
PREGLEDALI smo kataloge poznatih maloprodajnih trgovina u Hrvatskoj te izdvojili najbolje akcije i proizvode po dobrim cijenama. Lidl, Kaufland, Eurospin, Konzum, Plodine, Tommy, Spar i Interspar možete pronaći u svim većim mjestima u Hrvatskoj, a ispod možete vidjeti našu šoping-listu za ovaj tjedan.
Lidl
Lidlov katalog vrijedi od ponedjeljka, 16.9., do nedjelje, 22.9., ili do prodaje zaliha, a pojedini popusti vrijede samo na odabrane datume u tom periodu. Katalog možete prolistati ovdje, a za ostvarenje pojedinih popusta potrebna vam je mobilna aplikacija Lidl Plus.
Kaufland
Kauflandov katalog vrijedi od srijede, 18.9., do utorka, 24.9., ili do prodaje zaliha, a pojedini popusti vrijede samo na odabrane datume u tom periodu. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje, a za ostvarenje pojedinih dodatnih popusta potrebna vam je Kauflandova kartica.
Eurospin
Katalog Eurospina vrijedi od četvrtka, 19.9., do srijede, 25.9., ili do isteka zaliha. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje.
Tommy
Tommyjev akcijski katalog vrijedi od četvrtka, 19.9., do srijede, 25.9. Možete ga prolistati ovdje.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Konzum
Konzumov katalog vrijedi od četvrtka, 19.9., do srijede, 25.9., ili do prodaje zaliha. Za pojedine popuste potrebna je MultiPlus kartica. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje.
Spar
Novi katalozi Spara i Interspara vrijede od srijede, 18.9., do utorka, 24.9., ili do prodaje zaliha za prehrambene namirnice, kozmetiku, proizvode za osobnu higijenu i sredstva za čišćenje. Pojedini popusti vrijede samo u trgovinama Spar i Interspar, ovisno o dostupnosti proizvoda na akciji u tim trgovinama. Aktualne kataloge možete prolistati ovdje.
Plodine
Katalog Plodina vrijedi od srijede, 18.9., do utorka, 24.9., ili do isteka zaliha, a pojedini popusti vrijede samo na odabrane datume u tom periodu. Aktualni katalog možete prolistati ovdje.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
If you’ve watched the Sparks this season, their home finale went about exactly as you might have expected.
The Sparks got off to a hot start, building an advantage on the boards that led to a noticeable 12-2 margin in second-chance points as they took an eight-point lead into halftime. Then, an absolutely horrid third-quarter stretch snowballed as the Phoenix Mercury came roaring back to defeat the Sparks 85-81, handing them their eighth consecutive loss, tying a franchise record to close out their home schedule.
“It was that snowball effect again that we’ve talked about,” Sparks head coach Curt Miller said. “The offensive inefficiency, the offensive turnovers, a tough shooting night snowballed to where we lost some of our defensive focus and defensive intensity.”
After a back-and-forth first quarter, the Sparks opened the second quarter on a 10-2 run to take control of the game thanks in large part to strong performances off the bench from Li Yueru and Zia Cooke, whose nine points each tied Dearica Hamby for the team lead at the half. Rickea Jackson was starting to find her groove in the second half as well, getting to the line and shooting a perfect four for four on her free throws.
“I’m really appreciative of my coaching staff and all my teammates. They try to help me every game and every practice,” said Yueru, who had her first career double-double with career highs in both points (19) and rebounds (12). “I feel I really grew up.”
The Sparks were in full control of the game, with Brittney Griner the only Mercury player with more than five points (14) in the first half. But the mood shifted in the final seconds before halftime when Griner threw an elbow at Jackson, who took exception. They got in each other’s faces and exchanged shoves. After a lengthy official review, double technical fouls were handed out and Jackson and Griner were ejected from the game.
Almost as if on cue, things began to unravel for the Sparks once the second half was underway. The Mercury got off to a quick 10-2 run of their own to erase the Sparks lead, and finished the quarter on a 9-4 run to push it to double digits. In Griner’s absence, it was 20-year veteran Diana Taurasi (13 points, three rebounds, five assists), Sophie Cunningham (14 points, three rebounds, two assists), and Natasha Cloud (13 points, 12 assists) who stepped up to lead the Mercury.
“To Phoenix’s credit, they made it ugly,” Miller said. “They played a lot of zone, they scrambled around and pressed without BG. I thought we were on our heels immediately in the third quarter, got a little tentative against the zone. I didn’t think that first unit shared the ball particularly well.”
Miller in his postgame comments praised Taurasi as one of the greatest to ever play the game, referring to her as one of the torch-bearers of the WNBA.
“I don’t know if that truly is Diana’s last regular season road game, but she has meant so much to this league,” he said. “She continues to play at an extremely high level. … The GOAT gets tossed around a lot in sports these days, but truly one of the best to ever do it. And the longevity that she’s done it at is truly remarkable.”
Meanwhile, nothing went the Sparks’ way in the third quarter. They had eight turnovers, which matched their total in the first half. In total, they gave up 31 points off 20 turnovers, as both the ball and the game continued to slip away.
“I can promise you that each and every one of us will be in the gym this offseason and we’re going to get better,” Stevens said. “Mark my words, next year is going to be different.”
The Honor 200 Lite is all set to be launched on September 19, 2024. Ahead of the scheduled launch, the company has shared some information about the smartphone.
According to the company, the Honor 200 Lite will feature a 6.7-inch AMOLED Sunlight Display that will offer vibrant and clear visuals even in bright conditions. The peak brightness offered by the smartphone is 2000 nits.
“Combining this impressive display with ample storage for all your apps and media, the Honor 200 Lite sets a new standard in the competitive smartphone market, delivering exceptional performance tailored to diverse consumer needs,” the company said.
It has a 2412 x 1080 high-resolution screen with a 93.7 per cent screen-to-body ratio for an immersive viewing experience.
The Honor 200 Lite also offers seven-fold eye protection by integrating a range of eye-comfort features, aiming to redefine users’ lifestyles with a more comfortable and healthier viewing experience.
Recognized with TUV Rheinland certifications, the device comes equipped with Circadian Night Display technology that guarantees a more optimal and soothing visual experience.
To enhance eye comfort, the device incorporates advanced eye-care technologies, including 3240Hz PWM dimming to reduce eye strain and minimize blue light, and adjusts the screen’s colour temperature to improve sleep quality
“Built to handle everyday wear and tear as well as accidental drops, the Honor 200 Lite is certified by the SGS 5-star Drop Resistance for the overall unit. Incorporating innovative structural technology, the Honor 200 Lite is comprehensively protected from accidental drops from a height of 1.65 meters, providing peace of mind to users, giving a worry-free experience. Built with highly cushioning material, the smartphone features Matrix I-beam structure that ensures enhanced stability and balance and uses enforced alloy material that provides a double guarantee for each of the corners,” the company said.
To meet the diverse storage needs of users, Honor 200 Lite comes with 8GB+8GB RAM and an expansive 256GB of internal storage.
Triptii Dimri’s soulful Leh trip is an inspiration to plan your next trip to this soulful place. Here are the best places to visit and local delicates to try.
Triptii Dimri shared snippets of her Leh vacation on her Instagram story. She captured the colourful prayer flags fluttering in the wind, and the stark, rugged landscape of Leh. The actor visited stores that had fascinating displays of traditional Tibetan masks. She shared her gastronomic indulgence in Leh with a picture of tender Leh momos.
Triptii Dimri shared pictures of her Leh trip on her Instagram. (Instagram/@ttripti_dimri)
Leh is indeed a beautiful and tranquil place to visit for mental and emotional rejuvenation. Leh has scenic lakes, cerulean skies free of pollution, rugged terrain, and the mystical and serene touch of the Buddhist monasteries. If you’re inspired by her Leh-Ladadkh adventure and keen on visiting, here are some must-visit places and food you need to try.
Places to visit
Pangong Lake
The crystal-blue water of the lake looks beautiful. (Shutterstock)
Ladakh visit is incomplete without visiting this lake. One of the iconic 3 Idiots scenes was shot here. Maybe you can recreate them, by the high-altitude crystal clear lake reflecting the blue sky and hills around in its water.
Nubra Valley
The Nubra Valley landscape is a stark contrast between barren and fertile areas. (Shutterstock)
This is a cold desert and has stunning views that will leave you mesmerised. The barren landscape around, with the lofty rugged hills, provides quite a contrast to the lush greenery growing by the banks of the river Nubra, acting as an oasis in the bleak terrain.
Hemis National Park
Hemis National Park has snow leopards. (Shutterstock)
This is a high-altitude national park and is the largest in the country. It is also the home to the snow leopards. This national park is a dream destination for bird watchers as numerous exotic bird species can be spotted.
Thiksey Monastery
Thiksey Monastery is a divine and calming place to unwind and relax. (Shutterstock)
Situated atop a hill, this 12-storey building has breathtaking architecture. With snow-capped mountains in the backdrop, the monastery is a tranquil place to unwind and connect with spiritual energies.
Leh market
No place is truly explored unless you bask in its culture, and what better way to understand the culture than by visiting a local market? It’s a lively place where you can mingle with both tourists and locals. Tibetan handicrafts, Ladakhi carpets, woollen garments, and silver and stone jewellery are all found here. Keep an eye out for apricot jam made from the luscious fruits grown in the desert.
ALSO READ: In awe of Disha Patani’s kimono pics from her Kyoto holiday? Top serene places in Kyoto
Local food to try
Thukpa: It’s a soupy dish that has noodles, veggies, and meat in a rich, spicy broth. The noodles are thick strips, prepared from wheat or barley flour.
Skyu: Skyu is another soupy dish. This has flavourful broth, with veggies and small balls made from flour, after flattening the dough into tiny balls.
Tingmo: This is a local Tibetan bread, and is served with vegetables. The soft, tender bun that looks like it’s tightly coiled, does not contain any filling.
Butter tea: A must-try, local Ladakhi chai. The tea is made by adding butter, milk, and salt, which are churned together until they blend completely with the boiled tea leaves.
Chhutagi: This is a desi, Leh pasta. The flattened dough is typically cut into circular pieces and shaped into bow-tie forms. These pieces are then cooked in a hearty, flavourful broth made from either vegetables or meat.
ALSO READ: Your next dream vacation at Chhattisgarh: Eco-tourism hotspot that will change the way you travel
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Inspired by Triptii Dimri’s trip? Best places to visit in Leh-Ladakh and must-try local food
This week marks the 75th anniversary of John Wayne Western The Fighting Kentuckian.
In the classic movie, Duke played a Kentucky militiaman man returning home from the War of 1812, with Oliver Hardy as his comic sidekick Willie Paine.
This was one of just five times that Hardy worked without Stan Laurel, outside of their Laurel and Hardy partnership.
Having performed on stage with Duke in a touring charity production of John Ford’s What Price Glory?, Hardy was offered the role of Willie.
Initially, he turned down the role as he worried that fans would think that Laurel and Hardy had broken up.
Hardy mentioned Wayne’s offer to co-star with him in The Fighting Kentuckian to Laurel, who had been struggling with diabetes. Yet his ill comedy partner told him that just because he couldn’t work didn’t mean that both of them couldn’t and so insisted he take the role. Hardy did and shot the picture with Duke, who ended up being really impressed by him.
Wayne was really pleased with his on-screen chemistry with Hardy that he made him the offer of a lifetime. Duke wanted the comedian to become his “permanent comic sidekick” in future movies. However, by the time The Fighting Kentuckian hit cinemas, Laurel had recovered so Hardy turned down Wayne a second time and the pair resumed as Laurel and Hardy. Yet touring would take a toll on the health of both of them.
Lotus has unveiled the Theory 1, a concept car intended to preview its all-electric future and the technologies that will begin to appear on its performance cars in the coming years.
The Theory 1 is a two-door electric sports car that features a design Lotus claims was inspired by the Esprit of old, headlined by a sharp wedge-like profile that leads to a pointed front edge and a cabin that sits towards the front of the car.
While the Esprit had its cabin positioned further forward to fit a mid-mounted engine, the Theory 1 has no such requirement due to its electric powertrain.
Lotus has made it clear this car is only a concept, with no plans to put it into production. Instead, the features found on the Theory 1 are likely to influence future performance electric vehicles (EVs) from the British brand.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Lotus says its intention with the Theory 1 was to “demonstrate that you don’t need to compromise” when producing a performance car for the future, with “both digital and analogue capabilities working harmoniously” to create a future car.
The Theory 1 is built atop a carbon tub with three seats, with the driver’s seat located in the centre of the car and flanked by two passenger seats further back – much like the arrangement in the iconic McLaren F1.
Unlike the McLaren, the all-wheel drive Theory 1 is fed by a 70kWh battery and can produce a maximum of 735kW of power.
The 0-100km/h sprint can be done in under 2.5 seconds, while the claimed top speed is 320km/h.
Lotus also claims electric range of 402km under the WLTP test cycle.
The Theory 1 measures in at 4490mm long, 2000mm wide, and 1140mm tall, and weighs in at less than 1600kg.
It’s similar in size and weight to the Evija supercar, though that car outputs a colossal 1500kW with the help of a 93kWh battery.
Inside, the Theory 1 features a head-up display, while screens on either side of the dashboard show footage from behind the vehicle as it lacks conventional side mirrors.
Its seats are also built into the body of the car, and feature a unique material designed to support the idea of “intelligent driving”
The material has been described as an “adaptive soft and lightweight robotic textile material”, which can respond to prompts from outside the car and adapt to relay information to the driver.
The Theory 1’s seats and steering wheel are also fitted with inflatable pods to provide haptic feedback, which can do things like create pulses to inform the driver of a car behind or when they should make a turn.
The seats’ headrests are also fitted with 3D-printed lattice material to reduce weight and improve comfort, and include in-built speakers like what you’d find in a Mazda MX-5.
The Theory 1’s doors open backwards and wrap over the roof of the car. Lotus says such a design helps to maintain a small footprint, maintaining full use of its doors and easy access even in tight parking spaces.
Esprit
Theory 1
At the rear is an active rear wing and passive underbody, all of which helping to produce downforce and reduce drag.
Lotus says it drew inspiration from the 1967 Lotus 49 Formula One car to develop the motor and suspension arrangement, as the motor and battery are designed to take the forces directly from the suspension, reducing complexity and weight.
The rear wing has also been mounted directly to the motor and suspension assembly, while the whole car has been constructed from ten main “A-surface materials” with performance, durability, weight, and recyclability in mind.
Such materials included cellulose-based glass fibre and titanium, along with recycled materials like chopped carbon fibre, rubber, polyester, and aluminium.
YEIDA received a total price of Rs 80.76 crore from the auction of these three plots, which is 12 times more than the basic price. (Representative/Shutterstock)
The e-auction, held from July 11 to September 17 saw companies like Sanash Impex, Global Private Limited, and Challenger Computer Limited purchase plots for over Rs 25 crore each
The Yamuna Expressway Industrial Development Authority (YEIDA) has just auctioned 45 plots of land for corporate offices in Sector-22 E near Jewar Airport. Their reserve price of these plots was Rs 2.5 crore. Out of these, three plots which were of 1,000 square meters each, were auctioned for Rs 25 to 28 crore.
The e-auction process started on July 11 and ended on September 17, 2024. Sanash Impex Private Limited bought a plot for Rs 25.84 crore. Global Private Limited bought another for Rs 26.64 crore and Challenger Computer Limited bought the third for Rs 28.28 crore.
YEIDA received a total price of Rs 80.76 crore from the auction of these three plots, which is 12 times more than the basic price.
The total reserve price for all the 45 plots was Rs 112.50 crore, but in the auction the authority got about 134 percent more than the reserve price, amassing a whopping amount of Rs 265.14 crore, making an additional profit of Rs 152 crore.
All these plots that were sold off were located at Sector-22 E near Jewar Airport. Many big corporate offices like Nasimunji, Patanjali, Vivo, JBM University, and several IT companies have set up their campuses near that area. Due to its proximity to Noida International Airport, high bids were placed for these plots.
YEIDA CEO Arun Vir Singh said that the revenue obtained from this auction will be invested in future projects, which will accelerate the development of the area. Moreover, under these projects, about 5,000 people will get employment opportunities and an investment of Rs 500 crore will be made on these plots.
The end of the 2024 bull market has the top ten tokens by market capitalization reshuffling. Analysts now expect Toncoin (TON) to overtake Dogecoin (DOGE). However, an even bigger mover is crypto casino Rollblock (RBLK). This top altcoin is now expected to grow 1,000x in 2024 alone and then break into the top ten by the end of 2025.
Old Dogecoin Not Expected to Sustain Future Rallies
Dogecoin is suffering the fate of all old meme coins as the momentum bleeds out and the jokes grow stale. The Dogecoin price is now down to $0.10, which is a long drop from 2024 highs of more than $0.20.
Investors continue to pour money into the occasional new meme coin launch, but older meme coins like Dogecoin continue to see steady outflows. While Dogecoin’s price may see rallies over the coming years, there is no reason to expect sustained Dogecoin growth going forward.
Toncoin’s GameFi Focus Powering Rise in Ranking
Toncoin’s rise in the ranking is being powered by its GameFi focus. Unlike the meme coin sector, the GameFi sector is exploding in user numbers and revenue potential, and Toncoin is at the forefront of the sector.
Toncoin’s price was riding high all year before it was hammered lower last month on the arrest of its founder, Pavel Durov. However, Toncoin’s price is back on the rise now that the shock of Pavel Durov’s arrest is fading.
Rollblock’s GambleFi Focus Pays Off With Top 10 Destiny
In a case similar to Toncoin, Rollblock’s extraordinary growth is being powered by its dominance of the GambleFi sector. Rollblock has created the ultimate crypto casino that is leaving its crypto rivals years behind and traditional online gambling sites light years behind.
Rollblock has created a brand new online gambling experience that analysts expect to completely transform the $500 billion global gambling industry.
This game-changing gambling experience starts when players first sign up to play. Instead of fees, delays and red tape, players can hit the tables right away from anywhere in the world and use 20 different cryptocurrencies to play.
Rollblock has also used the latest in UX design to transform the experience of gambling online. Combined with its focus on community development, this creates the feel of a real, live casino from the comfort and convenience of home.
Players and investors alike are also excited by Rollblock’s revolutionary profit-sharing program.
Rollblock uses 30% of each day’s revenue to power aggressive buybacks of its token from the open market. Half of the tokens are burned to drive up the value of RBLK through deflationary pressure. The other half is used for high-APY rewards for holders who stake on the platform.
Rollblock’s stage six tokens are rapidly selling out at $0.026. This price is expected to increase 100x by the end of 2024 and then rise close to 10,000x by the end of 2025.
Discover the Exciting Opportunities of the Rollblock (RBLK) Presale Today!
To start, here’s a list of the eight models we tested in this latest round to find the best electric kettle:
Chefman Easy Fill Electric Kettle: This is a fantastic value at around $31. A pour-through lid makes it quick and easy to fill. It doesn’t have temperature control, nor does it keep the water hot after it reaches a boil. It was one of the slower kettles, taking 6 minutes to reach a boil. If you just want to boil water and don’t need any bells and whistles, this is the one for you.
Hamilton Beach Cool Touch Kettle: With five preset temperature settings, a cool-touch exterior, fast boil time and a reasonable price, this is a nice option for tea drinkers. It can hold your set temperature for up to 30 minutes.
Beautiful by Drew Barrymore One-Touch Kettle: Our overall winner is a great value with a host of features, and it brought water to a boil as fast as any electric kettle we’ve tested. It has four preset temperatures, but you can dial them up or down in five-degree increments. This attractive kettle will keep your water at your chosen temperature for up to 60 minutes, and the cool-touch exterior makes it a safer option.
KitchenAid 1.25 Liter Electric Kettle: This has an unusual look for an electric kettle in that it looks like a traditional one. It’s compact and cute and comes in a bunch of color options, making it one of our top picks. You might even match it to your other KitchenAid appliances, such as a stand mixer. It includes a mesh filter to trap scale for cleaner water but otherwise doesn’t offer any fancy features.
Aromaster Electric Gooseneck Kettle (out of stock): The gooseneck spout and built-in analog thermometer are the star features of this kettle. A gooseneck spout is a must for pour-over coffee, and knowing the exact temperature is important since you don’t want water at a full boil for brewing coffee. You can’t set or hold a certain temperature, but at least you can see it on this kettle.
Bodum Melior Gooseneck Electric Kettle: At around $40, this is the cheapest gooseneck kettle option I tested. If that’s the only feature you need, the price point makes the Bodum an attractive pick, but it lacks distinguishing features and is relatively slow to boil compared to other, higher-wattage options.
Cosori Electric Gooseneck Kettle: If you want a reasonably priced gooseneck kettle with five temperature presets for tea and coffee, plus a 60-minute temperature hold, this is your kettle for around $70. Clearly marked buttons on the base make it simple to use.
Stagg EKG Electric Kettle: Looking to impress your guests with the best pour-over coffee? With a retail price ranging between $165 and $195 depending on the finish, this one’s a splurge, but it has the best features for coffee aficionados. The Stagg has the gooseneck spout you want for a controlled pour, and you’ll be able to dial up the exact temperature you desire and then hold it there for 60 minutes. Plus, it’s a downright gorgeous addition to any kitchen, something you’ll be proud to display.
For comparison, here’s a more detailed overview of each model’s key specs:
Electric kettle specs
Chefman Easy Fill Electric Kettle
Hamilton Beach Cool Touch Kettle
Beautiful by Drew Barrymore One-Touch Kettle
KitchenAid KEK1222 Electric Kettle
Aromaster Electric Gooseneck Kettle
Bodum Melior Gooseneck Electric Kettle
Cosori Electric Gooseneck Kettle
Stagg EKG Electric Kettle
Model number
RJ11-17-GM-EF
41033
19135
KEK1222
YK-139T
11883-259US
CO108-NK
EEO1AA1A
Color
Matte Black, Clear
Black
Black, Cornflower Blue, Merlot, Oyster Grey, Sage Green, White Icing
Black Matte, Onyx Black, Brushed Stainless Steel, Empire Red, Pistachio
Finally, here are the testing notes from previous years’ tests.
The Zwilling Enfinigy performed well, and we loved the minimalist design.
David Watsky/CNET
The Zwilling Enfinigy was a favorite right out of the box purely from an aesthetic perspective, and this kettle performed at a high level during our tests, too. The build is solid, and I dug the minimalist one-button design. At just over 2 pounds, it isn’t overly bulky, and it has a cool-touch exterior for finger safety. There’s also a similar-looking, equally-sized Pro model now.
Another top pick from previous years is the Oxo Brew Adjustable Gooseneck Kettle. With its gooseneck spout, it’s a particularly appealing kettle for pour-over or other manual coffee-making setups that require a steady, controlled pour. It’s still a great pick, but Cosori’s gooseneck kettle offers comparable features and performance while costing a few bucks less.
Meanwhile, the Oxo Brew Cordless Glass Kettle was actually the fastest and most consistent kettle from our 2021 boil tests. It features a sleek and sturdy build and would fit nicely with any kitchen motif, especially if you’d prefer an electric kettle with a glass carafe.
The Smarter iKettle: Currently unavailable in the US, this performed well in our tests, and I loved the sturdy, stainless steel build. It’s the only app-controlled kettle we’ve tested, which proved both a blessing and a curse. Specifically, it boiled water quickly and completely when controlled through the app, but it shut off before coming to a complete boil when I tried to boil water the old-fashioned way, using the button on the side of the kettle. If you’re app-addicted, it is convenient to be able to see how much water is in your kettle and to start it boiling remotely from your device. Whether or not that’s worth paying a little more than you would for a standard electric kettle is up to you.
The Smeg gets style points and boiled water in a jiff, but it’s a little pricey for what it does.
David Watsky/CNET
The pricey Smeg Electric Kettle was another high-octane kettle with a solid build and a ton of retro charm to boot. My main beef with it is that it got extremely hot to the touch. It’s also awfully expensive, especially considering there are no special features other than simply boiling water. If you like the look, you won’t be disappointed, but it doesn’t offer much value.
The Cuisinart PerfectTemp also did well in testing but its performance is not commensurate with the $100 list price (though it can be found on sale for as low as $68). If you’re looking to snag one from that brand and the PerfectTemp isn’t on sale, I’d recommend this slightly basic model for $70, which has fewer presets but a more reasonable price. As my (now former) colleague Megan Wollerton reported in her initial round of testing for CNET, PerfectTemp has received customer feedback and Amazon reviews stating that its auto shut-off feature is defective and poses a potential fire hazard. Cuisinart did not respond to a request for comment.
Both of the Ovente electric kettles I tested — the $26 Ovente Illumination (currently out of stock) and the $50 (now $36) Ovente Victoria Series — are affordable options that boil water quickly and are easy to use. Neither one stood out in testing, and they felt a bit cheaply made. Also, both had lids that were unnecessarily detached from the kettle, which means you could misplace them. Knowing me, I probably would.
Sensors attached to this four-channel K thermometer SD logger help track water temperature.
